2011 Syllabi New 22.08.2013

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.
| Regulation 2011 | 1

B. TECH. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
(Minimum Credits to be earned: 193)
First Semester
Code
No.
Course
PEOs POs
L T P C
11O101 Engineering Mathematics I
*
I a,b
3 1 0 3.5
11O102 Engineering Physics
*

I a
3 0 0 3.0
11O103 Engineering Chemistry*
I a
3 0 0 3.0
Language Elective I

IV g,h
3 0 0 3.0
11O205
Basics of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
+

III a,h,k
4 0 0 4.0
11I106 Computational Problem Solving
I,II,III a,b,j,k
3 1 0 3.5
11I107 Computational Problem Solving Laboratory
I.II,III a,b,j,k
0 0 3 1.5
11O208 Engineering Graphics
$

III b,d
2 0 2 3.0
11I209 Workshop Practice
III a,b
0 0 2 1.0
Total

21 2 7 25.5
Second Semester
Code
No.
Course
PEOs POs
L T P C
11O201 Engineering Mathematics II
*

I a,b
3 1 0 3.5
11O202 Environmental Science
*

III a
3 0 0 3.0
Language Elective-II

IV,V g,h,i
3 1 0 3.5
11I204 Materials Science
B

III a
3 0 0 3.0
11O105 Basics of Civil and Mechanical Engineering
**

III b
4 0 0 4.0
11I206 Structured Programming
II b,d
4 0 0 4.0
11I207 Structured Programming Laboratory
II b,d
0 0 3 1.5
11O108 Engineering Physics Laboratory
#

I a
0 0 2 1.0
11O109 Engineering Chemistry Laboratory
#

I a
0 0 2 1.0
Total

20 2 7 24.5

Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech ( Continuous Assessment )
* Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech
**
Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except AE & CE
ECE, EIE, ME, BT & TT (I Semester);CSE, EEE, FT, IT (II
Semester)
$
Common for EEE, ME, BT, FT, IT & TT (I Semester); AE, CE, CSE, ECE & EIE (II Semester)
+
Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except ECE,EEE & EIE
Common for AE, CSE, FT & IT (I Semester); CE, ME, BT & TT (II Semester)
#
Common for AE, CE, CSE, ECE & EIE (I Semester); EEE, ME, BT, FT,
IT & TT (II Semester)
B
Common to CSE, EEE, ECE, EIE and IT
Common to CSE and IT

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 | 2

Third Semester
Code No. Course
PEOs POs
L T P C
11O301 Engineering Mathematics III
I a
3 1 0 3.5
11I302 Data Structures

and Algorithms I II a,b,d,j,k
3 0 0 3.0
11I303 System Software II a,d
3 0 2 4.0
11I304 Computer Architecture III a,d
3 1 0 3.5
11I305 Digital System Design III c
3 1 0 3.5
11I306 Object Oriented Programming II b,k
3 0 0 3.0
11I307 Data Structures and Algorithms I Laboratory II a,b,i,j,k
0 0 3 1.5
11I308 Object Oriented Programming Laboratory II b,d
0 0 3 1.5
11I309 Digital System Design Laboratory III c
0 0 3 1.5
Total

18 3 11 25.0
Fourth Semester
Code No. Course
PEOs POs
L T P C
11I401 Probability and Statistics I a
3 1 0 3.5
11I402 Data Structures and Algorithms-II
II a,b,d, j,k
3 1 0 3.5
11I403 Database Management Systems II d,h
3 1 0 3.5
11I404 Concurrent Programming II b,d
3 0 0 3.0
11I405 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers III a,d,h
3 0 2 4.0
11I406 Principles of Communication II,III a,c
3 0 0 3.0
11I407 Data Structures and Algorithms-II Laboratory II a,d,i, j,k
0 0 3 1.5
11I408 Database Management Systems Laboratory II b,d
0 0 3 1.5
11I409 Concurrent Programming Laboratory II b,d
0 0 3 1.5
Total

18 3 11 25.0

1

Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except BT and CSE


Fifth Semester
Code No. Course
PEOs POs
L T P C
11I501 Applied Numerical Methods I,III a
3 1 0 3.5
11I502 Digital Signal Processing II,III a,b,c,j,k
3 1 0 3.5
11I503 Software Engineering II,IV d,k
3 0 0 3.0
11I504 Operating Systems II c,d,k
3 0 0 3.0
11I505
Computer Networks
II a,d,h,i
3 1 0 3.5
Elective I - -
- - - 3.0
11I507
Digital Signal Processing Laboratory
II,III a,b,c,j,k
0 0 3 1.5
11I508 Operating Systems Laboratory II c,d
0 0 3 1.5
11I509 Computer Networks Laboratory II a,d,h,i
0 0 3 1.5
11I510 Technical Seminar-I IV,V g,h,i,j
- - - 1.0
Total

15 3 9 25.0
+

Sixth Semester
Code No. Course
PEOs POs
L T P C
11I601
Embedded Systems
II c,k
3 1 0 3.5
11I602
Object Oriented Analysis and Design
III b,d
3 1 0 3.5
11I603
Information Security
II b,e
3 0 0 3.0
11I604
Web Systems and Technology
II,III d,i
3 1 0 3.5
11I605 Information Coding Techniques III b,c
3 1 0 3.5

Elective II
- -
- - - 3.0
11I607
Case Tools Laboratory
III b,d
0 0 3 1.5
11I608
Web Technology Laboratory
II,III c,i
0 0 3 1.5
11I609 Technical Seminar -II IV,V g,h,i,j
- - - 1.0
Total

15 4 6 24.0
+

2

+
Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of L T P
hours may vary depending upon the elective courses opted


Seventh Semester
Code
No.
Course
PEOs POs
L T P C
11O701
Engineering Economics
*

V a,b,c,d
3 0 0 3.0
11I702
C# and .Net Frameworks
II b,d
3 0 0 3.0
11I703
TCP / IP
II d
3 0 0 3.0
11I704
Graphics and Multimedia
II a,b,d
3 0 0 3.0

Elective III
- -
- - - 3.0

Elective IV
- -
- - - 3.0
11I707
.Net Frameworks Laboratory
II b,d
0 0 3 1.5
11I708
Graphics and Multimedia Laboratory
II a,b,d
0 0 3 1.5
11I709
Project Work Phase I
II,III,IV c,d,e,f
- - - 3.0
Total

12 0 6 24.0
+

Eighth Semester
Code
No.
Course
PEOs POs
L T P C
11O801 Professional Ethics
*

IV,V e,f,h
2 0 0 2.0
Elective V
- -
- - - 3.0
Elective VI
- -
- - - 3.0
11I804 Project Work Phase II II,III,IV c,d,e,f
- - - 12.0
Total

2 0 0 20.0
+

+
Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of L T P
hours may vary depending upon the elective courses opted
*Common to all branches of B.E./B.Tech.


ELECTIVES

LANGUAGE ELECTIVES

Language Elective I
L T P C
11O10B Basic English I 3 0 0 3.0
11O10C Communicative English 3 0 0 3.0

Language Elective II

11O20B Basic English II 3 1 0 3.5
11O20C Advanced Communicative English 3 1 0 3.5
11O20G German 3 1 0 3.5
11O20J Japanese 3 1 0 3.5
11O20F French 3 1 0 3.5
11O20H Hindi 3 1 0 3.5

DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES
11I001 Advanced Computer Architectures 3 0 0 3.0
11I002 Parallel Processing 3 0 0 3.0
11I003 Software Agents 3 0 0 3.0
11I004 Software Patterns 3 0 0 3.0
11I005 Software Testing Methods and Tools 3 0 0 3.0
11I006 Soft Computing 3 0 0 3.0
11I007 Software Project Management 3 0 0 3.0
11I008 Data Mining and Warehousing 3 0 0 3.0
11I009 Client/Server Computing 3 0 0 3.0
11I010 Grid Computing 3 0 0 3.0
11I011 Distributed Computing Systems 3 0 0 3.0
11I012 Mobile Technologies 3 0 0 3.0
11I013 Mobile Web 3 0 0 3.0
11I014 Unix Internals 3 0 0 3.0
11I015 Java Frameworks 3 0 0 3.0
11I016 Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3.0
11I017 XML and Web Services 3 0 0 3.0
11I018 Visual Programming 3 0 0 3.0
11I019 Business Component Technology 3 0 0 3.0
11I020 Management Information Systems 3 0 0 3.0
11I021 Software Quality Management 3 0 0 3.0
11I022 Organizational Behavior and Management 3 0 0 3.0
11I023 Disaster Management 3 0 0 3.0
11I024 Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3.0
11I025 Principles of Compiler Design 3 0 0 3.0
11I026 Real Time Systems 3 0 0 3.0
11I027 Fault Tolerant Computing Systems 3 0 0 3.0
11I028 Digital Image Processing 3 0 0 3.0
11I029 Genetic Algorithms and Applications 3 0 0 3.0
11I030 Bioinformatics 3 0 0 3.0
11I031 Robotics 3 0 0 3.0
11I032 Cloud Computing 3 0 0 3.0
11I033 Green Computing 3 0 0 3.0
11I034 E-Commerce 3 0 0 3.0
11I035 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 0 3.0
11I036 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 3.0
11I037 Geographical Information Systems 3 0 0 3.0
11I038 Information Storage Management 3 0 0 3.0
11I039 Cloud Infrastructure and Services 3 0 0 3.0


Physics Electives

11O0PA Nano Science and Technology 3 0 0 3.0
11O0PB Laser Technology 3 0 0 3.0
11O0PC Electro Optic Materials 3 0 0 3.0
11O0PD Vacuum Science and Deposition Techniques 3 0 0 3.0
11O0PE Semiconducting Materials and Devices 3 0 0 3.0

Chemistry Electives

11O0YA Polymer Chemistry and Processing 3 0 0 3.0
11O0YB Energy Storing Devices and Fuel Cells 3 0 0 3.0
11O0YC Chemistry of Nanomaterials 3 0 0 3.0
11O0YD Corrosion Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3.0

Entrepreneurship Electives
$
`

11O001 Entrepreneurship Development I 3 0 0 3.0
11O002 Entrepreneurship Development II
3 0 0 3.0

One Credit Courses

11I0XA Google Appengine - - - 1.0
11I0XB Business Intelligence and Reporting - - - 1.0
11I0XC PHP MYSQL - - - 1.0
11I0XD PERL - - - 1.0
11I0XE HTML 5.0 - - - 1.0
11I0XF Android - - - 1.0

Special Courses

11I0RA Semantic Web - - - 3.0
11I0RB Search Engine Optimization - - - 3.0
11I0RC J2ME - - - 3.0

___________________

$
Entrepreneurship development electives will be offered only during V and VI Semesters

Prerequestion for this course is Entrepreneurship development I


11O101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-I
(Common to all Branches) 3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
- Acquire knowledge in matrix theory, a part of linear algebra, which has wider application in
engineering problems.
- To make the Graduatesknowledgeable in the area of infinite series and their convergence so that the
Graduates will be familiar with infinite series approximations for solutions arising in mathematical
modelling and to solve first and higher order differential equations and to use Laplace transform to
solve differential equations using only algebraic operations.

Programme Outcomes
a) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.
b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming
languages.

Skill Set

1. Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.
2. To improve problem evaluation technique.
3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.

Assessment pattern
S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II
Model Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
2 Understand 30 30 30 30
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
4 Analyze/ Evaluate 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. State Cayley Hamilton theorem.
2. Define Eigen value and Eigen vectors of the matrix.
3. Write the definition of Convergence & Divergence of the sequence.
4. State the necessary & sufficient condition for the differential equation to be exact.
5. Write the Radius of curvature in Cartesian coordinates.
6. Define Evolute, Centre of curvature & Circle of curvature.
7. Write the Leibneitzs form of linear equation in y and in x.
8. Write the general form of Eulers & Legendre linear differential equation.
9. Define Convolution of two functions.
10. State the existence conditions for Laplace transforms.

Understand
1. Find the eigen values and eigen vectors of A =
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
3 1 8
1 5 3
0 2 2

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks

2. Find the radius of Curvature at ( a,0) on the curve xy
2
= a
3
x
3
3. Find the Circle of Curvature of the parabola Y
2
= 12x at the point ( 3.6)
4. Solve cos2 x
dx
dy
+ y = tanx
5 Solve y (2xy + e
x
) dx = e
x
dy.
6. Find evolute of the parabola x
2
=4ay
7. Solve ( D
2
+ .4 ) y = x
2

8 Solve ( D 3 )
2
y = x e
-2x

9. Find the Laplace transform of e
2t
sin3t
10. Find the laplace transform of e
2t
cos4t
Apply
1. Diagonalise the matrix A=
(
(
(

3 1 1
1 3 1
1 1 3
by means of an orthogonal transformation
2. Use Cayley Hamilton theorem find inverse of A =
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
1 2 1
3 2 4
7 3 1
.
3. Test the convergence of the series
4
3
+
6 . 4
4 . 3
+
8 . 6 . 4
5 . 4 . 3
+ .....
4. Use Convolution theorem find inverse Laplace transform of
) 2 )( 1 (
1
+ + s s

5. Use method of variation of parameters, solve (D
2
+4)y = tan 2x

6. Use Laplace transform solve ( D
2
+ 4D + 13) = e
-t
sint Y = 0 and DY = 0 at t = 0
7. Test for convergence of the series
+ x
x
1

8. Use Bernoulli
1
s equation solve xy (1 + xy
2
)
dx
dy
= 1
9. Use Leibnitzs linear equation
2 2
) 1 ( ) 1 ( + = + x e y
dx
dy
x
x

10. Use Laplace Transform to evaluate, dt
t
t e
t
}

0
) 3 (sin

Analyze / Evaluate
1. Reduce the quadratic form 8x
2
1
+7x
2
2
+3x
2
3
-12x
1
x
2
-8x
2
x
3
+4x
3
x
1
to canonical form by orthogonal
transformation and find the rank, signature, index and the nature.

2. Reduce 3x
2
+5y
2
+3z
2
-2yz+2zx-2xy to its canonical form through an orthogonal transformation and
find the rank, signature, index and the nature
3. Find the evolute of the cycloid : x = a(u +sinu ) ; y = a(1 - cosu )
4. Find the circle of curvature of x y o + = at ,
4 4
a a | |
|
\ .

5. Discuss the convergence of the series 1 / 3.4.5 + 2 / 4.5.6 + 3 / 5.6.7 +...
6. Verify Cayley-Hamilton theorem for A=
(
(
(

2 1 1
1 2 1
1 1 2
. Hence find its inverse.
7. Using the method of variation of parameters, solve (D
2
+ a
2
)y = tan ax.
8. Solve [x
2
D
2
+ 4xD + 2] y = x
2
+
2
1
x
.
9. Find the envelope of the straight line 1 = +
b
y
a
x
, here a and b are connected by the relation
a
2
+ b
2
= c
2

10. Find the Laplace transform of the following functions
(1). (t + 2t
2
)
2
(2) sin
2
2t (3). Sin 3t cos 2t (4). Cos (at+b)

Unit I
Matrices
Characteristic equation - eigen values and eigen vectors of a real matrix - properties of eigen values - Cayley
Hamilton theorem- Reduction of a real matrix to a diagonal form- Orthogonal matrices- Quadratic form -
Reduction of a quadratic form to a canonical form by orthogonal transformation-application to engineering
problems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Series and Differential Calculus
Series- Convergences and divergence- Comparison test Ratio test - Curvature in Cartesian Coordinates- Centre
and radius of curvature - Circle of curvature Evolutes Envelopes application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Differential Equation of First Order
Linear differential equation of first order-exact-integrating factor- Eulers equation-Bernoullis-modeling-
application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Differential Equations of Higher Order
Linear differential equations of second and higher order with constant and variablecoefficients - Cauchys and
Legendres linear differential equations - method of variation of parameters application of engineering
problems.
9 Hours


Unit V
Laplace Transforms
Laplace Transform- conditions for existence(statement only) -Transforms of standard functions properties
(statement only) - Transforms of derivatives and integrals - Initial and Final value theorems (statement only) -
Periodic functions - Inverse transforms - Convolution theorems(statement only) - Applications of Laplace
transforms for solving the ordinary differential equations up to second order with constant coefficients-
application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbooks
1. B S Grewal ., Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi 2000 .
2. K A Lakshminarayanan ,K.Megalai, P.Geetha and D.Jayanthi ,Mathematics for Engineers, Volume I,
Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.

References
1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics, Volume I, S. Chand &
Co., New Delhi-2009.
2. T. Vegetarian , Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi 2008.
3. E. Kreyszig, .Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore,
2008.
4. C. RayWylie and C. Louis. Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Ltd, 2003.

11O102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS
(Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To impart fundamental knowledge in the areas of acoustics, crystallography and new engineering
materials.
- To apply fundamental knowledge in the area of LASERS and fiber optics
- To use the principles of quantum physics in the respective fields
- At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with the basic principles and applications of physics
in various fields.

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Making to learn.
2. Study the working and applications of different types of laser.
3. Understanding the Schrdinger wave equation and scattering of X-rays.
4. Utilization of concept of air wedge in determining the thickness of a thin wire.


Assessment Pattern

S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II
Model Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Give the classifications of sound.
2. Write a note on loudness.
3. Define decibel.
4. What is meant by reverberation time?
5. Define magnetostriction effect.
6. Give the classification of crystals.
7. Define Miller indices.
8. Define lattice and unit cells.
9. Mention the applications of X-ray diffraction.
10. Write a short note on air wedge.
11. List the applications of air wedge method.
12. Give the applications of LASER.
13. Give the classification of laser based on refractive index.
14. Write a note on holography.
15. Draw the block diagram of fiber optic communication system.
16. Define the term Compton effect.
17. What is the physical significance of wave function?
18. What are metallic glasses?
19. Write a note on shape memory alloys.
20. Mention the merits of nano materials.
21. List the advantages of ceramic materials.

Understand

1. How Weber-Fechner law is formulated?
2. Explain the characteristics of loudness.
3. Elucidate the significance of timber.
4. How the magnetostriction effect is utilized in the production of ultrasonic waves?
5. What is the importance of reverberation time in the construction of building?
6. Give the importance of lattice and lattice planes in a crystal.
7. How do you measure the d-spacing?
8. How do you calculate the packing factor of BCC structure?
9. How air wedge is used in determining the flatness of a thin plate?
10. Give the importance of optical pumping in the production of LASER.
11. What are the various steps involved in holography?
12. How can you derive the acceptance angle in fiber?
13. Why the wave function is called as probability density?
14. Why the wave function is finite inside the potential well?
15. Why the particle is not escaping through the walls of the well?
16. How ceramic materials are prepared by slip casting technique?
17. What are the advantages of nano materials?



Apply

1. Discuss the factors affecting the acoustics of buildings.
2. Ultrasonic waves are electromagnetic waves. Justify.
3. Sketch the circuit diagram for piezo electric oscillator.
4. How can you determine the velocity of ultrasonic by acoustic grating?
5. Explain how Miller indices are used in crystal structures?
6. How do you calculate the packing factor for FCC structure?
7. Draw the crystal lattice for (110) plane.
8. Why does air wedge occur only in the flat glass plates?
9. Explain the various steps involved in holography techniques.
10. Discuss the particle in a one dimensional box by considering infinite length of well.
11. Explain how shape memory alloy change its shape?
12. How can you prepare the nano materials synthesized by sol gel technique?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Compare magnetostriction and piezo-electric method in the production of ultrasonic waves.
2. Differentiate musical sound and noises.
3. Compare the packing factor of BCC, FCC and HCP structures.
4. Distinguish between photography and holography.
5. Compare slip casting and isostatic pressing.

Unit I
Acoustics and Ultrasonics
Acoustics: Classification of sound characteristics of musical sound loudness Weber Fechner law
decibel absorption coefficient reverberation reverberation time Sabines formula (growth & decay).
Factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their remedies. Ultrasonics: Ultrasonic production
magnetostriction - piezo electric methods. Applications: Determination of velocity of ultrasonic waves (acoustic
grating) - SONAR.
The phenomenon of cavitation.
9 Hours

Unit II
Crystallography
Crystal Physics: Lattice unit cell Bravais lattices lattice planes Miller indices d spacing in cubic
lattice calculation of number of atoms per unit cell atomic radius coordination number packing factor for
SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures - X-ray Diffraction: Laues method powder crystal method.
Crystal defects.
9 Hours

Unit III
Waveoptics
Interference: Air wedge theory uses testing of flat surfaces thickness of a thin wire. LASER: Types of
lasers Nd YAG laser CO
2
laser semiconductor laser (homojunction). Applications: Holography
construction reconstruction uses. Fiber Optics: Principle of light transmission through fiber - expression for
acceptance angle and numerical aperture - types of optical fibers (refractive Index profile, mode) fiber optic
communication system (block diagram only)
Laser gas sensors .
9 Hours

Unit IV
Modern Physics
Quantum Physics: Development of quantum theory de Broglie wavelength Schrdingers wave equation
time dependent time independent wave equations physical significance applications particle in a box
(1d). X-rays: Scattering of X-rays Compton Effect theory and experimental verification.
Degenerate and non degenerate.
9 Hours


Unit V
New Engineering Materials
Metallic glasses: Manufacturing properties uses. Shape Memory Alloys: Working principle shape memory
effect applications. Nanomaterials: Preparation method sol gel technique mechanical magnetic
characteristics uses. Ceramics: Manufacturing methods slip casting isostatic pressing thermal and
electrical properties - uses.
Carbon nano tubes and applications.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. V.Rajendran, Engineering Physics, Tata McHraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. P. K. Palanisami, Physics for Engineers, Vol. 1, Scitech Pub. (India) Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2002.

References

1. M. N. Avadhanulu and P. G. Kshirsagar, A Textbook of Engineering Physics, S. Chand & Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 2005
2. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publication, New Delhi, 2006.
3. V. Rajendran and A. Marikani, Physics I, TMH, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, TMH, 2008.
5. R. K. Gaur and S. L. Gupta, Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, New Delhi, 2006

11O103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
(Common to all branches)
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- Imparting knowledge on the principles of water characterization, treatment methods and industrial
applications.
- Understanding the principles and application of electrochemistry and corrosion science.
- Basic information and application of polymer chemistry, nanotechnology and analytical techniques.

Programme Outcomes

Skill Set

1. Understand the chemistry of water and its industrial & domestic application.
2. Utilization of electrochemistry principle in corrosion control and industrial application.
3. Understanding the various types of polymers and its industrial application.
4. Applications of nanotechnology and analytical techniques in day to day life.


Assessment Pattern

Sl.No
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Test I
-
Test II
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 10 10
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
4 Analyze 20 20 20 20
5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20
6 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Distinguish between alkaline and non alkaline hardness.
2. What is meant by priming? How it is prevented?
3. What is meant by caustic embrittlement?
4. What is the role of calgon conditioning in water treatment?
5. What is break point chlorination?
6. Write the significances of EMF series.
7. Define single electrode potential of an electrode.
8. Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.
9. What are the advantages of H
2
-O
2
fuel cell?
10. What are reference electrodes?
11. Mention the various factors influencing the rate of corrosion.
12. State Pilling-Bedworth rule.
13. What are the constituents of water repellant paints?
14. What is pitting corrosion?
15. Write any four applications of galvanic series.
16. Differentiate between nanocluster and nanocrystal.
17. List the monomers of nylon -6 and nylon-11.
18. Define functionality of a monomer.
19. What are the monomers of epoxy resin?
20. Differentiate between addition and condensation polymers.
21. What are auxochromes? Give examples.
22. Give any two applications of IR spectroscopy.
23. State Beer-Lamberts law.
24. Write any two applications of flame photometry.
25. What are the limitations of Beer-Lamberts law?

Understand

1. Soft water is not demineralized water whereas demineralized water is soft water- Justify.
2. Why sodium carbonate conditioning is not advisable for high pressure boilers?
3. Boiling cannot give protection to water for all time Reason out.
4. What are the significances of RO method of water treatment?
5. Compare reversible and irreversible cells?
6. Reason out why do the properties of materials change at nanoscale?
7. Why calomel electrode is called as secondary reference electrode?
8. A steel screw in a brass marine hardware corrodes. Why?
9. What is the action of brine solution on iron rod?
10. Why magnesium element is coupled with underground pipe line?

-
The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.


11. Which is the easier way to control corrosion?
12. Lithium battery is the cell of future- Justify.
13. Iron corrodes at a faster rate than aluminium- Give reason.
14. Differentiate between electro and elctroless platting.
15. How thermoplastics differ from thermosetting plastics?
16. TEFLON is superior to other addition polymers-Justify.
17. Write any two advantages of free radical polymerization.
18. Calculate the degree of freedom of water molecule.
19. Differentiate between AAS and flame photometry.
20. What is the role of thiocyanide solution in the estimation of iron by colorimetry?

Apply

1. A water sample contains 204 mgs of CaSO
4
and 73 mgs of Mg(HCO
3
)
2
per litre. Calculate the total
hardness in terms of CaCO
3
equivalence.
2. 100 ml of sample water has hardness equivalent to 12.5ml of 0.08N MgSO
4
. Calculate hardness in
ppm.
3. What is the single electrode potential of a half cell of zinc electrode dipped in a 0.01M ZnSO
4
solution
at 25
0
C? E
0
Zn/Zn
2+

= 0.763 V, R=8.314 JK
-1
Mol
-1
, F= 96500 Coulombs.
4. Calculate the reduction potential of Cu
2+
/Cu=0.5M at 25
0
C. E
0
Cu
2+
/ Cu
= +0.337V.
5. Mention the type of corrosion that takes place when a metal area is covered with water.
6. Bolt and nut made of the same metal is preferred in practice. Why?
7. Caustic embrittlement is stress corrosion- Justify.
8. Metals which are nearer in electrochemical series is preferred in practice. Why?
9. What are the disadvantages of NICAD battery?
10. What are the requirements of a good paint?
11. What information can you get from DP?
12. What is degree of polymerization? Calculate the degree of polymerization of polypropylene having
molecular weight of 25200.
13. How the functionality of monomer influences the structure of polymer?
14. Mention the commercial applications of epoxy resins.
15. On what basis polyamide is named as NYLON?
16. Why UV spectroscopy is called as electronic spectra?
17. IR spectrum is called as vibrational spectrum- Justify.
18. How absorption spectrum is differing from emission spectrum?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Distinguish between hardness and alkalinity.
2. Distinguish between battery and cell.
3. Corrosion phenomenon is known as thousand dollar thief - reason out.
4. What is the basic difference between polymers and oligomers?
5. How do you identify an organic molecule using IR spectrum?

Unit I
Chemistry of Water and its Industrial Applications
Hardness of water: Equivalents of calcium carbonate - Units of hardness - Degree of hardness and its estimation
(EDTA method) - Numerical problems on degree of hardness - pH value of water. Use of water for industrial
purposes: Boiler feed water-scale-sludge - caustic embrittlement. Softening of hard water: External conditioning
zeolite - ion exchange methods - internal conditioning calgon - phosphate methods. Desalination: Reverse
osmosis - electrodialysis. Use of water for domestic purposes: Domestic water treatment - Disinfection of water
- break point chlorination.
Characterization of your campus water.
9 Hours

Unit II
Electrochemistry for Materials Processing
Introduction emf - Single electrode potential - Hydrogen electrode - Calomel electrode - Glass electrode - pH
measurement using glass electrode - Electrochemical series. Cells: Electrochemical cells Cell reactions-
Daniel cell Reversible cells and irreversible cells - Difference between electrolytic cells and electrochemical
cells. Concept of electroplating: Electroplating of gold - electroless plating (Nickel). Batteries: Secondary
batteries - lead acid, nickel - cadmium and lithium batteries. Fuel cell: Hydrogen - oxygen fuel cell.
Electricity assisted painting.
9 Hours

Unit III
Chemistry of Corrosion and its Control
Corrosion: Mechanism of corrosion- Chemical and electrochemical - Pilling-Bedworth rule - Oxygen
absorption Hydrogen evolution - Galvanic series. Types of corrosion: Galvanic corrosion - Differential
aeration corrosion - Examples - Factors influencing corrosion. Methods of corrosion control: Sacrificial anodic
protection - Impressed current method. Protective coatings: Paints - Constituents and Functions. Special paints:
Fire retardant - Water repellant paints.
Applications of vapour phase inhibitors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Polymer and Nanotechnology
Polymers: Monomer - functionality - Degree of polymerization - Classification based on source - applications.
Types of polymerization: Addition, condensation and copolymerization. Mechanism of free radical
polymerization. Thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics - Preparation, properties and applications: Epoxy
resins, TEFLON, nylon and bakelite. Compounding of plastics. Moulding methods: Injection and extrusion.
Nanomaterials: Introduction Nanoelectrodes - Carbon nanotubes - Nanopolymers - Application.
A detailed survey on application of polymer in day to day life.
9 Hours
Unit V
Instrumental Techniques of Chemical Analysis
Beer Lamberts law - Problems. UV visible and IR spectroscopy: Principle- Instrumentation (block diagram
only) - Applications. Colorimetry: Principle Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of iron by
colorimetry. Flame photometry: Principle - Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of sodium by
flame photometry. Atomic absorption spectroscopy: Principle - Instrumentation (block diagram only) -
Estimation of nickel by atomic absorption spectroscopy.
Applications of analytical instruments in medical field.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. P. C. Jain and M. Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications., New Delhi, 2009.
2. R. Sivakumar and N. Sivakumar, Engineering Chemistry, TMH, New Delhi, 2009.
3. B. R. Puri, L. R. Sharma and Madan S. Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Shoban Lal Nagin
Chand & Co., 2005.

References

1. Sashi Chawla, Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2003.
2. B. S. Bahl, G. D. Tuli and Arun Bahl, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, S. Chand & Company, 2008.
3. J. C. Kuriacose and J. Rajaram, Chemistry in Engineering & Technology, Vol. 1&2, TMH, 2009.
4. C. P. Poole Jr., J. F. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley India Private Limited, 2007.
5. Andre Arsenault and Geoffrey A. Ozin, Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials,
Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2005.


LANGUAGE ELECTIVE I

3 0 0 3.0

11O205 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(Common to all branches except EEE, ECE, EIE)
4 0 0 4.0

Objectives
- To understand the basics concepts of electric circuits & magnetic circuits
- To learn the operations of electrical machines
- To impart knowledge in the concepts of Communication systems

Programme Outcomes

(a) The graduates will demonstrate knowledge of fundamentals, science and mathematics in solving
problems logically.
(h) The graduates will display skills required for continuous learning and up gradation.
(k) The graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. Analyze the power in single phase AC systems
2. Derive an equation for self and mutual inductance
3. Determine the characteristics of Bipolar junction transistors
4. Diagnose the operation of half wave and full wave rectifier
5. Design of an operational amplifier

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Test I
-
Test II
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 10 10
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
4 Analyze 20 20 20 20
5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20
6 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is an inductor?
2. State Ohms law.
3. State the operating principle of a transformer.
4. Draw the circuit symbols of i] step up transformer ii] step down transformer.
5. What is resistor? Give its symbol.
6. What are impurities?
7. Draw the neat-labelled I-V characteristics of zener diode.
8. Draw circuit symbol of diode and zener diode,
9. Which process is used to convert the material into extrinsic?
10. What is junction barrier?
11. Define the term rectification and efficiency
12. What is done in the base region of a transistor to improve its operation.

-

13. What is BJT?
14. List the needs for modulation.
15. Draw symbol of 2-input NOR gate & write its truth table.

Understand

1. Explain Ohms law relating to (V), (I) and (R).
2. Explain the working principle of a transformer.
3. Explain the working principle of an induction motor.
4. Discuss intrinsic semiconductor are pure semiconductors.
5. Explain pentavalent impurities with example.
6. Explain trivalent impurities with example.
7. Explain in brief, knee voltage of diode.
8. Explain in brief, breakdown voltage of diode.
9. Explain the operation of P-N Junction diode when forward and reverse bias.
10. Explain the formation of depletion region in P-N Junction.
11. Explain Zener diode as voltage regulator.
12. With a neat circuit diagram explain the working of a half wave rectifier.
13. Derive an expression for the efficiency of a half wave rectifier.
14. With a neat circuit diagram, explain the working of full wave rectifier.
15. What is Ex-OR gate? Explain its working & tabulate the truth table.

Apply

1. Why opamp is called as linear amplifier?
2. Why impurities are used?
3. Calculate the value of resistance having co lour code sequence Red , Yellow, orange and
Gold.
4. Why do we use transformer in rectifier circuit?
5. Which impurity play important role in formation of P type semiconductor?
6. Calculate the % ripple factior, if the dc output voltage 20 V and ac voltage 2V.
7. Three resistors are connected in series across a 12V battery. The first resistance has a value of 2 ,
second has a voltage drop of 4V and third has power dissipation of 12 W. Calculate the value of the
circuit current.
8. A 25 resistor is connected in parallel with a 50 resistor. The current in 50 resistor is 8A.
What is the value of third resistance to be added in parallel to make the total line current as 15A.
9. A toroidal air cored coil with 2000 turns has a mean radius of 25cm, diameter of each turn being 6cm. If
the current in the coil is 10A, find mmf, flux, reluctance, flux density and magnetizing force.
10. The self inductance of a coil of 500turns is 0.25H.If 60% of the flux is linked with a second coil of
10500 turns. Calculate a) the mutual inductance between the two coils and b) emf induced in the
second coil when current in the first coil changes at the rate of 100A/sec.
11. 2.An air cored toroidal coil has 480 turns, a mean length of 30cm and a cross-sectional area of 5
cm
2
.Calculate a)the inductance i\of the coil and b) the average induced emf, if a current of 4 A is
reversed in 60 milliseconds

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Why inductor is referred as a choke?
2. Why single phase induction motor are not self starting?
3. How the barrier potential is developed across the P-N Junction, what are the approximate
Values this potential for Germenium and Silicon?
4. Trivallent impurity is called as donor impurity, comment.
5. Distinguish with diagram, then solid material on the basis of band diagram.
6. How a zener diode can be used for voltage regulation in power supply?
7. How voltage source is converted into current source and vice versa?
8. Differentiate P type and N type semiconductor
9. Distinguish between metal, semiconductor and insulator. Give examples of each.
10. Distinguish between half wave and full wave rectifier

Create

1. Design a half wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the ripple factor.
2. Design a full wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the efficiency.


Unit I
Electric Circuits
Definition of Voltage, Current, Power & Energy, Ohms law, Kirchoffs Law & its applications simple
problems, division of current in series & parallel circuits, generation of alternating EMF, definition of RMS
value, average value, peak factor, form factor. Power in single phase AC three phase system.
Star to delta and delta to star transformations, R-L and R-C series circuit
12 Hours
Unit II
Magnetic Circuits
Definition of MMF, Flux, Reluctance, Properties of Flux lines, Self & Mutual Inductance, Ampere Turns,
Series & parallel magnetic circuits, Comparison between Electric & magnetic circuits, Law of Electromagnetic
induction, Flemings Right & Left hand rule.
Magnetic impedance, Effective resistance, Magnetic capacitivity
12 Hours

Unit III
Electrical Machines
Construction, Type, Principle of Operation & Working Principle of DC Generator, DC Motor, Transformer,
Induction Motor, Induction type single phase energy meter, Domestic wiring practice, Tube light circuit,
Earthing & earthing methods.
Characteristics of DC generators and DC motors,
12 Hours
Unit IV
Electronics Engineering
PN Junction diode & Zener diode Characteristics Half wave and full wave rectifier Bipolar junction
transistors CB,CE, CC Configurations and characteristics basic concepts of amplifiers and oscillators
Logic gates Inverting, Non inverting amplifiers and Operational amplifiers- Basic Computer organization
Block diagram of Microprocessors (8085).
Semiconductor theory, Diode clippers, op-amp parameters and applications

12 Hours
Unit V
Communication Engineering
Introduction to communication systems Need for modulation Types- Block Diagram representation only
Block diagram of TV system Introduction to cellular & mobile telephony- Block diagram of Optical and
Satellite communication systems.
Analog and digital signals, Transmission medium, Digital communication
12 Hours
Total: 60 Hours
Textbooks
1. T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Oxford Press, 2005
2. R. Muthusubramaninan, S. Salivahanan and K. A. Muraleedharan, Basic Electrical, Electronics and
Computer Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004

References
1. J. A. Edminister, Electric Circuits, Schaums Series, McGraw Hill, 2005
2. Van Valkenbergm, Electric Circuits and Network Analysis, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005
3. Smarjith Ghosh, Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.
Ltd., 2005


11I106 COMPUTATIONAL PROBLEM SOLVING
(Common to IT and CSE)
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
- To develop the problem solving ability for real life problems
- To learn the basic concepts of developing an algorithm
- To understand the concept of pseudo-code

Programme Outcomes
languages.
j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life long learning.
k) The graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. Demonstrate the functional behavior of flow charts
2. Determine the relationship between the mathematical modeling and algorithms
3. Develop flow charts using Raptor Tool

Assessment Pattern

S.No.
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version) Test I* Test II*
Model
Examination*
End Semester
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 20 20
3 Apply 30 20 20 20
4 Analyze 20 20 20 20
5 Evaluate 10 20 10 10
6 Create 10 10 20 20
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. List the requirements of problem solving.
2. What is top down design?
3. What is program testing?
4. List the steps involved in improving the efficiency of algorithms.
5. What are the applications of exchanging the values?
6. List the application area of factorial computation.
7. Mention the application areas of reversing a number.
8. Define base conversion
9. List the applications of character to number conversion.
10. What is oscillating convergence?
11. List the steps involved in computing the prime factors.
12. List the applications of pseudorandom numbers.
13. Define an array

Understand
1. Describe the steps involved in implementation of algorithms
2. Explain the concepts of analysis of algorithms
3. Write an algorithm for exchanging two values
4. Write an algorithm for reversing a number

___________________

*The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The
remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Apply

1. Develop an algorithm to find the summation of a set of numbers.
2. Construct a flow chart to generate pseudo random numbers.
3. Illustrate the pseudo code for generation of Fibonacci sequence.

Analyze

1. Analyze the algorithm for reversing the numbers in a set.
2. Analyze the pseudo code for finding the n
th
Fibonacci number.

Evaluate

1. Write the steps involved in sorting.
2. Evaluate the guidelines for finding average of n numbers.
3. Evaluate the need for flow charts.

Create

1. Demonstrate an algorithm for text line length adjustment with an example.
2. Generate the pseudo code for text line editing.
3. Depict the purpose and necessities of linear pattern search.

Unit I
Introduction to Computer Program
Introduction Algorithm Flowchart - Pseudo code - Program Control Structures - Programming Paradigms -
Programming Languages - Generations of Programming Languages Computer Software Software Definition
Categories of Software Installing and Uninstalling Software Software Piracy

Software Terminologies
9 Hours
Unit II
Computer Problem Solving
The Problem-solving Aspect - Top-down Design-implementation of Algorithms- Program Verification - The
Efficiency of Algorithms. Fundamental Algorithms - Exchanging the values of Two Variables - Counting -
Summation of a set of Numbers - Factorial Computation-Sine function computation - Generation of the
Fibonacci sequence - Reversing the Digits of an Integer

Base Conversion-Character to Number Conversion
9 Hours

Unit III
Factoring Methods
Finding the square Root of a number - The Smallest Divisor of an Integer - The Greatest Common Divisor of
Two Integers - Generating Prime Numbers - Computing the Prime Factors of an Integer Raising a Number to a
Large Power - Computing the n
th
Fibonacci Number.

Generation of Pseudo - random Numbers
9 Hours
Unit IV
Array Techniques
Array Order Reversal-Array Counting or Histogramming - Finding the Maximum Number in a Set -
Partitioning an Array Finding the k
th
Smallest Element - Longest Monotone Subsequence.

Removal of Duplicates from an Ordered Array
9 Hours

Unit V
Text Processing and Pattern Searching
Text Line Length Adjustment - Left and Right Justification of Text -Text Line editing - Linear Pattern Search -
Sub linear Pattern Search.

Keyword Searching in Text
9 Hours
Total: 45 + 15 Hours

Textbooks

1. R.G.Dromey, How to Solve it by Computer, Pearson Education, India, 2009. (Unit II to Unit V).
2. ITL Educational Solutions Limited, Introduction to Information Technology, Pearson Education,
India, 2006.(Unit I)

References

1. Seymour Lipschutz, Essentials computer Mathematics, Schaums outlines series, Tata McGrawHill
4
th
Edition, 2004.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Fundamentals of Programming languages Galgotia publications, 1984
G. Polya, How to Solve It: A New Aspect of Mathematical

11I107 COMPUTATIONAL PROBLEM SOLVING LABORATORY
(Common to CSE and IT)
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
- To learn the text processing using word processor.
- To calculate the different values using spread sheets
- To prepare a slideshow using power point.
- To generate the flow charts for different problems.

Programme Outcomes

languages.

Skill Set

1. Demonstrate text formatting.
2. Prepare presentations using slides
3. Demonstrate the application of spread sheet
4. Draw flowcharts using Raptor tool

Assessment Pattern

Internal Assessment End Semester Examination
Preparation 10 15
Observation and Results 15 20
Record 10 -
Mini- Project / Model
Examination / Viva Voce
15 15
Total 50 50

Remember
1. What is a flowchart?
2. What is text processing?
3. What is presentation?
4. What is font and font size?
5. What is searching?
6. List the buttons available in text formatting

Understand
1. Classify different formula available in Excel.
2. Discuss the steps involved in drawing graphs using Excel
3. How to fill a series in a particular column?

Apply
1. Sort the given values using both in ascending and descending order in Excel.
65 70 75 80 85 60 55 50 45
2. Demonstrate the steps involved in finding the sum and average of the following list.
12 14 16 19 91 99 81 36 42
3. Illustrate various text alignment techniques with an example.

Analyze / Evaluate
1. Differentiate the steps involved in finding the sum in MS Word & Excel.
2. Experiment the flow chart for finding the factorial of given number using the step evaluation method.
3. Test the flowchart for finding the greatest among three numbers with different combination of values.

Create
1. Design the flow chart for finding the average of n numbers
2. Develop an algorithm for decimal to binary conversion.

List of Experiments
1. Creating documents using MS_WORD
- Prepare a Resume about yourself using Microsoft Word.
- Prepare a Technical paper in IEEE format Using MS_Word
- Prepare an advertisement to recruit software professional for a company for four different
designations with the following specifications.
Attractive page border
Name of the company using word art.
Use at least one clip art
Mention the company address and the number of vacancies.
- Insert the following equations in your text.
Ca (HCO
3
) CaCo
3
+ CO
2
+ H
2
O
(a+b)
2
a
2
+ 2ab + b
2

- Create a your visiting card of size 3 X 2 with your phone number, email address and web site
- Create a prescription sheet of a doctor.
- Prepare a flowchart to find the roots of a quadratic equation using MS_WORD.
- Prepare a table of students mark sheet for minimum 10 students.
2. Creating the spread sheets using MS_EXCEL
- Develop an advertisement to promote the business with some attractive prices. Include necessary
pictures and images using MS_POWERPOINT.
- Create a Mind Map Using MS_POWERPOINT
3. Creating the spread sheets using MS_EXCEL
- Prepare a telephone bill of five customers using MS_EXCEL with the field of bill number,
Customer name, Bill month, Previous and Present call readings, no of calls and total amount.
- Prepare a Class Time table Using MS_Excel
- Prepare a payroll of a company with minimum ten employees with Basic pay, DA(25% of
basic),HRA ( 10% of Basic),CCA(Rs.500) and the deductions of PF(5% of Basic), Loan (if any)
and calculate gross pay and net pay.
- Prepare a result sheet of HSC examination using MS_EXCEL.
- Prepare a pie chart for hard disk utilization.
- Prepare a departmental store bill using MS_EXCEL for minimum 10 items
- Prepare a result sheet of SSLC examination using MS_EXCEL.
- Create a bar chart for university results of your own class.
4. Creating flowcharts using Raptor tool
- Identify the Greatest of three numbers using raptor tool.
- Exchange the values of any two variables without using a temporary variable.
- Count the number of odd numbers and even numbers in a given set.
- Count the number of positive and negative values in a given set.
- Compute sum of squares of first n numbers.
- Compute the average of n numbers.
- Compute the sum of first n odd numbers.
- Compute the sum of first n even numbers.
- Compute the factorial of a given number
- Generate the following sequence of numbers.
0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13
- Compute the sum of digits of a number.
- Check whether the given number is prime number or not.
Design Experiments
Application Oriented Experiments
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule

11O208 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
Common for CE,EEE,ME,BT,IT & TT (I Semester); AE,CSE,ECE,EIE & FT (II Semester)
2 0 2 3.0
Objectives
Upon Successful completion of this course, the Graduates should be able to:
- Understand and appreciate the importance of Engineering Graphics in Engineering
- Understand the basic principles of Technical/Engineering Drawing
- Understand the different steps in producing drawings according to BIS conventions

Programme Outcomes
(b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming
Languages
(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze
problems.

Skill Set
1. Projection of various components according to BIS specifications.
2. Assembly of datas and information of various components in visualized way
3. Interpretation of technical graphics assemblies
4. 2D modeling by AutoCAD

S.No Experiment Hours
1. Prepare a Resume using Microsoft Word 3
2. Prepare a document about software industry using Microsoft word. 3
3. Prepare an employee details table using MS excel and import the same in
MS power point.
3
4. Draw flowchart for Payroll calculation using MS Word and present it using
MS power point
3
5. Prepare Graduates mark sheets using MS excel and import the same in MS
power point
3
6. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Factorial computation 3
7. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Generation of Fibonacci sequence 3
8. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool to check Prime number or not. 3
9. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Greatest of three numbers. 3
10. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Arithmetic operators. 3
11. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for Sorting of numbers. 3
12. Draw the flow chart using Raptor tool for To find Sum of digits 3
Assessment Pattern

S.No.
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version) Test I* Test II*
Model
Examination*
End Semester
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 20 20
3 Apply 30 20 20 20
4 Analyze 20 20 20 20
5 Evaluate 10 20 10 10
6 Create 10 10 20 20
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Graphic communication or Drawing.
2. List the different drawing instruments.
3. What is blueprint?
4. What are the applications of engineering graphics?
5. What are the two types of drawings?
6. What are the different types of projections?
7. Define Orthographic projection.
8. What do you mean by I angle projection?
9. What is III angle projection?
10. Define Plan.
11. What is Elevation?
12. List the various types of lines.
13. What do you mean by a Plane?
14. Name the five standard sizes of drawing sheets that are specified by BIS.
15. Give the BIS codes for Lettering, Dimensioning and lines.
16. State few important dimensioning rules.
17. What are the two types of Solids?
18. What is Representative Fraction (RF)?
19. What is a Frustum?
20. Define Truncation.
21. Define Section Plane and give its types.
22. What do you mean by development of surfaces?
23. State the principle of Isometric projection.
24. What is Isometric View?
25. Define Isometric scale.

Understand

1. When an object is said to be in III quadrant?
2. Why are the projectors perpendicular to the Projection Plane in the Orthographic projection?
3. What is the Shape of the section obtained when a cone is cut by a plane passing through the apex and
center of the base of the cone?
4. Why II and IV angle projections are not used in industries?
5. What are the differences between I angle and III angle projections?
6. Which method is suitable for developing a truncated prism?
7. Why is a hexagonal headed bolt and nut more common in use as compared to square headed bolt and
nut?
8. Which is the most suitable method for drawing the Perspective Projection?
9. What are the prerequisites for Free hand sketching?
10. What are the two methods used to obtain the Isometric view of a circle?
11. Why CAD is preferred over Conventional drafting?

___________________



Apply/Evaluate

1. How will you project a point which is above HP and in front of VP?
2. How will you project a point which is below HP and behind VP?
3. What is the method used to determine the True length and inclination of a line inclined to both the
planes?
4. How will you project a prism whose axis is inclined to HP and parallel to VP by Change of Position
method?
5. How will you project a cylinder when the axis is inclined to VP and parallel to HP by change of
position method?
6. How will you project a pyramid whose axis is inclined to HP and parallel to VP by Change of Position
method?
7. How will you project a cone when the axis is inclined to VP and parallel to HP by change of position
method?
8. How will you obtain the Sectional view of solids in simple vertical position cut by planes inclined to
any one reference plane?
9. How will you develop the lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids?
10. How will you develop the complete surfaces of Frustums?

Create

1. Construct an isometric scale.
2. A cricket ball thrown from the ground level reaches the wicket keepers gloves. Maximum height
reached by the ball is 5m. The ball travels a horizontal distance of 11m from the point of projection.
Trace the path of the ball.
3. The Pictorial view of an object is shown below. Draw the following views to full size scale.
a) Elevation in the direction of arrow
b) Left end elevation
c) Plan

4. Read the dimensioned drawing shown below. Redraw the figure to full size and dimension it as per Indian
Standards.


Unit I
Concepts and Conventions
Use of drafting instruments BIS conventions and specifications Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets
Lettering and dimensioning. General principles of orthographic projection First angle projection Layout of
views Projection of points, located in all quadrant and straight lines located in the first quadrant
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations. Conics: Different types and applications Construction by
Eccentricity method.
6 Hours
Unit II
Projections of Solids
Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one reference
plane by change of position method. Projection of Planes inclined to any one reference plane.
6 Hours
Unit III
Sections of Solids and Development of Surfaces
Sectioning of solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical position by cutting planes
inclined to one Reference: plane Obtaining the true shape of section. Development of lateral surfaces of
simple solids prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones. Intersection of Solids.

6 Hours
Unit IV
Isometric Projection and Perspective Projection
Principles of isometric projection isometric scale isometric projections of simple solids, pyramids, cylinders
and cones. Orthographic projection - Systems of orthographic projection - First angle orthographic projection -
Conversion of pictorial to orthographic views (Free hand).
Perspective projections: Perspective projection of solids by vanishing point method.
6 Hours

Unit V
Introduction to AutoCAD and 2D Modelling
Starting AutoCAD Interfaces Menus Tool bars Coordinates Limits Units 2D commands Drawing
Commands - Creating a Point, Construction of Lines, Polyline, Multiline, Circles, Arcs, Rectangle, Polygon,
Ellipse, Hatch, Text, Mtext, Linetypes Edit and Modify commands - Copy, Move, Erase, Mirror, Zoom, Pan,
Arrays, Trim, Break, Fillet, Chamfer, Redraw, Regen, Dimensioning, Colors, Layers Exercises. Introduction
to 3D modeling.

6 Hours
Total: 30 Hours


Textbook
1. K. V. Natarajan, A Textbook: of Engineering Graphics, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2006.

References

1. S. Julyes Jaisingh, Engineering Graphics, Tri Sea Publishers, 2010
2. V. Rameshbabu, Engineering Graphics, VRB Publishers Pvt Ltd., 2009.
3. K. Venugopal, Engineering Graphics, New Age International (P) Limited, 2002.
4. N. D. Bhatt, Engineering Drawing, Charotar publishing House 2003.
5. K. L. Narayana and P. Kannaiah, Engineering Graphics, Scitech Publications (Pvt) Limited-2002

List of Experiments

1. Projection of points located in all quadrants.
2. Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the planes.
3. Determination of true lengths and true inclinations of Straight lines.
4. Projection of Solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one reference
plane by change of position method.
5. Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one reference plane and
obtaining true shape of section.
6. Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids like prisms, pyramids cylinder and
cone.
7. Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders.
8. Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views.
9. Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using AutoCAD.
10. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD.

Total: 30 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl.
No
Experiment Hours

1 Projection of points located in all quadrants 3
2 Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the
planes.
3
3 Determination of true lengths and true inclinations of Straight lines 3
4 Projection of Solids when the axis is inclined to one reference plane by change
of position method.
3
5 Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one
reference plane and obtaining true shape of section
3
6 Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids. 3
7 Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders. 3
8 Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views. 3
9 Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using
AutoCAD.
3
10 Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD. 3


11M209 WORKSHOP PRACTICE
0 0 2 1.0
Objectives

- To learn the use of basic hand tools and to know the need for safety in work place
- To gain hands on experience on Carpentry, Fitting, Sheet metal, Plumbing and Arc welding
operations by making simple objects
- To have the basic knowledge on working of domestic appliances

Programme Outcomes

(a) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.
languages.

Skill Set

1. Perform basic Carpentry work
2. Perform basic Fitting work
3. Fabrication of Sheet metal objects
4. Plumbing work
5. Arc welding skill

Assessment Pattern

Internal Assessment Semester End Examination
Preparation 10 20
Record 10 -
Mini-Project/
Model Examination /
Viva-Voce

20

20
Total 50 50

Remember

1. What are the tools used in sheet metal work?
2. What are the types of joints in sheet metal work?
3. What is gas welding?
4. List out the types of flames in welding.
5. What is meant by carpentry?
6. What are the types of joints in pipe connection?
7. What is staircase wiring?
8. What is the working principle of centrifugal pump?
9. What are the types of valves in plumbing and where it is used?
10. List out the cutting tools used in carpentry with specification.
11. What are the necessary equipments used in Arc Welding?
12. What are the methods used in sheet metal work?
13. List out the types and components of Air- Conditioner.

Understand

1. Compare the Refrigeration system with air Condition system.
2. How the refrigeration system works?
3. How will you select the suitable welding process for various materials?
4. How will make a V joint in the given MS flat?
5. How cavity is formed by using pattern?
6. How the wires are joined by soldering?

Apply / Evaluate

1. Sketch the wiring diagram for a room consist of two fans ,three tubelights, and one plug point.
2. Sketch the line diagram of the plumbing work carried out in your house.
3. Sketch all the wooden furniture present in your house in three dimensional view.
4. How will make a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and taps?
5. How will form Staircase and Godown wiring?
6. Prepare a hexagonal shape pen stand by using power tools.
7. Prepare a cover with handle by using sheet metal to cover a motor.
8. Prepare a small trolley to carry wastage by using welding work.

List of Experiments
1. Forming of simple objects using sheet metal.
2. Preparing a V joint from the given MS flat.
3. Demonstration of Assembly and Disassembly of centrifugal pump.
4. Making simple gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using welding joints.
5. Making simple gadget like pen stand, box, cell phone stand etc., by using power tools.
6. Making a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and taps.
7. Demonstration of working of domestic appliances: Washing Machine/ Refrigerator and Window Air
Conditioner.
8. Verification of current divider rule
9. Verification of voltage divider rule
10. Measurement of parallel and series impedance
11. Measurement of frequency and amplitude using CRO
12. Soldering and de-soldering of simple circuit.
Total: 30 Hours
Practical Schedule

SI. No. Experiment Hours
1 Forming of simple objects using sheet metal. 3
2
Preparing a V joint from the given MS flat. 3
3
Demonstration of Assembly and Disassembly of centrifugal pump. 2
4
Making simple gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using
welding joints.
3
5
Making simple gadget like pen stand, box, cell phone stand etc., by using
power tools.
2
6
Making a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes
valves and taps.
2
7
Demonstration of working of domestic appliances: Washing Machine/
Refrigerator and Window Air-Conditioner.
3
8
Verification of current divider rule 2
9
Verification of voltage divider rule 2
10
Measurement of parallel and series impedance 2
11
Measurement of frequency and amplitude using CRO 3
12
Soldering and De-soldering of simple circuit 3


11O201 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II
(Common to all branches) 3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
Acquire knowledge to use multiple integrals to find area and volume of surface and solids respectively.
Have a good grasp of analytic functions, complex integration and their interesting properties and its
applications.

Programme Outcomes
languages.

Skill Set

Assessment pattern

S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II
Model Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Define Jacobian in two dimensions.
2. State Greens theorem.
3. Define directional derivative of a vector point function.
4. Define analytic function.
5. What is the formula for finding the residue of a double pole?
6. State Cauchys integral formula.
7. Write the necessary condition for a function f (z) to be analytic.
8. Write the formula for unit normal vector?
9. Write all types of singularities.
10. State the sufficient conditions for a function of two variables to have an extremum at a point.

Understand
1. If
2 2
( , )
2 , , cos , sin
( , )
u v
u xy v x y x r y r compute
x y
u u
c
= = = =
c
.
2. If
2 2 2
( , ) 0
y x z x u u u
u f showthat x y z
xy xz x y z
c c c
= + + =
c c c
.
3. Transform the integral
} }
0 0
) , (
y
dxdy y x f to polar coordinates.


4. Change the order of integration in
( )
} }
2
0 0
,
x
dydx y x f
.
5. Find a, such that (3x-2y+z)i+(4x+ay-z)j+(x-y+2z)k is solenoidal.
6. What is the greatest rate of increase of
2
xyz = | at (1,0,3)?
7. Test the analyticity of the function w = sin z.
8. Find
dz
dw
given w = tan z.
9. Evaluate
}

c
z
dz
2
) 3 (
where c is the circle 1 = z
10. Find the residue of the function
) 2 (
4
) (
3
=
z z
z f at its simple pole.
Apply

1. Examine the function
2 2 4 4
2 4 2 y xy x y x u + + = for extreme values.
2. Check if
( )
2
,
y x
xy
v
y x
y x
u
+
= are functionally dependent. If so find the relationship between
them.
3. By transforming into cylindrical polar coordinates evaluate ( )dxdydz z y x
} } }
+ +
2 2 2
taken over
the region of space defined by 1
2 2
s + y x and 1 0 s s x .

4. Using Gauss divergence theorem evaluate
}}

+ =
s
k yz j y i xz F where ds n F
2
4
and S is
the surface of the cube bounded by x=0,y=0,z=0,x=1,y=1,z=1.

5. When the function f(z) = u + iv is analytic, show that U = constant and V = constant are orthogonal.
6. Determine the image of 1 < x < 2 under the mapping
z
w
1
= .
7. Find the area of the cardiod r = 4 ( 1+ cos u) using double integral.
8. Apply Greens theorem in the plane to evaluate dy xy y dx y x
c
) 6 4 ( ) 8 3 (
2 2
+
}

where C is the boundary of the region defined by x=0, y=0 and x+y=1.
9. If ) log(
2 2
y x u + = , find v and f (z) such that f (z) =u+iv is analytic.
10. Using Cauchys integral formula evaluate
}
+ +
C
z
z z
dz e
2
) 1 ( ) 2 (
where C is the Circle 3 = z .

Analyze / Evaluate
1. Prove that
, ,
u v w
x y z
v w w u u v
= = =

are functionally dependent.

2. If ) , ( ) , ( v u y x g = where xy v y x u 2 ,
2 2
= = prove that
|
|
.
|
\
|
c
c
+
c
c
+ =
c
c
+
c
c
2
2
2
2
2 2
2
2
2
2
) ( 4
v u
y x
y
g
x
g
.
3. Evaluate the integration
} } }
xyzdxdydz taken throughout the volume for which 0 , , > z y x and
2 2 2
9 x y z + + s
.
4. Evaluate the following integral by changing to spherical coordinates
2 2
2
1
1 1
2 2 2
0 0 0
1
x y
x
dxdydz
x y z

} } }

5. Verify Gauss divergence theorem for

+ + = k z j y i x F
2 2 2
where S is the surface of the cuboid
formed by the planes x=0, x=a, y=0, y=b, z=0 and z=c.

6. Determine the bilinear transformation that maps the points -1, 0, 1 in the z-plane onto the points
0, i, 3i in the w-plane.
7. Evaluate
u
u
u
t
d
}

2
0
cos 4 5
2 cos
.
8. Using contour integration, evaluate
( )( )
dx
x x
x
}
+ +
0
2 2
2
4 9

9. Expand
( )( ) 3 1
) (

=
z z
z
z f as Laurents series valid in the regions:
3 1 < < z and 2 1 0 < < z
10. Show that k y xz j z x i z xy F ) 3 ( ) 3 ( ) 6 (
2 2 3
+ + + = is irrigational vector and find the
scalar potential function | such that | V = F

Unit I
Functions of Several Variables
Functions of two variables - Partial derivatives - Total differential - Derivative of implicit functions - Maxima
and minima - Constrained Maxima and Minima by Lagrangian Multiplier method - Jacobians-application to
engineering problems.
9 Hours

Unit II
Multiple Integrals
Double integration in cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration - change of variables-
Area and volume by multiple integrals- application to engineering problems.
9 Hours

Unit III
Vector Calculus
Gradient - divergence - curl- line - surface and volume integrals - Greens - Gauss divergence and Stokes
theorems (statement only) - applications to engineering problems.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Analytic Functions
Analytic functions- Necessary condition of analytic function-Sufficient condition of analytic function(statement
only)- properties - Determination of analytic function using Milne Thomsons method, conformal mappings -
Mappings of w= z + a, az, 1/z, e
z
- bilinear transformation -- application to engineering problems.

9 Hours
Unit V
Complex Integration
Cauchys fundamental theorem (statement only)- and application of Cauchys integral formula(statement only)
Taylors and Laurents series- classification of singularities Cauchys residue theorem (statement only)
Contour integration - circular and semi circular contours (excluding poles on the real axis)- application to
engineering problems
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours

Textbooks

1. B. S. Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi, 2000.
2. K .A. Lakshminarayanan ,K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers,
Volume II, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.

References

1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics, Volume II, S. Chand &
Co., New Delhi, 2009.
2. T. Veerarajan, Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2008.
3. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore, 2008.
4. C. RayWylie and Louis .C. Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, 2003.

11O202 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- Imparting knowledge on principles of environmental science and engineering.
- Understanding the concepts of ecosystem, biodiversity and impact of environmental pollution.
- Awareness on value education, population and social issues.

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Awareness on natural resources and understanding environmental problems.
2. Realize the benefits of ecology and biodiversity.
3. Characterize and analyze different levels of pollution and its management techniques.
4. List human activities that may be responsible for global warming and cooling of earths atmosphere
and pave way for sustainable development.
5. Classify and understand about the relation between human population and environment.


Assessment Pattern

S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II
Model Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Give the scope and importance of environmental studies.
2. Distinguish between renewable and non- renewable resources.
3. Explain the impacts of mining on forests.
4. Explain why fresh water is a precious resource and classification of different water pollutants?
5. What are the Impacts of modern agriculture?
6. State the two energy laws and give examples that demonstrate each law.
7. List the physical, chemical, and biological factors responsible for soil formation.
8. Give examples of point and nonpoint sources of pollution.
9. Draw a food web that includes ten or more aquatic organisms.
10. Distinguish between primary and secondary pollutants.
11. Identify the four parts of the atmosphere.
12. Describe secondary and primary succession with suitable examples.
13. Define the term extinction.
14. Relate the concept of food web and food chain to trophic levels.
15. Describe energy flow in a ecosystem.
16. Define the roles of producers, herbivore, carnivore, omnivore, scavenger, parasite and decomposer.
17. List some of the components of an ecosystem.
18. Distinguish between the biotic and abiotic factors in an ecosystem.
19. Give some impacts of water pollution.
20. Explain the source and effects of e waste.
21. What is the loudest sound possible?
22. What are the laws regarding noise pollution?
23. What is rainwater harvesting?
24. Discuss the concept and reactions of acid rain.
25. Describe the salient features of Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972.
26. What is 3R approach?
27. Give the effects of nuclear fallout.
28. Differentiate between mortality and natality.

Understand

1. Explain why providing adequate food for all of the world's people is so difficult?
2. Rank the five major sources of energy used to produce electricity and classify the energy sources
as renewable or nonrenewable.
3. Describe the causes of desertification and its preventive measures.
4. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of the green revolution.
5. Explain the relationship between technology and global warming.
6. Describe any three health effects of air pollution.
7. Identify "greenhouse gases" and explain how they cause the "greenhouse effect".


8. Identify a few plants and animals with the various biomes.
9. Explain the importance of primary species.
10. Explain the five major types of species interactions and give examples of each.
11. Environmental problems involve social, political, and economic issuesJustify.
12. What problems does noise pollution cause to animals?
13. What type of pollution threatens wetlands?
14. What are the major measures to attain sustainability?
15. Why is urban energy requirement more than rural requirement?
16. What are the major limitations to successful implementation of our environmental legislation?
17. Explain the concept of Malthusian theory.
18. How age-structure pyramids serve as useful tools for predicting population growth trends of a nation?
19. Discuss various issues and measures for women and child welfare at international and national level.

Apply
1. Compare the energy efficiencies of any two inventions.
2. Name some alternatives to pesticides.
3. Identify four different habitats found in bodies of water and give examples of organisms that live
in each habitat.
4. Explain how we could reduce air pollution?
5. What are the measures to be taken to reduce your own noise pollution?
6. List the top ten polluted countries in the world?
7. Identify the grants available for rain water harvesting in buildings?
8. What are the major implications of enhanced global warming?
9. Discuss the methods implemented by government to control HIV/AIDS.
10. What is the role of an individual in prevention of pollution?

Analyze/ Evaluate
1. List reasons why it is important that we seek alternatives to fossil fuels.
2. Explain why fresh water is often in short supply?
3. Give examples of human-made sources of radiation and explain how human-made sources differ from
natural sources of radiation.

Unit I
Introduction to Environmental Studies and Natural Resources
Environment: Definition- scope - importance need for public awareness. Forest resources: Use over
exploitation- deforestation - case studies- mining - effects on forests and tribal people. Water resources: Use
over utilization of surface and ground water- floods drought - conflicts over water. Mineral resources: Use
exploitation - environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources - case studies. Food resources:
World food problems - changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing - effects of modern agriculture-
fertilizer-pesticide problems - water logging - salinity -case studies. Energy resources: Growing energy needs -
renewable and non renewable energy sources. Land resources: Land as a resource - land degradation - soil
erosion. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
Documentation of the effect of degradation of forest resource.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ecosystems and Biodiversity
Concept of an ecosystem: Structure and function of an ecosystem producers - consumers -decomposers
energy flow in the ecosystem ecological succession food chains - food webs and ecological pyramids.
Types of ecosystem: Introduction - characteristic features - forest ecosystem - grassland ecosystem - desert
ecosystem - aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries). Biodiversity: Introduction
definition (genetic - species ecosystem) diversity. Value of biodiversity: Consumptive use - productive use
social values ethical values - aesthetic values. Biodiversity level: Global - national - local levels- India as a
mega diversity nation- hotspots of biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity: Habitat loss - poaching of wildlife
man wildlife conflicts endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and ex-
situ conservation of biodiversity - field study.
Documentation of the endangered flora and fauna in your native place.
9 Hours
Unit III
Environmental Pollution
Pollution: Definition air pollution - water pollution - soil pollution - marine pollution - noise pollution -
thermal pollution - nuclear hazards. Solid waste management: Causes - effects - control measures of urban and
industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution - pollution case studies. Disaster
management: Floods earthquake - cyclone - landslides. Electronic wastes.
Investigation on the pollution status of Bhavani river.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Social Issues and Environment
Sustainable development : Unsustainable to sustainable development urban problems related to energy. Water
conservation - rain water harvesting - watershed management. Resettlement and rehabilitation of people.
Environmental ethics: Issues - possible solutions climate change - global warming and its effects on flora and
fauna - acid rain - ozone layer depletion - nuclear accidents - nuclear holocaust - wasteland reclamation -
consumerism and waste products. Environment protection act: Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) act
water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act wildlife protection act forest conservation act issues
involved in enforcement of environmental legislation.
Analyze the recent steps taken by government of India to prevent pollution.
9 Hours
Unit V
Human Population and Environment
Human population: Population growth - variation among nations population explosion family welfare
programme and family planning environment and human health Human rights value education HIV /
AIDS, Swine flu women and child welfare . Role of information technology in environment and human
health.
Population explosion in India, China the present and future scenario.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks
1. T. G. Jr. Miller, Environmental Science, Wadsworth Publishing Co., 2004.
2. Raman Sivakumar, Introduction to Environmental Science and Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2010.
References
1. Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad India, 2010 .
2. S. Divan, Environmental Law and Policy in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2001.
3. K. D. Wager, Environmental Management, W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, USA, 1998.
4. W. P. Cunningham, Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico Publising House, Mumbai, 2004.
5. S. K. Garg, R. Garg, R. Garg, Ecological & Environmental Studies, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2006.

LANGUAGE ELECTIVE-II

3 1 0 3.5
11I204 MATERIALS SCIENCE
(Common to CSE, EEE, ECE, EIE and IT) 3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To explain the properties of conducting, semiconducting and dielectric materials.
- To impart fundamental knowledge in optical materials.
- To enable the Graduates to understand the magnetic materials.

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Making to learn electrical properties of metals, electron energies of metals and Fermi energy.
2. Study the different types of semiconductor based on carrier nature.
3. Understanding the various polarization mechanisms in dielectrics.
4. Utilization of domain theory to explain hysteresis loop.

Assessment Pattern

S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II
Model Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define relaxation time and collision time.
2. Give the postulates of free electron theory.
3. Give the drawbacks of classical free electron theory.
4. Define drift velocity.
5. State Drude-Lorentz theory.
6. What is the probability function f(E) of an electron occupying an energy level E?
7. What are intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors?
8. Give the broad classification of semiconductors based on carriers.
9. State Hall effect.
10. Define photovoltaic effect.
11. Mention the applications of pin photo diode.
12. Write a short note on dipole and dipole moment.
13. List the properties of dielectrics.
14. Write the expressions for electronic and ionic polarization.
15. What is meant by local field in solid dielectrics?
16. Write the Clausius-Mosotti equation for a solid dielectric.
17. Define dielectric breakdown.
18. Define the term fluorescence.
19. What is the sufficient condition for the phosphorescence?
20. What is the principle of LED?
21. Define plastic encapsulation.
22. Write a note on liquid crystal state.
23. Write the drawbacks of LCD.
24. List the advantages of CD-ROM.
25. What is meant by magnetic flux density?
26. Write notes on (i) retentivity (ii) coercivity
27. What is meant by domain?
28. Mention the applications of soft magnetic materials.
29. Mention some materials used for magnetic recording.

Understand

1. How the free electron theory proved to be wrong in terms of thermal conductivity by Wiedemann-
Franz law?
2. Explain the variation of Fermi-Dirac distribution function with temperature.
3. Elucidate the significance of probability function when (i) f(E)=1 (ii) f(E)=0 (ii)f(E)=0.5
4. Calculate the density of electron at 0K.
5. What are the importances of Fermi energy?


6. Why the extrinsic semiconductors are preferred over intrinsic semiconductors?
7. Prove that the Fermi level lies at the middle of the energy gap in intrinsic semiconductor.
8. Give the importance of band gap energy.
9. What are the differences between donor ad acceptor energy level?
10. Is it possible to measure the magnetic field using Hall Effect? Explain.
11. How the photo voltaic effect is utilized in solar cells?
12. All the dielectrics are insulators, but why all the insulators are not dielectrics?
13. Why the orientation polarization occurs only in polar molecules?
14. Prove that the internal field of the atoms is larger than the applied field.
15. Why the chemical and electrochemical breakdowns have close relationship with thermal breakdown?
16. What are the changes observed in BaTiO
3
with change in temperature?
17. How can you increase the emission time in luminescence?
18. How the electroluminescence is used in LED?
19. Why the wavelength of the emitted photons in LED depends on energy gap in the semiconductor?
20. Why LCD comes under passive display device?
21. How the data in CD-ROM is read out?
22. What are the advantages of CD-ROM?
23. Give the origin of magnetic moment in magnetic materials.
24. Why the susceptibility of diamagnetic material is negative?
25. What is the reason for the magnetic lines of forces are highly attracted towards the centre of the
ferromagnetic material?
26. Why hard magnetic materials cannot be easily magnetized?
27. Give the reason for using soft magnetic materials in transformers.
28. How the soft magnetic materials are used in magnetic bubbles?

Apply

1. Discuss the reasons for the failure of classical free electron theory.
2. What is the reason for low contribution of electrons to the heat capacity of metals?
3. Sketch the variation of Fermi level with temperature.
4. Explain how phosphorous atoms donate electrons to the conduction band?
5. Where are the donor and acceptor levels located in an impurity semiconductor? Why?
6. Explain how photo pin diodes are used in fiber optical communication?
7. Graphically explain frequency dependence of dielectrics.
8. Why at low temperature the total polarization is maximum?
9. Deduce Clausius-Mosotti relation and explain its use in predicting the dielectric constant of the solids.
10. Why phosphorescence is called delayed fluorescence?
11. Explain the reason for the formation of domain in ferromagnetism and how the hysteresis curve is
explained on the basis of the domain theory?
12. Discuss the bearing of domain theory in soft and hard magnetic materials.
13. Give an account of the origin of atomic magnetization and which source is important in the
ferromagnetic materials?
14. Explain the spontaneous magnetization possessed by ferromagnetic material below Curie point.

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Compare intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors.
2. Differentiate p-type and n-type semiconductors.
3. Compare dia, para and ferromagnetic materials.
4. Differentiate soft and hard magnetic materials.
5. Compare LED and LCD.

Unit I
Electrical properties of Metals
Introduction - Derivation of microscopic form of Ohms law- postulates of classical free electron theory-
derivation of electrical conductivity of metals (Drude- Lorentz theory)- merits and demerits. Derivation of
thermal conductivity Wiedemann-Franz law- verification. Electron energies in metal and Fermi energy-
Fermi-Dirac distribution function and its variation with temperature- density of energy states- calculation of
density of electron and fermi energy at 0K- average energy of free electron at 0K- Importance of fermi energy-
problems.
Quantum free electron theory and Band theory of solids.
9 Hours

Unit II
Semiconducting Materials & Devices
Introduction - elemental and compound semiconductors - Intrinsic semiconductors: density of electrons -
density of holes- determination of carrier concentration and position of Fermi energy- band gap energy
determination (quantitative treatment). Extrinsic semiconductors: carrier concentration in p-type and n-type
semiconductors. Hall effect- theory of Hall effect- experimental determination of Hall voltage- applications.
Semi conducting devices: solar cells (Photovoltaic effect) uses. Photo detectors: pin photo diodes
applications.
Variation of Fermi level with temperature and doping concentration in extrinsic semiconductors.
9 Hours
Unit III
Dielectrics
Introduction- fundamental definitions in dielectrics- expressions for electronic, ionic and orientation
polarization mechanisms- space charge polarization- Langevin- Debye equation- frequency and temperature
effects on polarization- dielectric loss- internal field- expression for internal field (cubic structure)- derivation
of Clausius-Mosotti equation importance. Dielectric breakdown- various breakdown mechanisms with
characteristics- applications of dielectric materials and insulating materials- problems.
Charging and discharging of capacitors.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Optical Materials
Introduction-fluorescence and phosphorescence- technique of increasing the emission time. Light Emitting
Diode: principle, construction and working-applications. Liquid crystal display: general properties- dynamic
scattering display- twisted nematic display- applications- comparison between LED and LCD. Disk data storage
recording and read out of data in CD-ROM- principle - magneto optic disk.
Various data storage and retrieval techniques.
9 Hours
Unit V
Magnetic Materials
Introduction-orbital magnetic moment and spin magnetic moment-Bohr magneton-basic definitions properties
of dia, para and ferro magnetic materials-domain theory of ferro magnetism-process of domain magnetization-
reversible and irreversible domains-explanation of hysteresis curve based on domain theory-hard and soft
magnetic materials-recording and read out process in floppy disk and magnetic bubble memory-comparison
between floppy disk and bubble memory-problems.
Magnetic shift register.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books

1. V. Rajendran, Materials Science, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
2. M. Arumugam, Physics II, Anuradha Publications, Kumbakonam, 2005.

References

1. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publications, New Delhi, 2006.
2. M.N. Avadhanulu and P.G. Kshirsagar, A Text Book of Engineering Physics, S. Chand & Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
3. P.K. Palanisami, Physics For Engineers, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd, Chennai, 200
4. V. Raghavan, Materials Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.
5. M. R. Srinivasan, Physics for Engineers, Reprint, New Age International Publications, New Delhi,
2002.


11O105 BASICS OF CIVIL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
4 0 0 4.0
Objectives
- To impart basic knowledge in the field of Civil Engineering focusing building materials, surveying,
foundation and transportation Engineering
- To impart basic knowledge in the field of Mechanical Engineering focusing on generation of power
from various natural resources and to know about various types of Boilers and Turbines used for power
generation and to understand the working of IC engines and basic manufacturing processes

Programme Outcome

languages.

Skill Set

1. Able to understand the fundamental philosophy of Civil engineering and enable them to work together
in a multidisciplinary technical team.
2. Able to identify the nature of building components, functions, construction practices and material
qualities
3. Able to demonstrate the manufacturing processes like casting, welding, machining operations
4. Able to demonstrate the construction and working of IC engines and refrigerators
5. Able to demonstrate the working principle of boilers, turbines and various power plants utilizing
conventional and non-conventional sources of energy

Assessment Pattern

S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II
Model Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What are the classifications of stones?
2. What is the frog in a brick?
3. What is quarrying?
4. What do you mean by dressing of stones?
5. What are the systems of bearing?
6. How the surveying is classified based on purpose?
7. Define Benchmark and state its effects.
8. What are the accessories used in chain surveying?
9. Define bearing of a line.
10. Define leveling & state its objectives.
11. State the objectives and requirement of good foundation.
12. Mention the site improvement techniques.
13. Define bearing capacity of soil.
14. How stone masonry is classified?
15. Define Beam, Column and Lintel.
16. What are the basic forms of roof?
17. How floors are classified based on floor finish?


18. List the materials used for damp proofing.
19. How roads are classified?
20. What do you mean by W.B. M. road?
21. Define Gauge.
22. What is a permanent way?
23. How bridges are classified?
24. What are the advantages of railways?
25. What are docks?
26. Classify sleepers.
27. What are the requirements of a sleeper?
28. What are the types of traffic signs?
29. What are the advantages of road signs?
30. What are the prohibitory signs?
31. What is the main function of hangars?
32. What are the sources of Energy Generation?
33. What are the accessories used in a boiler?
34. Define Turbine.
35. Compare and contrast fire tube and water tube boiler?
36. List the types of steam Turbines?
37. Classify the I.C engine.
38. List out the Part of the I.C. Engine.
39. Define the terms: Top Dead Center, Bottom Dead Center.
40. Define the term: Compression Ratio.
41. What are the different sources of energy?
42. Name four non-renewable sources of energy.
43. Name some renewable sources of energy.
44. Name four solid/liquid/gaseous/ fuels.
45. Name two nuclear fuels.
46. What are the advantages of wind energy?
47. State some of the applications of steam boilers.
48. Classify different steam boilers.
49. What do you understand by Scavenging
50. What do you understand by the term IC engine?
51. What are the operations performed on a Lathe?
52. What is impulse turbine? Give example.
53. What is Reaction turbine? Give example.
54. Define Boiler.
55. Classify Boilers.
56. List out the Boiler Mountings and Accessories.
57. Define Refrigeration.
58. Define refrigerant. Give some examples of refrigerant.
59. Define C.O.P.

Understand
1. What are the qualities of good building stone?
2. What are the various stages of manufacturing brick?
3. What is mean by concrete?
4. State the properties of cement concrete.
5. What is curing of concrete?
6. What is water cement ratio?
7. What is the difference between a plan and a map?
8. Differentiate between plane surveying and geodetic surveying.
9. State the principles of surveying.
10. What is the use of cross staff?
11. What are the functions of foundation?
12. Differentiate between shallow foundation & deep foundation
13. What are the causes of failure of foundation?
14. Compare stone masonry and brick masonry.
15. Why bonding in brick wall is necessary?
16. State the special features of English and Flemish bond.
17. Define super elevation.
18. What are the uses of fish plates?
19. What are the necessities of highway drainage?
20. What are the three stages of construction of a new railway track?
21. Define the term visibility.
22. Define passenger flow.
23. Differentiate between wharf and jetty.
24. What are the requirements of a good harbour?
25. What are the requirements of a good naval port?
26. How Solar Energy is generated?
27. How Energy is Generated using steam Turbines?
28. How power plants are classified?
29. Compare and contrast reaction and impulse turbines.
30. How energy is generated from Diesel Power Plants?
31. What is the difference between renewable and non-renewable sources of energy?
32. Mention the applications of solar energy.
33. What is the function of a hydraulic turbine?
34. What is the function of a surge tank?
35. What is the function of a moderator?
36. What are the functions of a control rod?
37. Name of the important components of diesel power plant.
38. Name the important parts of gas turbine.
39. State the function of condenser in steam power plant.
40. What are the requirements of a good boiler?
41. What are the specific advantages of water-tube boilers?
42. What are the aims of pre-heating of air in a boiler?
43. State the function of economizer.
44. How does a fusible plug function as a safety device?
45. What is the function of a steam nozzle?
46. What is the function of flywheel?
47. What is the function of a spark plug?
48. What is the function of a fuel injector in diesel engine?
49. Why is cooling necessary in an IC engine?
50. Define compression ratio of an IC engine.
51. List the ports used in a 2-stroke engine
52. What are the requirements of a good boiler?
53. What is the difference between impulse and reaction turbine?
54. How energy is generated from Nuclear Power Plants?
55. How energy is generated from Hydro Power Plants?
56. Compare and contrast 4 stroke and 2 stroke engine.
57. What is the Purpose of a fusible Plug?
58. Differentiate petrol & diesel engines.
59. How Taper Turning is carried out in Lathes?
60. Various Mechanical properties of Cast Iron, Steel and HSS.

Apply/Evaluate
1. What is Hardness?
2. What are the operations to be performed while setting up a plane table at a station?
3. Explain the steps involved in measuring vertical angle of an object using theodolite
4. Explain the methods to improve bearing capacity of soil
5. What are the points to be observed in the construction of brick masonry?
6. Explain the method of construction of cement concrete flooring.
7. What are the methods of applying surface dressing in bituminous roads?
8. Explain the construction steps in bituminous macadam road.
9. How can you express the hardness number of stones?
10. Apply the concept of power generation and saving from other energy sources
11. Apply the concept of Refrigeration in Heat removal and Heat addition
12. Draw the pressure-velocity diagram for a single stage impulse turbine.

Unit I
Introduction to Civil Engineering
History, development and scope of Civil Engineering - Functions of Civil Engineers. Construction Materials:
Characteristics of good building materials such as stones - Bricks, A.C. sheets - G.I. sheets and Ceramic tiles -
Timber, cement - Aggregates and concrete. Surveying: Definition and purpose Classification Basic
principles Measurement of length by chains and tapes Calculation of area of a plot Measurement of
bearings and angles using a prismatic compass Leveling Contours
Application of contours
10 Hours

Unit II
General Concepts Relating to Buildings
Selection of site Basic functions of buildings Major components of buildings. Foundations: Purpose of
foundation Bearing capacity of soils Types of foundations. Proper methods of construction of: Brick
masonry Stone masonry Hollow Block masonry. Beams Lintels Columns Flooring Doors and
windows Roofing
Damp proof course Surface finishes
10 Hours
Unit III
Transportation Engineering
Classification of Highways Cross sections of water bound macadam - Bituminous and cement concrete roads
Traffic signs and signals. Importance of railways - Gauges Components of a permanent way Classification
of bridges Components of Airport
Examples of Marvelous Structures
10 Hours

Unit IV
Engineering Materials and Manufacturing Processes
Classification of Engineering materials, Mechanical properties and uses of cast iron, steel, and High Speed
Steel.Introduction to casting process, Green sand moulding - Pattern, Melting furnaces - Cupola and Electric
Furnace. Metal Forming - Forging Process. Introduction to Arc and Gas Welding. Centre Lathe - Specifications
- Principal parts - Operations - Straight turning, Step turning, Taper turning methods, Knurling, Thread cutting
methods, Facing, Boring, and Chamfering - Lathe tools and Materials. Drilling Radial drilling machine -
Specification and Operation
Milling operation
10 Hours

Unit V
Internal Combustion Engines and Refrigeration
Classification of IC engines, Main components of IC engines, working of a 4 stroke & 2 stroke petrol & diesel
engine, differences between 4 stroke and 2 stroke engine, Lubrication and Cooling systems in IC Engines.
Refrigeration: Working Principle of Vapour Compression & Vapour Absorption System, Domestic refrigerator
Domestic air conditioning
10 Hours
Unit VI
Alternate Sources of Energy, Power Plants and Boilers
Solar, Wind, Tidal, Geothermal and Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC). Power Plant: Classification of
Power Plants- Steam - Nuclear, Diesel, and Hydro Power Plants. Types of Boilers Simple Vertical, Babcock
and Wilcox and La-Mont Boiler, Differences between fire tube and water tube boiler. Types of steam turbines-
working of a single stage impulse and reaction turbines

Biomass and Biofuels in power generation
10 Hours
Total: 60 Hours

Textbooks

1. M. S. Palanichamy, Basic Civil Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New
Delhi, 2009
2. G. Shanmugam & S. Ravindran, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 2010

References

1. N. Arunachalam, Bascis of Civil Engineering, Pratheeba Publishers, 2000
2. B. K. Sarkar, Thermal Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi,
2008
3. P. N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2003.
4. S. R. J. Shantha Kumar, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Hi-tech Publications, Mayiladuthurai, 2000
5. http://www.tutorvista.co.in/content/science/science-ii/sources-energy/sources-energyindex.php

11I206 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING
4 0 0 4.0
Objectives
- To develop the programming skills of Graduates
- To understand the basic concepts of pointers
- To implement file concepts and operations

Programme Outcomes
languages.
problems.

Skill Set
1. Programming ability.
2. Developing applications for real world problems.

Assessment Pattern

S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II
Model Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. List five programming languages commonly used.
2. Define Algorithm and Flowchart.
3. What is structured programming?
4. What is the general structure of a C program?
5. List the rules for defining a variable.
6. What are the I/O functions in C?
7. What is a header file?
8. State the associativity property of an operator.
9. Define a ternary operator. Give example
10. What is an array and a pointer?
11. What is the significance of function?


Understand
1. Compare while loop with do while Loop.
2. What are the advantages of using Macro?
3. Explain how recursive functions affect the run time efficiency.
4. Differentiate between Structure and Union in C.
5. How is memory managed in C?
6. How garbage collection is done in C?

Apply
1. Write a recursive function to calculate the factorial of number.
2. Write a C program to check whether the given number is palindrome or not
3. Write a program to check whether the given number is prime or not.
4. Write a C program to find the roots of quadratic equation ax
2
+bx+c=0.
5. Write a C program to find average of n numbers.
6. Write a program to generate the pay slip of an employee using Structure.
7. Write a C program to search for a specified element in an array.
8. Write a program to compute Matrix Multiplication.
9. Write a program to perform swapping of two numbers using pointers.

Analyze
1. Explain the difference between while and do-while statements
2. Why are pointers so powerful? Analyze their efficiency giving an example?
3. Is there any advantage of using recursion over looping control structures? Give a suitable example.
4. Illustrate the Limitation of array of pointers to strings using a sample example.

Evaluate
1. Differentiate the keywords BREAK and CONTINUE.
2. Justify the need for Type Casting over Type Conversion.
3. Compare and contrast I/O mapped I/O with Memory mapped I/O.
4. Summarize the various built in String functions.

Create

1. Create a structure to store the following details: Rollno, Name, Mark1, Mark2, Mark3, Total, Average,
Result and Class. Write a program to read Rollno, name and 3 subject marks. Find out the total, result
and class as follows:
a) Total is the addition of 3 subject marks.
b) Result is "Pass" if all subject marks are greater than or equal to 50 else "Fail".
c) Class will be awarded for Graduates who have cleared 3 subjects
i. Class "Distinction" if average >=75
ii. Class "First" if average lies between 60 to 74 (both inclusive)
iii. Class "Second" if average lies between 50 & 59 (both inclusive)
d) Repeat the above program to manipulate 10 Graduates' details and sort the structures as per rank
obtained by them.

Unit I
Introduction
Computer languages - Creating and Running Programs-System Development - Flowcharting - Introduction to C
language background - C Programs - Identifiers-Types-Variables-Constants - Input/Output - Structure of C
Program-Expressions- Operator Precedence and Associatively -Type Conversion-Statements.

Study of various header files.
12 Hours
Unit II
Control Structures
Selection-Making Decisions-Logical data and Operators-Two Way Selection- Multiway Selection-More
Standard Functions-Incremental Development Repetition Concept of Loop-pretest and Post Test loops-
Initialization and Updating.

Evaluation of expression
12 Hours
Unit III
Arrays and Strings
Arrays-Concepts-Using arrays in C -array Applications-Sorting and Searching of Arrays-Two Dimensional
Arrays-Multi Dimensional Arrays-Strings-String Concepts -String Input/output Functions-Arrays of Strings-
String Manipulation Functions - Data Conversion.

Applications of array in real world problems
12 Hours
Unit IV
Functions and Pointers
Functions-Designing structured Programs- Functions in C- User Defined Functions-Standard Functions -
Storage classes and Type Qualifier-Pointers- Introduction- Pointers to Pointers- compatibility-Lvalue and
Rvalue.

Dynamic memory allocation
12 Hours
Unit V
Structures, Union and Files
Structure and Union - Programming Application.-Text Input/Output-Files-streams-Standard Library
Input/Output Functions- Formatting Input/Output functions- Character Input/Output functions.

Manipulation of array and structures using pointers
12 Hours
Total: 60 Hours
Textbook
1. Behrouz A.Forouzan and Richard F. Gilberg, Computer Science: A Structure program approach using
C, Cengage learning2008.

References
1. Byron S. Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, McGraw Hill, 1996.
2. D.M.Ritchie and B.W.Kernighan, C Programming Language, PHI, 2000.
3. Deitel & Deitel, C How to program, PHI, 2001.
4. Herbert Schildt, C- The complete Reference, McGraw Hill, 2010.
5. Gary J Bronson, First book of ANSI C, Thomson Learning, 2001.

11I207 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
- To understand the ways to write a C program effectively
- To impart the fundamental knowledge of C Programming methodologies to the Graduates
- Make the Graduates to understand the concepts of pointers

Programme Outcomes
languages.
(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to
analyze problems.

Skill Set
1. Design the flowchart and write efficient code for problems like recursive and iterative programs.
2. Comprehend the following terms in the context of problem solving by a computer: Problem
specification, input-output analysis, algorithm, flowchart, pseudo-program, programming
language, assembly language, machine language, compiler, assembler, program correctness.
3. Create examples where arrays are better than pointers and examples where pointers are better than
arrays.
4. Create examples where iteration is better than recursion and recursion is better than iteration.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Mini-Project/Model Examination/Viva-Voce 15 15
Total 50 50

Remember

1. What is a Computer?
2. List five programming languages commonly used.
3. Define Algorithm and Flowchart.
4. What is structured programming?
5. What is the general structure of a C program?
6. List the rules for defining a variable.
7. What are the I/O functions in C?
8. What is a header file?
9. State the associativity property of an operator.
10. Define a ternary operator. Give example
11. What is an array and a pointer?
12. What is the significance of function?

Understand

1. Compare while loop with do while Loop.
2. What are the advantages of using Macro?
3. Explain how recursive functions affect the run time efficiency.
4. Differentiate between Structure and Union in C.
5. How is memory managed in C?
6. What are the advantages of using Command line Arguments?
7. How garbage collection is done in C?
Apply

1. Write a recursive function to calculate the factorial of number.
2. Write a C program to check whether the given number is palindrome or not
3. Write a program to check whether the given number is prime or not.
4. Write a C program to find the roots of quadratic equation ax
2
+bx+c=0.
5. Write a C program to find average of n numbers.
6. Write a program to generate the pay slip of an employee using Structure.
7. Write a C program to search for a specified element in an array.
8. Write a program to compute Matrix Multiplication.
9. Write a program to perform swapping of two numbers using pointers.
10. Write a program to read the content of the file and copy it to another file.

Analyze

1. Explain the difference between while and do-while statements
2. Why are pointers so powerful? Analyze their efficiency giving an example?
3. Is there any advantage of using recursion over looping control structures? Give a suitable example.
4. Illustrate the limitation of array of pointers to strings using a sample example.

Evaluate

1. Differentiate the keywords BREAK and CONTINUE.
2. Justify the need for Type Casting over Type Conversion.
3. Compare and contrast I/O mapped I/O with Memory mapped I/O.
4. Summarize the various built in String functions.

Create

1. The Electricity Production company has to print up the bills for its customers at the following rate:

Write a program to do the above and the output should be in the following order Customer name,
Number of Units and the Total Bill.

2. Define a structure that can describe the employees with the fields Eno, Ename. Basic. Write a
program to calculate DA = 32% of Basic. HRA = 15% of Basic. CCA = 10% of BASIC, PF =
150,0 of Basic and print all details with Net pay All processing should be using pointer notation.

List of Experiments
To demonstrate the following using C programs
1. Operators and expressions
a) Read two integers from the user and perform all arithmetic operations on them and display the
result
b) Read the values for the variables in the given expressions and evaluate them. i) a
2
+ 2ab + b
2

c) Read two numbers from the user and find the greatest of the two using relational operator
d) Using ternary operator, find the smallest of given two numbers
e) Read two numbers from the user and perform logical operations on them and display the result

2. Looping and decision statements

a) Using if-else statement, find the greatest of given three numbers
b) Given the values for the coefficients of quadratic equation, find and display the type of its roots
(Use switch statement)
c) Find the sum of the digits of the given number
d) Check whether the given number is prime or not
e) Generate the following output
1
1 2
1 2 3
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5

3. Array operations

a) Read a list of n numbers and find their sum and average
b) Read a list of n integers and sort them in ascending order
c) Search and find the availability of given number in a list of numbers
d) Read the elements of two matrices and multiply them
e) Read a list of numbers and generate a histogram for it

For the 1
st
50 KWH rate is Rs.2
For the next 100 KWH rate is Rs.6
For the next 200 KWH rate is Rs.7
For more than 350 KWH rate is Rs.8
4. String operations
a) Find the number of vowels in the given string
b) Reverse the given string without using built-in function
c) Check whether the given string is palindrome or not
d) Read a line of text and find the number of words in the given test
e) Read a line of text and convert it to uppercase

5. Pointer Manipulations
a) Exchange the values of two variables using pointers
b) Increment/decrement the values of variables using pointers
c) Manipulate the elements of an array by using its name as pointer
d) Count the number of consonants in the given string using pointer
e) Illustrate the manipulation of members of structure variable using pointer

6. Functions
a) Find the factorial of given number using function
b) Find the number of perfect numbers from 1 to 100 using function
c) Add/Subtract two matrices using function

7. Recursion
a) Find the factorial of given number using recursive function
b) Generate the first n terms of Fibonacci sequence using recursive function

8. Structures and Unions
a) Design a structure to hold the following details of a student. Read the details of a student and
display them in the following format
Student details: rollno, name, branch, year, section, cgpa
***************************************
NAME:
ROLL NO:
BRANCH:
YEAR:
SECTION:
CGPA:
***************************************
b) Design a union to hold an integer, a floating point number and a string. Read values for the
members and display them
9. File operations
a) Read the details like employee_id, name, designation and salary of 10 employees and store it in a
file. Display the details of employees who get salary more than 10,000
10. Command line arguments
a) Read two integers as command line arguments and perform arithmetic operations on them and
display the result
b) Read the name of a file in command line and check whether such a file exists or not.

Sample Programs
a) To check for Prime number.
b) Greatest of three numbers.
c) Arithmetic operators.
d) Solution of a quadratic equation.
e) To implement Fibonacci series.
f) Sorting of numbers.
g) To find Sum of digits.
h) To check for even and odd.
i) To compute the sum of series.

Design Experiments
Application Oriented Experiments
Mini Project

Total: 45 Hours


PRACTICAL SCHEDULE

11O108 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY
0 0 2 1.0
Objectives

- To know how to execute experiments properly, presentation of observations and arrival of
conclusions.
- It is an integral part of any science and technology program.
- To view and realize the theoretical knowledge acquired by the students through experiments
- At the end of the course, the students able to realize the theoretical knowledge acquired through
experiments.

Program Outcome

a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering.

Skill Set

1. Observation and analytical skills are developed
2. Various properties of matter can be known.
3. Different optical properties can be analyzed.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

SI.No. Experiment Hours
1. Write a C program to check whether the given number is prime or not. 3
2. Write a C program to find greatest of three numbers. 3
3. Write a C program to perform arithmetic operators. 3
4. Write a C program to find solution for quadratic equation. 3
5. Write a C program to implement Fibonacci series. 3
6. Write a C program to Sorting of numbers. 3
7. Write a C program to find the sum of digits of a number. 3
8. Write a C program to generate the pay slip of an employee using Structure. 3
9. Write a C program to compute the sum of series. 3
10. Write a C program to search for a specified element in an array. 3
11. Write a C program to display reverse of the given string. 3
12. Write a recursive function to calculate the factorial of number. 3
13. Write a C program to compute Matrix Multiplication. 3
14. Write a C program to perform swapping of two numbers using pointers. 3
15. Write a C program to read the content of the file and copy it to another file. 3
List of Experiments

1. Determination of moment of inertia and rigidity modulus of wire using torsion pendulum
(symmetrical masses method).
2. Determination of Youngs modulus by non-uniform bending.
3. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lees disc.
4. Determination of frequency of vibrating rod using Meldes apparatus.
5. Determination of viscosity of a liquid - Poiseulles method.
6. Determination of thickness of a thin wire - air wedge method.
7. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum grating.
8. Determination of refractive index of a liquid and solid using traveling microscope.
9. Determination of energy band gap of a semiconductor diode.
10. Determination of wavelength of LASER and particle size of a given powder.
11. Measurement of numerical aperture and acceptance angle of a optical fiber.
12. Youngs modulus uniform bending (pin and microscope).

Total: 30 Hours

11O109 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
0 0 2 1.0
Objectives
- Imparting knowledge on basic concepts and its applications of chemical analysis.
- Training in chemical and instrumental methods.
- Develop skills in estimation of a given sample by chemical and instrumental methods.

Program Outcome

a) An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering.

Skill Set
1. Estimate the strength of solution by chemical and instrumental methods.
2. Analyze the water quality parameters of given water samples.
3. Measurement of corrosion rate of a given sample.
4. Knowledge of various components used in analytical instruments.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

List of Experiments

1. Preparation of molar and normal solutions of the following substances oxalic acid, sodium carbonate,
sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid.
2. Determination of alkalinity in a water sample.
3. Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscometry method.
4. Determination of total, temporary and permanent hardness of water by EDTA method.
5. Conductometric titration of mixture of acids.
6. Determination of strength of iron by potentiometric method using potassium dichromate.
7. Estimation of iron (thiocyanate method) in the given solution by spectrophotometric method.
8. Determination of strength of hydrochloric acid by sodium hydroxide using pH meter.
9. Determination of sodium and potassium ions in water sample by flame photometric method.
10. Determination of corrosion rate by weight loss measurements.
11. Comparison of alkalinities of the given water samples.
12. Comparison of total dissolved solids (TDS) and hardness of water in Bhavani river and Bannari
Amman Institute of Technology campus.
Total: 30 Hours

11O301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III
(Common to all branches Except CSE and Bio-Tech)
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
- To obtain the knowledge of expressing periodic functions as Fourier series, Fourier transform and Z
transform which is used to analyze signals in signal processing.
- Ability to solve boundary value problems in heat and wave equation using partial differential
equations.

Programme Outcomes

Skill Set
3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem

Assessment pattern

S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II
Model Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. State the Dirichlets Conditions
2. Define even and odd function graphically
3. Write down the complex Fourier transform pair
4. State convolution theorem in Fourier transform
5. Define unilateral and bilateral Z-transform of {f(n)}
6. State initial value theorem in Z-transform
7. Define complete solution of a partial differential equation
8. Write the complementary function of non homogeneous second order equations of distinct and
repeated roots


9. What does a
2
represent in the equation y
tt
= a
2
y
xx
?
10. Write any two solutions of the Laplace equation obtained by the method of separation of variables

Understand
1. Find the general solution of ( ) ( ) ( ). x y z q z x y p y z x
2 2 2 2 2 2
= +
2.
Solve ( )
y x
e y x z D D D D

+ = ' + ' +
2 2 2
2
.
3. Find the half-range cosine series for the function ( ) t < < = x 0 , x x f and hence deduce the sum of
the series
( )
= + 0
4
1 2
1
n n
.

4. Find the Fourier series of period 2 for the function
( )
s s
s s
=
2 1 2
1 0
) (
x x
x x
x f
t
t

5. Deduce the sum of
= ,.. 5 , 3 , 1
2
1
n
n
.
6. Find the Fourier transform of ( )
>
s
=
1 | x | for 0
1 x for x 1
x f .
7. Hence evaluate
}
|
.
|
\
|
0
2
sin
dx
x
x
and
}
|
.
|
\
|
0
4
. dx
x
x sin

8. Solve the integral equation
dx x x f
}
0
cos ) ( o
=
o
e
.

9. Find inverse Z transform
( ) ( ) 1 1 2
4
2
3
z z
z

10. Find Z transform of
( )( ) 2 1
3 2
+ +
+
n n
n
.
11. Use convolution theorem to find the inverse Z transform of
( )( ) 1 4 1 2
8
2
+ z z
z

12. Give a function which is self reciprocal under Fourier sine and cosine transform.

Apply

1. Find the PDE of all planes having equal intercepts on the x and y axis.
2. Form the PDE of all planes passing through the origin.
3. Expand the function ) , ( cos ) ( t t = in x x f as a Fourier series of periodicity 2t.
4. A function y=f(x) is given by the following table of values. Make the harmonic analysis of the function
in (0,T) up to the second harmonic.
x 0 T/6 T/3 T/2 2T/3 5T/6 T
y 0 9.2 14.4 17.8 17.3 11.7 0
5. Obtain the constant term and the first harmonic in the Fourier series expansion in (0,12) for the
function y = f(x) defined by the table below
x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
f (x) 1.8 1.1 0.3 0.16 0.5 1.5 2.16 1.88 1.25 1.30 1.76 2.00
6. A taut string of length L is fastened at both ends. The midpoint of the string is taken to a height of b
and then released from rest in this position. Find the displacement of the string at any time t.
7. A string is stretched between two fixed points at a distance 2L apart and the points of the string are
given initial velocities v where v = cx /L 0 < x <L
= c ( 2L - x) /L L < x < 2L . x being the distance from an end
point. Find the displacement of the string at any subsequent time.
8. A rod 30 cm long, has its ends A and B at 20C and 80C respectively, until steady state conditions
prevail. The temperature at the end B is then suddenly reduced to 60 C and at the end A is raised to
40 C and maintained so. Find the resulting temperature u (x,t).
9. A rectangular plate with insulated surface is 10 cm wide so long compared to its width that it may be
considered infinite length .If the temperature along the short edge y=0 is given by )
10
sin( 8
x t
, while
the two long edges x=0 and x=10 as well as the other short edge are kept at 0
0
c . Find the steady state
temperature.
10. Solve the equation 0 , 2 12 7
1 0 1 2
= = = +
+ +
y y that given y y y
n
n n n
.

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Solve (D
2
-5DD+6D
2
) z= y sinx.
2. Solve (4D
2
-4DD+D
2
)z = 16 log(x+2y).
3. Solve z = p x + q y + p
2
q
2
.
4. Evaluate
( )( )
}
+ +
0
2 2 2 2
b x a x
dx
using transform method.
5. Evaluate
( )
}
+
0
2
2 2
a x
dx
and
( )
}
+
0
2
2 2
2
.
a x
dx x

6. Find Fourier sine transform of
x
e
ax
, a >0.
7. Find Fourier sine and cosine transform of e
-ax
, a > 0 and hence find Fourier sine and cosine transform
of x e
-ax
.
8. Find Fourier transform of
2 2
x a
e
, a > 0 and hence find Fourier transform of

2
2
x
e
.

9. Find Fourier sine and cosine transform of X
n-1
.
10. Find inverse Z transform
( ) ( ) 1 1 2
4
2
3
z z
z
.
Unit I
Fourier Series
Dirichlets conditions General Fourier series Odd and even functions Half range cosine and sine series
Parsevals Identity - Harmonic Analysis- Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Fourier Transform
Fourier transform pair Sine and Cosine transforms Properties Transforms of simple functions
Convolution theorem - Parsevals Identity-Finite Fourier Transform- Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Z -Transform and Difference Equations
Z-transform - Elementary properties Inverse Z- transform Convolution theorem -Formation of difference
equations Solution of difference equations using Z transform - Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Partial Differential Equations
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions
Solution of standard types of first order partial differential equations (excluding reducible to standard forms )
Lagranges linear equation Linear partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant
coefficients.

9 Hours
Unit V
Boundary value problems
Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations Fourier series solutions of one
dimensional wave equation One dimensional heat equation (Insulated ends excluded ) Steady state solution
of two-dimensional heat equation (Insulated edges excluded ) Fourier series solutions in Cartesian coordinates

9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbooks
1. B. S .Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi ,2000
2. K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers, Volume III, Vikas Publishing
House, New Delhi,2008

References
1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics ,Volume III , S.Chand &
Co., New Delhi, 2008
2. E. Kreyszig. Advanced Engineering Mathematics , 8th Edition , John Wiley & Sons,Inc,Singapore
2008
3. T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics ,Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi, 2008

11I302 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS - I

Objectives 3 0 0 3.0
- To learn the basics of Abstract Data types in data structures
- To learn the principles of Linear Data structures
- To understand, implement and apply the concept of List, Stack and Queue ADTs
- To know the various levels of storage management and File structures

Programme Outcomes
a) Graduateswill demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.
b) Graduateswill demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming
languages.
d) Graduateswill demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze
problems.
j) Graduateswill develop confidence for self education and ability for life long learning.
k) Graduateswho can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. Able to Analyze and Compare different Algorithms.
2. Able to apply different data structures in real time applications.

Assessment Pattern

S.No. Blooms Taxonomy
(new Version)
Test I * Test II * Model
Examination *
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
4 Analyze/Evaluate 40 40 40 40
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

___________________


Remember
1. How does one measure the efficiency of algorithms?
2. Name all the types Asymptotic Notations used for algorithm analysis.
3. Define a linear and non linear data structure.
4. What is Dynamic Memory Allocation?
5. What are the problems with dynamic memory allocation?

Understand
1. Name the four factors that are to be considered in analyzing an algorithm.
2. List out the areas in which data structures are applied extensively.
3. What are the major data structures used in the following areas: RDBMS, Network data model &
Hierarchical data model?
4. List the operations performed in stack.
5. Give examples for recursive process.

Apply
1. What is the data structure used behind FACEBOOK?
2. Find the decimal equivalent of binary 10011001 using twos complement.
3. Implement a Stack S of n elements using arrays.
4. Write an algorithm to retrieve the m
th
element of the stack from the top (m<n), leaving the stack
without its top m-1 elements.
5. Show how a sequence of insertions and removals from a queue represented by a linear array can cause
overflow to occur upon an attempt to insert an element into an empty queue.

Analyze
1. Analyze the time complexity of Iterative factorial Algorithm.
2. Distinguish between best, worst and average case complexities of an algorithm.
3. Compare Array Implementation and Linked Implementation of data structures.
4. Why should we use separate algorithms for inserting a node at the front, at the middle and at end of a
list?
5. Point out the merits and demerits of sequential file with that of Direct file Organization.

Evaluate
1. Evaluate the given postfix expression: ((((A+B)*D)/F)*(G+H)/I)
2. State the benefits and drawbacks of Fixed block storage allocation.
3. Is it possible in linked list to insert an element before the node pointed to by p? Justify your Answer.
4. Whether Linked List is linear or Non-linear data structure? Justify your answer.
5. Explain the use of Big O notation in the analysis of algorithms.

Create
1. Create an algorithm that can store 100 business cards and return the information quickly (no external
databases), keeping in mind that the company would want to increase the no. of cards later.
2. Create a Game applications using stack, Queue and List ADTs.
3. Create a program that uses a stack to check from matching left and right parentheses, left and right
braces and right brackets in strings of characters.
4. Develop a program to simulate a calculator which performs the addition, subtraction, multiplication
and division of polynomials.
5. Demonstrate the use of Direct file in an online banking system.

Unit I
Basics of Data Structures

Need for Data structures-Benefits- Data Types and Representations - Abstract Data Types - Data Structures-
Time & Space complexity Best, Worst & Average cases- -Asymptotic notations -Running time Calculation.

Running Time calculation of Different Algorithms
9 Hours
Unit II
List ADT
List Definition- Basic Operations -Array Implementation-Linked Implementation Comparisons - Doubly
linked list-Circular linked list-Cursor implementation.

Polynomial manipulation.
9 Hours
Unit III
Stack ADT and Recursion

Stack-Definition and Concepts -Operations on Stack- Array Implementation Linked Implementation -
Applications of Stack-Balancing Symbols-Infix to Postfix Conversion-Conversion and Evaluation of Postfix
Expressions- Recursion-Simulation of Recursion.

Conversion and Evaluation of Prefix Expression
9 Hours
Unit IV
Queues ADT

Queue-Definition-Operations-Array Implementation-Linked Implementation-Comparison - Application of
Queue-Circular Queue-Priority Queue.

Queue Simulation
9 Hours

Unit V
Dynamic Memory Allocation

Dynamic Storage Management-Fixed Block Storage allocation-First-fit Storage Allocation-Buddy System-File
Structures-Sequential Files-Structure-Processing Indexed Sequential Files-Processing Direct Files- Structure
Processing.

External Storage Devices
9 Hours
Total : 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. J.P.Tremblay and P.G.Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Application II Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2008 (Unit-2,3,4,5)
2. M.A. Weiss, Data Structures and algorithm analysis in C, Second Edition, Pearson
Education Asia, 2007(Unit-1)

References

1. Y.Langsam, M.J. Augenstein and A.M.Tannenbaum, Data structures using C and C++, Second
Edition, Prentice-Hall of India, 2011
2. Richard F.Gilberg and Vohrouz A.Forouzan, Data Structures: A Pseudo code Approach with C,
Thomson Brooks/COLE, 2009
3. A.V.Aho, J.E.Hopcroft and J.D.Ullman, Data structures and Algorithms, Addison-Wesley Publishing
Company, 2010

11I303 SYSTEM SOFTWARE
3 0 2 4.0
Objectives

- To understand the relationship between system software and machine architecture.
- To know the design and implementation of assemblers, macro processor, linker and compiler.
- To understand loaders and system software tools.
- To understand the process of scanning and parsing.

Programme Outcomes

problems.

Skill Set

1. Design of a assembler
2. Design of a loader
3. Design of a compiler
4. Design of a microprocessor

Assessment Pattern

Sl. No. Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Test I* Test II* Model
Examinations*
Semester End
Examination*
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Name the registers present in SIC and SIC/XE.
2. What are the assembler directives?
3. Name the fields present in define and refer record.
4. List the use of a relocation bit.
5. What is a MACRO?

Understand

1. How indirect, immediate and simple addressing mode is indicated using bits n, i, x, b, p and e?
2. How the LABELS are entered in SYMTAB and when they are referred?
3. Can you explain how program relocation is indicated and handled by assemblers?
4. How would you classify the phases of compiler?
5. Summarize the design of an editor.

Apply

1. How would you use the SIC instruction to swap values of two numbers?
2. Identify the difference between the following sequences of statements.
a. LDA #3
b. THREE EQU 3
.
.
LDA #THREE
c. THREE EQU 3
.
.
LDA THREE
3. How programmers decide whether to use a macro or a sub routine to accomplish a given logical
function?
4. Suppose we want macro definitions to appear as a part of the assembly listing, how could the macro
processor and the assembler accomplish this?
5. How could a recursive macro processor be implemented in assembler language?

Analyze / Evaluate

1. How would you analyze the source program errors that could be detected during lexical analysis?
2. Can you list the errors that could be found during syntactic analysis?
3. Identify the errors during code generation phase and Compare it with the errors found in other phases
of compiler.

Create

1. How would you design and implement a Text editor with the following options?

a. Create
b. Open
c. Save
d. Insert
e. Delete
f. Replace
g. Move
h. Copy
i. Cut
j. Paste

Unit I
Assemblers

SIC and SIC/XE Machine Architecture-Basic Assembler Functions-Machine Dependent Assembler Features-
Machine Independent Assembler Features-Assembler Design Options-One-Pass Assemblers.

Multi Pass Assemblers.

9 Hours
Unit II
Loaders and Linkers

Basic Loader functions- Machine Dependent Loader Features-Machine Independent Loader Features-Loader
Design Options-Linkage Editors-Dynamic Linking.

Bootstrap Loaders.
9 Hours
Unit III
Macro Processors

Basic Macro Processor Functions-Macro Call; Expansion; Conditional Expansion-Macro Processor - Machine
Independent Macro Processor Features-Macro Definition; Design Options-Recursive Macro Expansion.

General Purpose Macro Processors

9 Hours
Unit IV
Compilers and Interpreters
Aspects of Compilation-Memory Allocation-Compilation of Expressions-Compilation of Control Structures-
Code Optimization-Interpreters.

Phases of the Complier
9 Hours
Unit V
System Software Tools

Software tools for Program Development-Editors-Debug Monitors-Programming Environments-Working
Principle of C Compiler.

User Interfaces
9 Hours
Textbooks

1. Leland L. Beck and D. Manjula, System Software - An Introduction to Systems Programming, Pearson
Education 2011.(Unit-1,2,3)
2. D. M. Dhamdhere, System programming and Operating System, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.(Unit-4,5)

References
1. Santanu Chattopadhyay, System Software, Prentice-Hall India, 2007
2. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Compilers: Principles, Techniques,
and Tools, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2008
List of Experiments

1. Symbol Table Creation
2. Pass 1 Assembler
3. Pass 2 Assembler
4. Absolute Loader
5. Relocating Loader
6. One pass Macro Processor
7. One Pass compiler.
Design oriented experiments
Application oriented experiments

Total: 45+30 Hours

11I304 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer.
- To discuss in detail about the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms &
implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition, subtraction, multiplication & division.
- To study in detail about the different types of control and the concept of pipelining.

Programme Outcomes

problems.

Skill Set

1. Able to recognize different parts used in the design of computer system components.
2. Know various arithmetic operations.
3. Basic knowledge on hardware and software components.

Assessment Pattern

S. No. Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Examinations*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is clock rate?
2. List various addressing modes.
3. State booths algorithm.

___________________


4. What is instruction set?
5. List out the types of buses.

Understand
1. How would you measure the performance of the computer?
2. Provide an outline of various mapping techniques in cache memory.
3. How would you compare the different types of addressing modes?
4. Illustrate the virtual memory technique.
5. How would you classify various types of secondary storage?

Apply
1. Convert the following pairs of decimal number to 5-Bit, signed, 2s complement, and binary number
and add them. State whether or not overflow occurs in each case
(a) 5 and 10
(b) 7 and 13
(c) -14 and 11
(d) -5 and 7
(e) -3 and -8
(f) -10 and -13

2. A computer uses a small direct mapped cache between the main memory and the processor. The cache
has four 16-bit words, and each word has an associated 13-bit tag, as shown in fig (a). When a miss
occurs during a read operation the requested word is read from the main memory and sends to the
processor. At the same time, it is copied into the cache, and its block number is stored in the associated
tag. Consider the following loop in a program where all instruction and operands are 16-bits long:

i. LOOP Add (R1)+,R0
a. Decrement R2
b. BNE LOOP

ii. (A) Cache (B) Main Memory

3. FIGURE (a) cache and (b) main memory contents

(a) Assume that, before this loop is entered, registers R0, R1and R2 contain 0,054E and 3,
respectively. Also assume that the main memory contain the data shown in the fig above,
where all entries are given in hexadecimal notation. The loop starts at the location
LOOP=02EC. show the contents of the cache at the end of each pass through the loop
4. Assume that the access time of the main memory is 10 and that of the cache is 1. Calculate the
execution time for each pass. Ignore the time taken by the processor between memory cycles.
5. Assume that 20 percent of the dynamic counts of the instructions executed on a computer are branch
instructions. Delayed branching is used, with one delay slot. Estimate the gain in performance if the
compiler is able to use 85 percent of the delay slots.
6. In many computers the cache block size is in the range of 32 to 128 bytes. What would be the main
advantages and disadvantages of making the size of cache blocks larger or smaller?

7. A tape drive has the following parameters:
(a) Bit density 2000 bits/cm
(b) Tape speed 800cm/s
(c) Time to reverse direction of motion 225 ms
(d) Minimum time spent at an inter record gap 3 ms
(e) Average record length 4000 characters
(f) Estimate the percentage gain in time resulting from the ability to read records in both the
forward and backward directions. Assume that records are accessed at random and that on
average, the distance between two records accessed in sequence in four records.

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Evaluate the expression, A*B+C*D and write a program in a single-accumulator processor. Assume
that the processor has load, store, multiply and add instructions, and that all values fit in the
accumulator.
2. How would you compare a subroutine and an interrupt-service routine?
3. How would you analyze the advantages and disadvantage of hardwired and micro programmed
control?
4. A program loop ends with a conditional branched to the beginning of the loop. How could you
implement this loop on a pipelined computer that uses delayed branching with one delay slot? Under
what conditions could you be able to put a useful instruction in a delay slot?

Create

1. A pipeline processor uses the delayed branch technique. You are asked to recommend one of two
possibilities for the design of this processor. In the first possibility, the processor has four stage
pipeline and one delay slot, and in the second possibility, it has 6 stage pipeline with two delay slot.
Compare the performance of these two alternatives, taking only the branch penalty into account.
Assume that twenty percent of the instructions are branch instructions and that an optimizing compiler
has 80 percent success rate in filling the single delay slot. For the second alternative, the compiler is
able to fill the second slot 25 percent of the time

Unit I
Computer Structures

Functional units - Basic operational concepts - Bus structures - Software - performance Memory locations and
addresses Memory operations Instruction and instruction sequencing Addressing modes Assembly
language Basic I/O operations Stacks and queues.

Concepts of Stacks and Queues
9 Hours
Unit II
Arithmetic Operations

Addition and subtraction of signed numbers Design of fast adders Multiplication of positive numbers -
Signed operand multiplication and fast multiplication Integer division Floating point numbers and
operations.

Unsigned Integers 9 Hours

Unit III
Basic Processing Unit

Fundamental concepts Execution of a complete instruction Multiple bus organization Hardwired control
Micro programmed control - Pipelining Basic concepts Data hazards Instruction hazards Influence on
Instruction sets Data path and control consideration Superscalar operation.

Concepts of Hardwired Control
9 Hours

Unit IV
Input/Output Unit

Accessing I/O devices Interrupts Direct Memory Access Buses Interface circuits Standard I/O
Interfaces (PCI, SCSI, USB) - Computer Peripherals Input Devices Output Devices.

Computer Peripherals
9 Hours
Unit V
Memory Unit

Basic concepts Semiconductor RAMs - ROMs Speed - size and cost Cache memories - Performance
consideration Virtual memory- Memory Management requirements Secondary storage

Secondary Storage Devices
9 Hours
Total: 45 +15 Hours
Textbook
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic and Safwat Zaky, Computer Organization, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

References
1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture Designing for Performance, Pearson
Education, 2003.
2. David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design, Morgan Kaufmann,
2002.
3. John P.Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

11I305 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- The purpose of this course is to develop a strong foundation in analysis and design of digital
electronics.
- Understand concepts of combinational and sequential circuits.
- Analyze the synchronous and asynchronous logic circuits
- Understand the concepts of memory, programmable logic and digital integrated circuits.

Programme Outcome

c) Graduateswill demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems.

Skill Set

1. Able to Design Combinational Circuit & Sequential Circuit.
2. Able to design and develop digital display for various automation system.

Assessment Pattern

(New Version)
Test I * Test II * Model
Examination *
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

___________________



Remember

1. What is use of K Map?
2. Which gate is equal to OR-inverter Gate?
3. What is Magnitude Comparator?
4. Difference between decoder and Multiplexer?
5. How is priority encoder differ from encoder?

Understand

1. What is the use of Dont care conditions?
2. Why we go for tabulation method?
3. State the limitations of karnaugh map.
4. What are prime-Implicants?
5. Why parity generator is necessary?

Apply

1. Simplify the following Boolean function by using Tabulation method.
F (w, x, y, z) =(0,1,2,8,10,11,14,15)
Determination of Prime Implicants
Selection of prime Implicants
2. Simplify the following Boolean functions by using KMap in SOP & POS.
F (w, x, y, z) =(1,3,4,6,9,11,12,14)
i)Find the Number of variable map
ii)Draw the Map
iii)Simplification of SOP & POS
3. Design a combinational logic circuit to convert the Gray code into Binary code.
i)Truth table
ii)KMap Simplification
iii)Draw the Logic Diagram
4. Design a combinational logic circuit to convert the BCD to Binary code.
i)Truth table
ii)KMap Simplification
iii)Draw the Logic Diagram
5. Implement the following function using PLA.
A (x, y, z) = m (1, 2, 4, 6)
B (x, y, z) =m (0, 1, 6, 7)
C (x, y, z) = m (2, 6)
i)KMap Simplification
ii)PLA table
iii)PLA Logic Diagram

Analyze/Evaluate

1. From the truth table of a full adder derive the logic equation.
2. How many bits would be required for the product register if the multiplier has 6 bits and the
multiplicand has 8 bits?
3. Design an Asynchronous sequential circuit using SR latch with two inputs A and B and one output y.
B is the control input which, when equal to 1, transfers the input A to output y. when B is 0, the output
does not change, for any change in input.
State Table
Primitive Flow Table
Formal Reduction (Implication Method)
Merging
Reduced Table
KMap Simplification
Logic Diagram

4. Reduce the number of the states in the following state diagram and tabulate the reduced state table and
state diagram for the same.


5. To design an Asynchronous sequential logic gated latch circuit from the following state table.

States
Inputs Output
Comments D G Q
A 0 1 0 D = Q
B 1 1 1 D = Q
C 0 0 0 After state a or d
D 1 0 0 After state c
E 1 0 1 After state b or f
F 0 0 1 After state e

Create

1. Design a digital clock circuit.
2. Design a digital Seven Segment display.
3. Design of Mod 8 Asynchronous counter
4. Design of Digital Speedometer.
5. Design of Coin based Payphone Controller.

Unit I
Fundamentals

Number system and conversions- Boolean algebra and Simplification- Minimum and maximum expansion -
Sum of Products and product of sums- Minimization of Boolean functions - Karnaugh map QuineMcCluskey
Method. Prime implications and Essential Prime Implicants.

Essential Prime Implicants
9 Hours
Unit II
Combinational Circuits

Combinational Circuits- Design Procedure-Binary Adder-Subtractor, BCD Adder - Binary Multiplier-
Magnitude Comparator Encoders -Decoders - Multiplexers, Demultiplexers - Design using standard ICs,
Programmable Logic Devices. ROM, PAL, PLA and PGAs -.

Design Using PLDs
9 Hours


Unit III
Sequential Circuits

Sequential Circuits - Latches- Flip-Flops- SRFF, JKFF, DFF, Design Procedure Shift Registers - Ripple
Counters - Synchronous Counters up down counters,Registers and Counters, State Reduction and
Assignment.

HDL For Sequential Circuits
9 Hours

Unit IV
Analysis of Synchronous Sequential networks

Counter design using SR, JK and DFF- Structure operation Transition Table- Excitation Table State Tables
and State Diagram, Reduction of State and Flow Tables - Race - Free State Assignment Hazards: Static and
Dynamic Hazards.

Hazards
9 Hours
Unit V
Digital ICs:

Digital Integrated Circuits - Special Characteristics- Bipolar Transistor Characteristics- RTL and DTL Circuits.
Transistor - Transistor Logic (TTL)- Emitter-Coupled Logic (ECL)- Metal - Oxide Semiconductor (MOS) -
Complementary MOS (CMOS)- CMOS Transmission Gate Circuits Switch - Lever Modeling With HDL.

Transmission Gate Circuits Switch - Lever Modeling With HDL
9 Hours
Textbook
1. M.Morris Mano, Digital Design, 4
th
edition, Pearson Education, 2008

References
1. Charles H.Roth, Jr., Fundamentals of Logic Design, 4
th
Edition, Jaico Publishing House, 2000
2. Donald D.Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003

11I306 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To understand the concepts of Object Oriented Programming.
- To gain thorough knowledge in programming with C++.
- To know the dynamic activity in Real world application.

Programme Outcomes

languages.

Skill set

1. Gain clear understanding of programming paradigms.
2. Graduates are able to know the factors that influence the complexity of software development.
3. Ability to understand the design strategies embedded in object oriented programming.


Assessment Pattern

(New Version)
Examination*
Semester End
Examination*
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Label some characteristics of procedure-oriented language.
2. List out the features of Object Oriented Programming.
3. Name any four applications of OOPS.
4. What is the use of this pointer?
5. Define pure virtual functions.

Understand
1. Compare structural and object oriented programming.
2. Explain how will you overload Unary and Binary operator using member functions and friend
functions?
3. How will you contrast the types of inheritance?
4. Demonstrate how the endl and setw manipulator works with an example program.
5. Can you summarize the data types supported by C++.

Apply
1. Construct a program to perform complex number arithmetic operations using operator
overloading.
2. Develop a program in C++ to count the number of words in a line of text.
3. Can you transfer values from derived class constructor to base class constructor.
4. How would you organize a program to create arrays dynamically at run time?
5. Identify the various operators available in C++ .

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Criticize the problems of programming with switch logic. Explain why polymorphism is an
effective alternative for using switch logic.
2. Differentiate between inheriting interface and inheriting implementation. How do inheritance
hierarchies designed for inheriting interface differ from those designed for inheriting
implementation?

Create
1. Create a class MAT of size m x n. Define all possible matrix operations for MAT type objects.

Unit I
Introduction

Need for object oriented programming Procedural Languages vs. Object oriented approach - Characteristics
Object oriented programming - C++ Programming Basics: Basic Program Construction - Output Using Cout -
Input with Cin - Data types-Variables and Constants Operators -Control Statements-Manipulators-Type
conversion.

Survey of programming techniques- Unstructured, Modular, Procedural and Object Oriented
9 Hours

___________________


Unit II
Objects and Classes
Simple Class - C++ Objects as Physical Objects C++ Object as Data types- Constructors and Destructors-
Object as Function Arguments - Returning Objects from Functions - Structures and Classes - Arrays and
Strings.

Default arguments
9 Hours
Unit III
Operator Overloading and Inheritance

Need of operator overloading - Overloading Unary Operators - Overloading binary Operators-Overloading
Special Operators - Data Conversion- Inheritance: Derived Class and Base Class-Derived Class Constructors-
Overriding Member Functions-Class Hierarchies - Public and Private Inheritance-Levels of Inheritance-
Multiple Inheritance.

Function Overloading
9 Hours
Unit IV
Polymorphism and File Streams

Virtual Function Friend Function Static Function-Assignment and Copy Initialization- Memory
Management: new and delete-Pointers to Objects, this Pointer- Streams String I/O Character I/O Object
I/O I/O with Multiple Objects File Pointers Disk I/O with Member Functions- Error Handling in File I/O.

Abstract Classes and Friend Functions
9 Hours
Unit V
Templates and Exception Handling

Templates: Introduction - Function Templates - Overloading Function Templates - Class Templates - Exception
Handling Syntax, multiple exceptions, exceptions with arguments.

Multifile Programs

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in-C++, Galgotia Publication, New Delhi, 2009

References

1. Deitel and Deitel, C++ How to program, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,2005
2. D. S. Malik , C++ Programming, Thomson,New Delhi, 2007
3. K. R. Venugopal, Rajkumar and T. Ravishankar, Mastering C++, Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2006.

11I307 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS-I LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
- To design and analyze the Algorithms.
- To implement the operations of List, Stack, Queue, ADTs.
- To create program for real time applications using Data Structures.

Programme Outcomes
languages.
i) Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.
j) Graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life long learning.
k) Graduates can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set
1. To identify and apply suitable Data structures to real world problems.
2. Gain knowledge in practical applications of Data structures.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Mini-Project/Model Examination/Viva-voce 15 15
Total 50 50

Remember

1. List the characteristics of a Good Algorithm.
2. What is meant by Time complexity and Space Complexity?
3. Write down the C structure for a doubly Linked List.
4. What are the two ways of representing Stack ADT?
5. Write down the functions related with file manipulation in C.

Understand
1. List out the areas in which data structures are applied extensively.
2. Name the four factors that are to be considered in analyzing an algorithm.
3. How do you delete a node from linked list, if you have only a pointer to a node to be deleted?
4. Given a linked list which is sorted, how will you insert in sorted way.
5. Transform the following expression to prefix (A + B) * (C$(D - E) + F) G.

Apply
1. Implement a Queue Q of n elements using arrays.
2. Demonstrate the insert and delete operation in Linked List.
3. Give an algorithm / C program to reverse a singly linked circular list in place.
4. Illustrate with an example for finding the n-th node from the back in the linked list.
5. How do you remove duplicates from a sorted linked list? Illustrate with an Example.
Analyze
1. Given a linked list which is sorted, how will you insert in sorted way?
2. Analyze the time complexity of recursive factorial Algorithm.
3. State the use of Remove operation in Priority Queue.
4. Use suitable datastructre to solve the 8 queens problem.
5. How do we classify the data structure?
Evaluate
1. How do you test for an empty queue? Explain.
2. Explain the usage of stack in recursive algorithm implementation.
3. Describe the various application of Stack ADT.
4. Evaluate the following prefix expression " ++ 26 + - 1324"
5. How would you Implement stack and use it to convert infix to postfix expression?

Create
1. Design insertion and deletion algorithms for a doubly linked circular lists program.
2. Create an array to hold multiple stacks.
3. Create a Simulation program for Towers of Hanoi.
4. Demonstrate the various operations in stack using C Graphics Functions.
5. Design a program to convert the infix expression into Postfix Expression and trace the program with an
Example.


List of Experiments
1. Running Time Calculation
a. Given an array of characters which form a sentence of words, recommend an efficient algorithm to
reverse the order of the words (not characters) in it and also compute the Running Time.
b. Compare the running time T1 of the linear search algorithm with the running time T2 of the binary
search algorithm when i) n = 2000 and ii) n = 30000.

2. Array and Linked Implementations of List Operations.
a.Write a program which prints the entire alphabetized list of employee records.
b.Write a program which reads the record of a new employee and inserts the record into
the file. Testthe program with user defined data.

3. Array and Linked Implementations of Stack.
a. Converting a decimal number into binary number
b. Arrange the numbers stored in an Array using Stack.
c. List all the prime factors of the given integers in descending order.
4. Array and Linked Implementations of Queue.
a. It is required to split queue of participants enrolled for a dance competition into two queues
so that all the male participants are in one queue and female participants in another queue.
b. Simulate the automatic traffic control system for the junction given in the following figure.

5. Expression Evaluation using Stack.
a. ((a+b)* d ) /( e $ f ) + ((g +h) * i)
b. ++ 26 + - 1324
c. 12 * 3 +14/2+18/3

6. Polynomial Manipulation using List.
a. Find the polynomials POLY1 and POLY2 stored in figure.

1

0

-1

5

2

poly1 1 3

6

1

7

4

-4

2

10

poly2 10 5

2

5

8

6

3

7

9

7

-6

1

1

8

-7

2

3

9

8

6

4

10

0

-1

6

b. Arrange the following polynomial i8n lexicographical order.
P(x,y,z) = 2xy
2
z
3
+3x
2
yz
2
+4xy
3
z+5x
2
y
2
+6y
3
z+7x
3
z+5xy
2
z
5
+3


7. Implementation of Doubly Linked List.
a. In a doubly linked list , there may be several nodes having the same key . write a program
to delete all such node from a doubly linked list.
b. Represent the Sparse Matrix using Doubly Linked List.
8. Implementation of Circular Queue.
A queue is maintained in an array ,and F and R are the front location and rear location of the queue
respectively.
a) Obtain a formula for N , the number of elements in the queue interms of F and R.
b) Delete the ith element in the queue.
c) Insert an item x just after the ith element.

Design Oriented Exercises
Application Oriented Exercises
Mini Project
Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl. No. Experiment Hours
1
Running time calculation for Keyword Searching in Text
3
2 Array and Linked Implementations of List Operations 6
3 Array and Linked Implementations of Stack 6
4 Array and Linked Implementations of Queue 6
5 Expression Evaluation using Stack 3
6 Polynomial Manipulation using List 3
7 Implementation of Doubly Linked List 3
8 Implementation of Circular Queue. 3
9
Design Oriented Exercises
6
10 Application Oriented Exercises 6

11I308 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5
Objectives

- To write a program that uses the concepts of inheritance and operator overloading
- To make the Graduateslearn a object oriented way of solving problems

Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify IT related problems and solve using programming
languages.
d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze
problems.

Skill Set

1. Acquire the knowledge of classes and objects
2. Ability to understand the difference between interface and implementation


Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

Remember

1. How would you access a class member?
2. List out the operators that cannot be overloaded.
3. Define scope resolution operator.
4. What are symbolic constants?
5. Label the syntax of switch statement.

Understand

1. Explain the structure of a C++ program with the help of an example.
2. Illustrate the differences between static, dynamic and automatic binding.
3. Compare the branching and looping statements with example program.
4. Demonstrate the Complexity of program and how is it determined
5. Summarize the various programs to demonstrate various types of inheritance.

Apply / Analyse /Evaluate

1. Given an array of characters which form a sentence of words, recommend an efficient algorithm to
reverse the order of the words (not characters) in it.
2. Construct a routine in C++ for an array containing both positive and negative integers and required to
find the sub array with the largest sum.
3. Determine an one-line C expression to test whether a number is a power of 2.
4. Build a function that computes the nth number in the Fibonacci sequence.
5. Examine the simplest way to check if the sum of two unsigned integers has resulted in an overflow.

Create

1. Design an algorithm that calculates the number of words, characters and blank spaces in a text
string.

List of Experiments

1. Define a class to represent a bank account to include the following members. Data Members: Name of
the depositors, Account number, Type of account, Balance amount in the account.Member functions:
To initialize values to data members, To deposit an amount, To withdraw an account after checking the
balance, To display the name and the balance.
- Use the following types of constructors and destructor.
- Copy constructor
- Multiple Constructor
- Default Constructor
- Parameterized Constructor
- Dynamic Constructor
2. Apply Polymorphism
- Function overloading : Same name with different number of arguments
- Function overloading : Same name with different number of datatypes
- Function overloading : Same name with different number of arguments and different number
of datatypes
- Operator overloading : Unary operators
- Operator overloading : Binary operators
- Operator overloading : Special operators


3. Accomplish the following concepts
- Default argument functions
- Inline functions
- Friend functions and friend classes
- Static data member and static member functions.
- Virtual functions
4. Implement the concept of array of objects.
5. Execute Inheritance.
- Aim using the following types of inheritance
- Single inheritance
- Multiple inheritance
- Multilevel inheritance
- Hierarchical inheritance
- Hybrid inheritance
6. Illustrate the use of by keeping track of number of instances of object that are created and alive.
7. Exercise the file handling concepts
(i) Copy the content of one file to another file by removing unnecessary spaces between
words.
(ii) Merging contents of two files into a single file.
(iii) Count the number of characters, number of lines, vowels, consonants, digits, spaces and
special characters in a file.
(iv) ATM transactions using Random access files
8. Realize class templates and function templates.
9. Develop the following:
- Employee management system
- Student details
- Billing System
- Inventory management
- Library management
10. Exercise the following using C++ graphic functions:
i. Draw Solid objects like Triangle, Circle, Rectangle.
ii. Display the x and y coordinates for the mouse click event.

Mini projects

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

1 Program using constructors 3
2 Program to implement function overloading 3
3 Implement the concept of default argument function. 3
4 Implement the concept of array of objects. 3
5 Implement a class with dynamic objects and use constructors and
Destructors
6
6 Implement the concept of Inheritance. 6
7 Implement the concept of operator overloading. 6
8 Implement the concept of class using static data member and static
member functions.
6
9 Implement friend and friend classes to add the private data member of
two different classes.
6
10 Program using files 3


07I309 DIGITAL SYSTEM AND DESIGN LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives

- The purpose of this course is to develop a strong foundation in analysis and design of digital
electronics.
- Understand concepts of combinational and sequential circuits.
- Analyze the synchronous and asynchronous logic circuits
- Understand the concepts of memory, programmable logic and digital integrated circuits.

Programme Outcome

c) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems.

Skill Set

1. Able to optimize the hardware circuit.
2. Able to design Synchronous & Asynchronous Mod N Counter.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester
EndExamination
Preparation 10 15
Observation and Result 15 20
Record 10 -
Mini-Project/Model Examination/
Viva Voce
15 15
Total 50 50

Remember

1. What are the universal gates?
2. What is meant by two variable map?
3. How is latch differing from flip flop?
4. What is Magnitude Comparator?
5. Name the different types of counter.

Understand

1. What the use is of dont care conditions?
2. How is K Map methods differ from McCluskey method?
3. What are prime-Implicants?
4. What is Race condition?
5. What is the difference between truth table and excitation table?

Apply/Analyze/ / Evaluate

1. From the truth table of a full adder derive the logic equation.
2. Test the parity checker with both zeros and ones.
3. How will you compare the four bit binary number?
4. Design and Implement the 8:1 Multiplex and 1:8 Demultiplex.
5. Analyze the difference among the various types of shift register and its application usage.
6. Write the code for both combinational and sequential circuit using HDL.

Create

1. Design a digital clock Hardware circuit.
2. Design a digital Seven Segment display.


List of Experiments
1. Boolean laws and theorems verification using digital logic gates.
- Law of commutation
- Law of distribution
- Law of association
- Law of absorption
- De Morgans theorem
2. Design of combinational circuits using basic gates.
- Half adder
- Full adder
- Half sutractor
- Full subtractor
- 4-bit binary adder/subtractor
3. Implementation of parity generator / checker using basic gates.
- Odd parity
- Even parity
4. Device a code converter.
- BCD to Excess-3 converter
- Gray code to binary converter
- Binary to gray converter
- Excess-3 to binary converter
5. Application using multiplexers and Demultiplexers.
- Boolean function implementation using multiplexer
- Pulse train generator using MUX.
- Boolean function implementation using demultiplexer
- Combinational circuit design using demultiplexer
6. Realization of Encoder and Decoder using logic gates.
- 8:3 encoder
- 16:4 encoder
- 3:8 decoder
- 4:16 decoder
7. Execution of Synchronous and Asynchronous counters.
- Mod 5 synchronous counter
- Mod 10 synchronous counter
- Mod 5 asynchronous counter
- Mod 10 asynchronous counter
8. Devise the implementation of Shift registers.
- Serial in serial out
- Serial in parallel out
- Parallel in serial out
- Parallel in parallel out
Mini projects.
1. Design of logical calculator
2. Design of memory using flip flops
3. Design of digital clock using counters

Mini projects
Total: 45 Hours


Practical Schedule

SL.No Experiment Hours
1 Verification of Boolean theorems
3
2 Implementation of combinational circuits
3
3 Implementation of 4-bit binary adder / subtractor
6
4 Implementation of parity generator / checker
3
5 Implementation of magnitude comparator

3
6 Implementation of application using multiplexers and
demultiplexers
6
7 Implementation of Shift registers
3
8 Implementation of Synchronous and Asynchronous counters 6

9 Coding combinational circuits using Hardware Description
Language (HDL software required)

6
10 Coding sequential circuits using HDL (HDL software
required)

6

11I401 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- Capable of solving any type of probabilistic situations , equations and have sound knowledge of
Statistics and its applications in the field of Computers..
- To understand the properties of Random variables and find the relationship among two or more
variables.

Programme Outcome

Skill Set
1. Probability and its applications
2. Random variables and its properties.
3. Applications of Statistics in computer field.

Assessment pattern
S. No
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Test I
3
Test II
1
Model Examination
1
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
5 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Define Probability
2. Define Random Variable.
3. Write the formula for Exponential Distribution.
4. Mention the shape of Normal Distribution and Normal Probability curve and its axis.
5. Name the basic principles of experimental design.
6. Write down the range of coefficient of correlation .
7. State kinds of problems of tests of hypothesis.
8. What is the Level of Significance usually employed in testing of hypothesis.
9. Write down the range of t-distribution .
10. State use of Chi-Square Distribution.

Understand
1. If A and B are events in S such that P(AB)=1/4, P( A)=2/3 and P(AB)=3/4. Find P ( A/B ).
2. State Bayess theorem.
3. State the central limit theorem.
4. If X is a uniform random variable in [-2, 2], find the p.d.f. of X and var(X).
5. State any two properties of Poisson process.
6. The joint pdf of the R.V. (X,Y) is given by f(x,y) = K xy
2 2
( ) x y
e
+
,x>0, y>0. Find
the value of K and prove also that X and Y are independent.
7. The joint probability function (X , Y ) is given by P(x,y) = k(2x + 3y),
x = 0,1,2; y = 1,2,3. Find the marginal distribution.
8. What is the importance of confidence limits in testing of hypothesis ?
9. State two differences between CRD and RBD.
10. What is the importance of confidence limits in testing of hypothesis ?

Apply
1. If at least one child in a family of three children is a boy, what is the probability that all three are boys?
2. In a class of 100 Graduates 75 are boys and 25 are girls. The chance that a boy gets a first class is 0.25
and the probability that a girl gets first class is 0.21. Find the probability that a Graduatesselected at
random gets a first class.
3. The overall percentage of failure in a certain examination is 40. What is the probability that out of a
group of 6 candidates at least 4 passed the examination.
4. In a newly constructed township, 2000 electric lamps are installed with an average life of 1000 burning
hours and standard deviation of 200 hours. Assuming the life of the lamps follows normal distribution,
find the number of lamps expected to fail during the first 700 hours.
5. From a sack of fruits containing 3 oranges, 2 apples and 3 bananas, a random sample of 4 pieces of fruit
is selected. If X is the number of oranges and Y is the number of apples in the sample, find
P ( X +Y 2 ) .

1
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The

6. The two equations of the variables X and Y are x = 19.13 - 0.87y and y = 11.64 - 0.50x. Find the
correlation co-efficient between X and Y.
7. Ten oil tins are taken at random from an automatic filling machine. The mean weight of the tins is 15.8
kg and standard deviation is 0.5 kg. Does the sample mean differ significantly from the intended weight
of 16 kg ?
8. 40 people were attacked by a disease and only 36 survived. Will you reject the hypothesis that the
survival rate , if attacked by this disease is 85% in favour of the hypothesis that it is more , at 5% level of
significance.
9. Write down the applications of t- distribution.
10. Two groups of 100 people each were taken for testing the use of a vaccine, 15% contracted the diseases
out of inoculated persons, while 25 contracted the diseases .in the other group. Test the efficacy of the
vaccine using _
2

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. A given lot of IC-chips contains 2% defective chips. Each is tested before delivery. The tester itself is
not totally reliable. Probability of tester says the chip is good when it is really good is 0.95 and the
probability of tester says chip is effective when it is actually defective is 0.94.If a tested device is
indicated to be defective, what is the probability that it is actually defective ?
2. A passenger arrives at a bus stop at 10.00A.M, knowing that the bus will arrive at sometime
uniformly distributed between 10.00A.M and 10.30A.M.What is the probability that he will have to
wait longer than 10 min ? If at 10.15A.M the bus has not yet arrived, what is the probability that he
will have to wait atleast 10 additional minutes ?
3. In a certain factory turning razor blades, there is a small chance of 1/500 for any blade to be
defective. The blades are in packets of 10. Use Poisson distribution to calculate the approximate
number of packets containing i) 1 defective ii) 2 defective blades respectively in a consignment
of 1000 packets.

4. X and Y are two R.Vs having joint density function

< < < <

=
otherwise
y x y x
y x f
: 0
4 2 , 2 0 ); 6 (
8
1
) , ( .
Find i) and Y X P ii Y X P ) 3 ( ) ), 3 1 ( < + < < ) iii ) 3 / 1 ( < < Y X P .
5. If X and Y are independent random variables each normally distributed with mean as 0 and variance
as
2
o find the density function of
|
.
|
\
|
= + =

x
y
and y x r
1 2 2
tan u .
6. The table below gives the number of aircraft accidents that occurred during the various days of the
week. Test whether the accidents are uniformly distributed over the week.
Days : Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat
No. of accidents : 14 18 12 11 15 14
7. A certain drug is claimed to be effective in curing cold. In an experiment on 500 persons with cold,
half of them were given the drug and half of them were given the sugar pills. The patients reaction to
the treatment are recorded in the following table.
Helped Harmed No effect
Drug 150 30 70
Sugar pills 130 40 80
On the basis of this data, can it be concluded that the drug and sugar pills differ significantly in
curing cold?

8. Random samples of 400 men and 600 women were asked whether they would like to have a school
near their residence.200 men and 325 women were in favour of the proposal . Test the hypothesis that
the proportion of men and women in favour of the proposal are same , at 5% level of significance.

9. An experiment was designed to study the performance of 4 different detergents for fuel injectors:
Engine 1 Engine 2 Engine 3 Totals
Detergent A 45 43 51 139
Detergent B 47 46 52 145
Detergent C 48 50 55 153
Detergent D 42 37 49 128
Totals 182 176 207 565
Looking on the detergents as treatments and the engines as blocks, obtain the appropriate analysis of
variance table and test at the 0.01 level of significance whether there are differences in the detergents
or in the engines.

10. Analyze the variance in the following Latin Square of yields (in kgs) of paddy where A, B, C and D
denote the different methods of cultivation.
D122 A121 C123 B122
B124 C123 A122 D125
A120 B119 D120 C121
C122 D123 B121 A122
Examine whether the different methods of cultivation have given significantly different.

Unit I
Probability and Random Variable
Axioms of probability - Conditional probability - Total probability - Bayes theorem - Random variable -
Probability mass function - Probability density functions - Properties- Moments - Moment generating functions
and their properties.
9 Hours
Unit II
Standard Distributions
Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Gamma, Weibull and Normal distributions and their
properties Problems- Functions of a random variable.
9 Hours
Unit III
Two Dimensional Random Variables
Joint distributions - Marginal and conditional distributions Covariance - Correlation and Regression -
Transformation of random variables - Central limit theorem (Without proof).
9 Hours
Unit IV
Testing of Hypothesis
Sampling distributions Testing of hypothesis for mean, variance, proportions and differences using normal,t,
Chi-square and F distributions- Tests for independence of attributes and Goodness of fit.
9 Hours
Unit V
Design of Experiments
Analysis of variance One way classification Two way classification Latin square design.

9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbooks

1. T. Veerarajan, Probability, Statistics and Random Processes ,Tata McGraw Hill Publications, New Delhi ,
2006 Third Edition.
2. R.A. Johnson, Miller & Freunds ,Probability and Statistics for Engineers , Pearson Education, Delhi, 2009
.
References

1. R.E. Walpole , R.H. Myers, R.S.L. Myers and K. Ye , Probability and Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists , Pearsons Education, Delhi , 2002.
2. S. Lipschutz and J. Schiller , Schaums outline Series , Introduction to Probability and Statistics , McGraw
Hill Publications, New Delhi, 1998.
3. S.C. Gupta and J.N. Kapur , Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics , Sultan Chand, NewDelhi 1996.
4. S. Ross , A first Course in Probability , Pearson Education, Delhi 2002.

11I402 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS II
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- To learn the principles of non linear Data structures
- To build an application using sorting and searching
- To understand the concept of Binary tree and Balanced Trees
- To discover and learn how to develop the concepts of shortest path algorithms using graph.

Programme Outcomes
languages.
problems.
j) The Graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life long learning.
k) The Graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set

1. Able to Analyze and Compare different non linear data structures.
2. Able to apply different data structures in real time applications.

Assessment Pattern

(new Version)
Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Explain insertion into a B-tree.
2. Write a procedure for traversing a binary tree in preorder.
3. What are the types of Collision Resolution Techniques used in Hashing.
4. List the different techniques resolving of collision.
5. Write down the best and average complexity of quick sort algorithm.

Understand

1. What do you understand by tree traversal?
2. What is the difference between Merge Sort and Quick sort?
3. Draw tree representation for the prefix expressions.
a)*a + b*c+ de b) *a+*b + cde

___________________


4. What are the different ways of representing a graph? Represent the following graph using those ways.

5. State the applications of Dynamic programming.

Apply

1. Draw a binary tree from its inorder and preorder traversal sequences given as follows:
Inorder : d b g e h a c n f
Preorder : a b d e g h c f n
2. Write an algorithm to sort a given list using Quick sort method.
3. Write an algorithm for searching a key from a sorted list using binary search Technique.
4. Write an algorithm for finding solution to the Towers of Hanoi problem. Explain the working of your
algorithm (with 4 disks) with diagrams.
5. Apply binary search algorithm to search element 91 in following list :
13 30 62 73 81 88 91

Analyze

1. Compare and contrast various sorting techniques with respect to memory space and computing time.
2. Describe the behavior of Quick sort when input is already sorted.
3. What are the conditions under which sequential search of a list is preferred over binary search?
4. Trace your algorithm to delete a node (10) from the given binary search tree.

5. How many key comparisons and assignments an insertion sort makes in its worst case?

Evaluate

1. In an un-weighted graph, would breadth first search or depth first search or neither find a shortest path
tree from some node? Why?
2. How do you rotate a AVL Tree? Explain right and left rotations with the help of an example.
3. How many different trees are possible with 10 nodes?
4. Does the minimum spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between any 2 specified nodes?
5. What do you mean by hash clash? Explain in detail any one method to resolve hash collisions?

Create

1. Create a binary search tree using the following data entered as sequential set
14 23 7 10 33 56 80 66 70.
2. Create a demonstration for the Quick sort and Heap sort Algorithms.
3. Demonstrate the operations of AVL tree using C program.
4. Create an animation program to demonstrate the Prims and Kruskals Algorithms.
5. Design an algorithm to solve 8 Queens Problem.

Unit I
Trees
Binary Tree Definition Operations Tree Representation - Tree traversals - Expression tree - Binary
Search Tree Implementation and Operations Binary Heap - AVL trees - Single rotation, Double rotation
- Splay trees, B-tree (Insertion, Deletion)
9 Hours
B
+
tree.

Unit II
Graphs

Graph Basic Concepts - Topological sort- Shortest path algorithm -Dijkstras algorithm, Graphs with
negative edge costs Minimum Spanning Tree: Prims algorithm, Kruskals algorithm Depth first and
Breadth first Search.

All Pair Shortest Path 9 Hours

Unit III
Sorting

Bubble sort, Insertion sort, Shell sort, Selection sort, Merge sort, Radix sort, Heap sort, Quick sort, External
sorting.

Comparsion of Sorting Algorithms
9 Hours
Unit IV
Searching and Hashing
Sequential Searching - Implementation - Binary searching Implementation External Searching - Hashing
- Hash functions, Separate chaining, Open addressing, Linear probing, Rehashing, Extendible hashing.

Quadratic Probing
9 Hours
Unit V
Algorithm Design Techniques

Greedy algorithm, Divide and conquer algorithm, Dynamic Programming, Randomized algorithm,
Backtracking algorithms.

Eight Queens Problem
9 Hours

Textbooks

1. M.A. Weiss, Data Structures and algorithm analysis in C, Second edition, Pearson
Education Asia, 2007
2. Jean-Paul Trembley, Paul G. Sorenson and P. G. Sorenson, An introduction to Data structures with
applications, Second Edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2008

References

1. Y.Langsam, M.J. Augenstein and A.M.Tenenbaum, Data structures using C and C++, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall of India, 2011
2. Richard F.Gilberg, Vohrouz A.Forouzan, Data Structures: A Pseudo code Approach with C, Thomson
Brooks/COLE, 2009
3. A.V.Aho, J.E.Hopcroft and J.D.Ullman, Data structures and algorithms, Addison-Wesley Publishing
Company, 2010

11I403 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- To learn the data models and to conceptualize a database system using ER diagram
- To understand the internal storage structures and to have an introductory knowledge of SQL and
relational database design.
- To understand the internal storage structures using different file and indexing techniques which will
help in physical DB design.

Programme outcomes

problems
h) The graduates will display skills required for continuous learning and up gradation.

Skill Set

1. Design the Structure of a Database
2. Create and Retrieve the Data in an efficient way
3. Create and handle block of the SQL codes(PL/SQL )
4. Maintain and administrate the data present in the Database.
5. Designing authentication and security policy for the Database.

Assessment Pattern

(new Version)
Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Define Entity.
2. Which one will be specified as multi valued attribute? Give examples.
3. List out various keys present in SQL with its uses.
4. What is the relationship between entities and attributes?
5. How the E-R modeling can be done on the attributes.
6. State normalization.

Understand
1. Outline the logical levels is used in data abstraction
2. Distinguish between static and dynamic SQL.
3. Recite the benefits of data dictionary. Who are the users of data dictionary?
4. How does the domain relational calculus differ from tuple relational calculus?
5. Why is a relation with many NULLs considered to be bad?
___________________



Apply/Create

1. Consider the following tables:
Employee (Emp_no, Name, Emp_city)
Company (Emp_no, Company_name, Salary)
i. Write a SQL query to display Employee name and company name.

ii. Write a SQL query to display employee name, employee city, company name and salary of
all the employees whose salary >10000
iii. Write a query to display all the employees working in XYZ company.

2. For a simple BBS (Bulletin Board System) we use the following SQL statements to create two tables:
one storing all posted messages and the other users who can post them.
CREATE TABLE Message ( mesgid INTEGER, poster INTEGER,subject CHAR(50),body
CHAR(255), postdate DATETIME, PRIMARY KEY mesgid, FOREIGN KEY poster
REFERENCES User (userid) ON DELETE CASCADE ON UPDATE CASCADE )
CREATE TABLE User ( userid CHAR(50), password CHAR(50), email CHAR(50), status
CHAR(1), PRIMARY KEY(userid) )
(a) There is an error in one of the above statements. Point out the error, explain why it is wrong
and correct the error by rewriting that SQL statement.
(b) Suppose there is a user with userid John in the database who has posted 100 messages. What
will the DBMS do if we delete John from table User? What if we change John's userid to
Michael?
(c) Write an SQL statement to create a view of those messages with all their attributes that are
posted by 'John'.
(d) Write an SQL statement to create a domain such that the status attribute can only take two
values, i.e., 'j' ands.
(f) One desirable advanced feature of the BBS system is that each user can post messages not only
to the public, but also to a subset of other users that are explicitly speci_ed by userid when the
message is posted. How would you change the de_nitions of the above two tables so that this
new feature can be implemented? (You may introduce other tables if necessary.)

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Draw a neat sketch to indicate the architecture of a distributed database system. With an example
explain the various form of data fragmentation used in DDB.
2. Answer the following questions:
(a) Why are keys important?
(b) Identify which ones of the following constraints are (i) structural, (ii) semantic, (iii) static, (iv)
dynamic.
i. A class start time must be before its end time.
ii. A table of Graduates should contain no more than 200 rows.
iii. The mileage of a car can not decrease.
iv. In teaching assignment table that assigns professors to courses, each individual
assignment should correspond to exactly one professor and one course.

Unit I
Introduction
Purpose of Database System - Views of data Data Models Database Languages Database System
Architecture Database users and Administrator Entity Relationship model (E-R model ) ER
Diagrams, types of database

Introduction to Relational databases 9 Hours

Unit II
Relational Model
The relational Model The catalog- Types Keys - Relational Algebra Domain Relational Calculus
Tuple Relational Calculus - Fundamental operations Additional Operations- SQL fundamentals -
Integrity Triggers - Security Advanced SQL features Embedded SQL Dynamic SQL- Views
Introduction to Distributed Databases and Client/Server Databases

PL/SQL 9 Hours

Unit III
Database Design
Functional Dependencies Non-loss Decomposition Normal forms First, Second, Third Normal Forms,
Dependency Preservation Boyce/Codd Normal Form- Multi-valued Dependencies and Fourth Normal
Form Join Dependencies, stored procedure.

Higher Normal forms
9 Hours
Unit IV
Transactions
Transaction Concepts - Transaction Recovery ACID Properties System Recovery Media Recovery
Two Phase Commit - Save Points Concurrency Need for Concurrency Locking Protocols Two
Phase Locking Intent Locking Deadlock- Serializability Recovery Isolation Levels SQL Facilities
for Concurrency.

SQL Facilities for recovery
9 Hours
Unit V
Implementation Techniques
Overview of Physical Storage Media Magnetic Disks RAID Tertiary storage File Organization
Organization of Records in Files Indexing and Hashing Ordered Indices B+ tree Index Files B tree
Index Files Static Hashing Dynamic Hashing Query Processing Overview, Catalog Information for
Cost Estimation Selection Operation

Sorting Join Operation Database Tuning
9 Hours
Textbooks

1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. Sudharshan, Database System Concepts, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2009.
2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant and B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Pearson / Addision
Wesley, 2008.

References
1. C. J. Date, A. Kannan, S. Swamynathan, An Introduction to Database Systems, Pearson Education,
2009.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
3. S. K. Singh, Database Systems Concepts, Design and Applications, Pearson Education, 2006.

11I404 CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To impart the knowledge of basic concurrent programming to the Graduates
- To study the concepts of Java applets and Java Library
- To study the Real world application creation methods

Programme Outcomes

languages.
problems.

Skill Set

1. Implement the basic algorithms using java.
2. Design a website using java applications.
3. Implement the algorithm for gaming using java.
4. Design a application using Java Applets.


Assessment Pattern

(New Version)
Examination*
Semester End
Examination*
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Multi level inheritance.
2. What is an abstract class?
3. Show the relationship between method overloading and method overriding
4. Why the method overriding is needed?
5. List the applet methods.

Understand
1. Compare single threading and multi threading.
2. Demonstrate abstract class and interface.
3. Outline the Traveling salesman problem.
4. Can you explain the Applet Display Methods.
5. Relate application programs and applets.

Apply

1. Apply a backtracking problem in data structure.
2. Build the sorting algorithms.
a. Merge sort
b. Bubble sort
c. Quick sort
d. Insertion sort
e. Radix sort
define a function area() to compute the area of objects of different shapes triangle, rectangle and
square. Invoke these in the main program.
3. Apply the JAVA applcation to prepare the mark sheet of an university examination with the following
items from the keyboard :
a) Name of the student
b) Roll no.
c) Subject name
d) Subject code
e) Internal marks
f) External marks
Design a base class consisting of data members Name of the Graduatesand Roll no. The derived class
consists of the data members Subject name, Subject code, Internal marks and External marks.
4. How will you Create a class to Patient that stores the patient name (a string) and the disease (a string)
of the patient. From this class derive two classes: InPatient which has a data member roomrent (type
float) and OutPatient which has a data member OPDCharges (float). Each of these three classes should
have a nondefault constructor and a putdata() function to display its data. Write a main() program to
test InPatient and OutPatient classes by creating instances of them and then displaying the data with
putdata().

___________________



5. Make use of a complete JAVA program to do the following :
a. Student is a base class, having two data members: entryno and name; entryno is integer and
name is String. The value of entryno is 1 for Science Graduatesand 2 for Arts student,
otherwise it is an error.
b. Science and Arts are two derived classes, having respectively data items marks for
Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics and marks for English, History, Economics.
c. Read appropriate data from the screen for 3 science and 2 arts Graduates.
d. Display entryno, name, marks for science Graduates first and then for arts Graduates.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Distinguish method overloading and method overriding
2. Analyze and design a simple calculator using applets.
3. Explain a program to implement the multi threading concept for producer consumer problem.

Create
1. Develop an animation program to demonstrate towers of annoy.
2. Design an animation program to demonstrate sorting techniques.
3. Build a java animation game.

Unit I
Java Basics and Multithreaded Programming
History & Evolution of Java Overview of Java - Data Types, Variables, and Arrays - Operators - Control
Statements - Introducing Classes - Methods and Classes. Inheritance Basic Super Multilevel
Method overriding Abstract Classes - Packages Basics Access protection Importing - Interfaces
Definitions and Implementations - Exception Handling- Types Try and Catch Throw Throws -
Multithreaded Programming Synchronization -Inter thread Communication

Multithreading , Synchronization 9 Hours

Unit II
Generics and I/O Streams
Enumerations - Autoboxing, - Annotations - Simple Generics Generic Class I/O Classes and Interfaces -
File The Byte Streams The Character Streams - Using Stream I/ O Serialization.

9 Hours
Collection classes

Unit III
The Java Library
String Handling Special String operations and Methods String Buffer - primitive type Wrappers System
Math -Collections Interfaces and Classes - Date and Time Formatter Database Connectivity -Networking.

String operations and Windows Controls 9 Hours

Unit IV
Applets, Event Handling and AWT
Applet Basics Applet Architecture Applet Display Methods Parameter Passing Event Handling
Mechanisms Event Classes Event Listener Working with Windows , Graphics , Fonts and Colors AWT
Controls Layout Managers and Menus.

AWT(Abstract Windows Toolkit) Controls
9 Hours
Unit V
Implementation of Algorithms using Java
Backtracking n-Queens Problem Hamiltonian Circuit problem Subset-Sum problem Branch and bound
Assignment problem Knapsack problem Traveling salesman problem.

Searching and Sorting Algorithms
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Herbert Schildt, Java -Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010
2. Kathy sierra and Bert Bates Head First Java second edition,Oreilly,2010

References

1. Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel, Java How to Program, Prentice Hall of India, 2010
2. Gary Cornell and Cay S.Horstmann, Core Java Vol.1 and Vol.2, Sun Microsystems Press, 2008
3. Herbert Schildt, Java(R) 7, A Beginners Guide, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010

11I405 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
3 0 2 4.0
Objectives
- To study about the architecture of microprocessors.
- To learn the assembly language program of microprocessors.
- To interface microcontroller with other devices.

Programme Outcomes
problems.

Skill Set
1. Learn about the different types of Processors.
2. Design and test a practical application using various interfaces.

Assessment Pattern

SL.No. Blooms
Taxonomy
(new Version)
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. How many bits does 8086 microprocessor have?
2. Can you tell the relationship between 8086 processor frequency & crystal frequency?
3. Why does DMA controller transfer data faster?
4. What do you mean by cycle stealing?
5. What is RALU?
Understand
1. Explain the functions of ALE and IO / M signals in microprocessor.
2. Differentiate 8259 and 8259A.
___________________



3. Explain the functions of the following instructions in 8086:
(i) XLAT
(ii) DAA
(iii)XCHG AX, BX
(iv) MOVSB
4. How 8259A does differentiate between an 8-bi and 16bit processors?
5. Which flags of 8086 are not present in 8085?
Apply

1. Write a program to add the following data bytes stored in memory locations starting at XX60H in
INTEL 8085 microprocessor and display the sum at the output port if the sum does not generate a
carry. If a result generates a carry, stop the addition, and display 01H at the output port. The data in
hexadecimal code is
First set : 37, A3, 24, 78, 97.
Second set : 12, 1B, 29, 42, 07.
2. An 8086 system has a DMA controller 8257 interfaced such that address of its mode set register is F8H
and address of its DMA address register of channel 0 is F0H. Write an ALP to read 2K bytes of data
from location 5000H : 2000H in the system memory to a peripheral on channel of the DMA controller.
Disable all other channels, program TC stop, no auto load is required, normal priority.
3. Interface four 8 Kbyte chips of RAM each and two chips of EPROM, each of 4 Kbyte with 8051 so
that it starts execution in the external program memory and the RAM is mapped at the end of the
external data memory address map. Also interface two 8255s with the 8051 and write an ALP to
initialize the 8255 chips with all ports as input ports in mode 0, read all the 8255 ports and store the
data read from the 8255 ports in the external data RAM at addresses starting from D000H.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Develop a program to find out whether a given byte is the string or not. If it is in the string, find out
the relative address of the byte from the starting location of the string.
2. Construct a program for the addition of two 3*3 matrices. The matrices are stored in the form of lists.
3. Display the message The Study of microprocessor is interesting on the CRT screen of a
microcomputer.
Create

1. Design of a Microprocessor Based Pattern Scanner System.
2. Design an 8086 Microprocessor based stopwatch using 8253 and 8255. The stop-watch counts up to
100 seconds in the steps of 10 ms and displays the time on a four digit 7 segment multiplexed display.
The CLK input frequency to 8253 is 2.4 MHZ. Draw the required hardware scheme and write the
required ALP. Select suitable addresses for 8253 and 8255.

Unit I
The 8085 Microprocessor

Introduction to 8085 Microprocessor Architecture Instruction set Programming with the 8085

Special Architectural Features & Related Programming.
9 Hours
Unit II
INTEL 8086/8088 Architecture

Introduction to 8086/ 8088 - 8086/ 8088 architecture- Instruction Set & Assembler Directives - Assembly
Language Programming with 8086/ 8088.
Special Architectural Features & Related Programming

9 Hours

Unit III
Communication Interfaces

Basic Peripherals & their Interfacing with 8086/ 8088 - Special Purpose Programmable Peripheral Devices &
their Interfacing.
Internal Architecture of 8279.

9 Hours
Unit IV
DMA & CRT Controller

DMA Controller 8257 - DMA Transfers & Operations - Programmable DMA Interface 8237 -CRT Controller
8275.
CRT Controller 6845
9 Hours
Unit V
Introduction to Microcontrollers

Architecture of 8051- Signal Description of 8051 - Register set of 8051 Operational Features of 8051 -
Memory & I/ O Addressing by 8051 - Interrupts of 8051 - Instruction Set of 8051.
Design of Microcontrollers 8051 based length measurement system.
9 Hours

Textbook
1. Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and Applications with the 8085,
Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition, 2010
2. A.K.Ray and K M Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessor & Peripherals, Tata McGraw Hill,2
nd

Edition, 2009

References

1. Douglas V Hall, Microprocessor & Interfacing, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2005
2. M. Rafiquzzuman , Microprocessor theory & Applications, Prentice Hall of India, 2002
3. Yuchenhiu, Glenn A Gibson, Microprocessor Systems - 8086/ 8088 Family, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd
Edition, 2003

List of Experiments

1. Design and Implementation of 8-bit Addition & Subtraction
2. Implement the concept 8-bit Multiplication &Division
3. Design and Implementation of 16-bit Addition & Subtraction
4. Design and Implementation of 16-bit Multiplication &Division
5. Basic arithmetic & Logical operations
6. Implement the concept Sorting & searching algorithms
7. Design and Implementation of Data transfer instructions
8. Implement the concept RAM size & system date

- Design oriented experiments
- Application oriented experiments

Mini Projects


11I406 PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION
3 0 0 3.0

Objectives
- To introduce communication and to demonstrate the importance of different communication
technologies
- To evaluate and discuss the characteristics of different communication systems.
- To study about the analog and digital communication methods

Programme Outcomes

Skill Set
1. Able to determine the suitable transmission and reception techniques.
2. Understand the design of modulator/demodulator.
3. Understand the design of transmitter/receiver.

Assessment Pattern

(New Version)
Examination*
Semester End
Examination*
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Amplitude modulation.
2. Give the relation between bandwidth and the maximum modulating signal frequency.
3. Mention the three primary functions of high-level transmitter?
4. List the properties of analog signals.
5. Mention the types of source coding of speech for wireless communication.

Understand

1. Differentiate modulation and demodulation process.
2. Derive the expression for bandwidth requirement of AM waveform.
3. Explain the double- conversion process and super heterodyning process using spectra diagrams.
4. Summarize the bandwidth requirement for BPSK. QPSK. and FSK.
5. Derive the expression for Nyquists criterion for distortion less baseband binary data transmission.

Apply

1. For an AM DSBFC modulator with a carrier frequency f
c
=100 KHZ and a maximum modulating
signal frequency of 5% KHZ. Determine
- LSB and USB
- Bandwidth
- USF and LSF when f
m(max)
=3 KHZ tone
- Draw the output frequency spectrum

__________________________


2. For an FM modulator with a modulation index of 1(no unit), a modulating signal Vm(t)=Vm
sin(21000t) and an unmodulated carrier Vc(t)= 10 sin(2 500kt), determine
- Number of sets of significant side frequencies
- Their amplitudes
- Draw the frequency spectrum showing their amplitudes
3. For an FM modulator circuit with a transfer function K
d=
0.2 V/KHZ and an FM input signal with peak
frequency deviation of 20 KHZ, determine the peak output voltage.
4. Apply duo-binary encoding technique to find the encoded and decoded binary input sequence of
0101010101100111.
5. How would you draw the naturally encoded pulse waveform for the input sequence 0110100011.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Derive and analyze an expression using sampling theorem when aliasing effect is more in the received
signal spectrum.
2. Model a communication system with less interference problems.

Create
1. Design a digital communication system for noiseless reception.

Unit I
Spectral Analysis and Random Process

Spectral characteristics of periodic and aperiodic signal Spectra of common signals related to communication
cross correlation autocorrelation and power / energy density spectra random signals and process
modeling noises.

Analyzing the spectrum of random process

9 Hours
Unit II
Analog Modulation Systems

Basic principles of AM, FM, and PM Spectra power consideration receivers characteristics and detection
of AM, FM, and PM and Systems performance Threshold effects reduction.

Signal transmission and reception using Amplitude, Phase and Frequency

9 Hours
Unit III
Base Band Data Communication

Sampling and quantization PCM, ADPCM, DM, ADM, Base band pulse shaping binary data formats base
band transmission ISI correlative coding optimum SNR matched filter detection.

Discrete Signal Processing using sampling theorem

9 Hours
Unit IV
Digital Modulation

Digital modulation coherent binary modulation techniques Coherent quadrature modulation techniques
non-coherent binary modulation M-array modulation performance of digital modulation systems based on
probability of error band width ISI.

Digital Transmission and reception
9 Hours


Unit V
Mobile communication technologies and Spread Spectrum modulation

Multiple access techniques in mobile communication- TDMA, FDMA, CDMA and OFDMA. Fundamental
concepts of spread spectrum Direct sequence spread spectrums and frequency hopping spread spectrum.
Wireless medium access methods
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Michael Rice, Digital Communication, Pearson Education ,New Delhi, 2009

References
1. B. P. Lathi, Analog and Digital Communication Systems, PHI, 1998
2. John Proakis, Massoud Salehi, Digital Communication, McGraw-Hill, 2008.
3. B. Carlson, Communication Systems McGraw-Hill, 2002
4. K. Sam Shanmugam, Digital and Analog Communication Systems, John Wiley, 2008
5. Taub & Schilling, Principles of Communication systems, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2007

11I407 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS-II LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
- To design and Analyze the Algorithms of Non linear Data Structures
- To implement the operations of Balanced Trees
- To implement the Sorting algorithms
- To create program for real time applications using Data Structures

Programme Outcomes
languages.
i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

Skill Set
a) To identify and apply suitable Data structures to real world problems
b) Gain knowledge in practical applications of Data structures

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester
Endexamination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

Remember
1. What is the complexity of linear search and binary search?
2. Write a 'C' Program to construct Expression tree for the expression (A + B) * (C$(D E) + F) G
3. Write the algorithm for creating a Binary tree.
4. What is mean by depth first traversal in a graph.
5. Define Complete Binary Trees.

Understand
1. Give two examples of Almost Complete Binary Trees.
2. Write down the steps to delete a node from binary tree.
3. What is an AVL tree?
4. State the process involved in Merge sorting.

Apply
1. Write a C program to find the minimum value in a binary search tree.
2. Write C code to return a pointer to the nth node of an inorder traversal of a BST.
3. Solve the knapsack problem using backtracking algorithm.
4. Draw two different B trees of order 3 that can store seven entries.
5. Execute Prims and Kruskals algorithm to find the minimum spanning tree of the following graph.

Analyze
1. How do you represent an n-ary tree? Write a program to print the nodes of such a tree in breadth first
order?
2. How do you Implement Dijkstras algorithm using priority queues?
3. How would you check if a binary tree is balanced?
4. Write a c program to implement a quick sort. Trace and analyze the program for a sample data.
5. Analyze the merge sorting with a sample data.

Evaluate
1. Illustrate with an example, Breadth first search Algorithm.
2. How do you implement an expression tree? Produce its pre-order, in-order, and post-order Traversals?
3. How many key comparisons and assignments an insertion sort makes in its worst case?
4. Compare complete binary tree and almost complete Binary Tree.
5. Construct and evaluate the Expression tree (((8+3)-4) * 6 ) + (4 * 3) .
Create
1. Create a Number Guessing Game using suitable algorithm.
2. Create a Hash table that stores Name and value pairs as Strings.
3. Draw a Binary Search tree that results from inserting into an initially empty tree records with keys
EASY QUESTION and then deleting the Q.
4. Develop Animation program to demonstrate the Tree traversal.
5. Develop a C program to find the shortest path using Dijikstras Algorithm

List of Experiments

1. Binary Tree Implementation.
a. Construct the binary tree for the following list of numbers 23, 4, 5 6, 2, 13, 56, 76 ,
22 , 33. insert 34 , 58, and delete 13 , 33 and 12.
b. Construct the binary tree for the Student list containing 10 students.
2. Expression Tree Construction.
a. Construct the binary tree for the expression (A * (B-C)) / ((D-E)* (F+G-H)
b. Obtain the post order traversal list for the above expression
c. Obtain the pre order traversal list for the above expression
3. Binary Search Tree Implementation.
a. Construct the binary search tree for the following numbers 35, 20, 44, 17,28 , 40 ,
22,27 and 33. Find the minimum and maximum value in it.
b. Construct the binary search tree for the Employee list of a Company.
4. Determination of Shortest path from source to destination using Dijikstras Algorithm

5. Implementation of DFS and BFS. Find the DFS and BFS for the given Graphs.

6. Implementation of Quick Sorting.
a.Translate quicksort into a sub program Quickcount(A,N ,NUMB) which sorts the Array A with N
elements and which also counts the number of Comparisions.Trace the partition method on the
following list of 9 elements. 99 88 77 66 55 44 33 22 11.
7. Implementation of Heap Sorting.
a.Sort the following list of elements 15 35 55 75 05 95 85 65 45 and 25.
b.Read the name of twelve months in chronological order and sort them using heap sort.
8 .Construction of MST from the Graph using Prims and Kruskal Algorithm.

9. Implementation of Linear and Binary Search Algorithms.
a.Search the following list using binary search. 25 63 1 0 9 55 2 96
b. Search the following list using linear search. 10,5,15,4,20,5,7,2
c. perform linear and binary search 49,5,30,65,45,76,4,23,87
10. Hash Table Implementation.
a.Suppose a file contains 100 records. What should be the size of the hash table and hence h? Create an
array of key values of the records as hash table. Generate 100 random numbers and assume them as
key values. Apply different hash functions to calculate hash address and load the key values into the
hash table.
b. Construct the hash table for the following list of numbers 10 19 35 43 62 59 31 49 77 33
Application oriented
Design
Mini project


Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl.
No.
Experiment Hours
1 Binary Tree Implementation 3
2 Expression Tree Construction 3
3 Binary Search Tree Implementation 6
4 Determination of Shortest path from source to destination using Dijikstra Algorithm 3
5 Implementation of DFS and BFS 3
6 Implementation of Quick Sorting 3
7 Implementation of Heap Sorting 3
8 Construction of MST from the Graph using Prims and Kruskal Algorithm 3
9 Implementation of Linear and Binary Search Algorithms 3
10 Hash Table Implementation 3
11 Design Oriented Exercises 6
12 Application Oriented Exercises 6

11I408 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LABORATORY

0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
- Describing the basics of database structure
- To use SQL to interact with most database applications
- To learn PL/SQL which would provide the ability to do iterative programming at database level

Programme outcomes
languages.
problems.

Skill set
1. Design the Structure of a Database.
2. Create and Retrieve the Data in an efficient way.
3. Can Create and handle block of the SQL codes (PL/SQL).

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester
Endexamination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

Remember
1. Define candidate key, alternate key, composite key.
2. What's the difference between DELETE TABLE and TRUNCATE TABLE commands?
3. Identify the benefits of constraints.
4. Which operator performs pattern matching?
5. Specify the command is used to create a table by copying the structure of another table.


Understand
1. Differentiate group by and order by.
2. Recite SQL aggregates and other built-in functions.
3. Mention the uses of NULL value.
4. When can an insert of a new primary key value threaten referential integrity?
5. Differentiate IN subselects and EXISTS subselect.
Apply / Analyse / Evaluate /
1. Create a SQL query to concatenate two strings using the SUBSTR keyword.
2. Generate the SQL query to show the difference between a data block, an extent and a segment.
3. Give two SQL query to determine the structure of the table DEPT
Create
1. Produce SQL query to showcase the constraints find in Oracle and indicate their purpose.
2. How would you determine the time zone under which a database is operating?
List of Experiments
1. Creating a database, simple queries.
a. Design a relational database for a university registrars office. The office maintains data about each
class, including the instructor, the number of students enrolled and the time and place of the class
meetings. For each student-class pair, a grade is recorded.
b. Create a database for ABC private limited which contains the fields like person name, street, city,
company name, salary, city and manager name. Here the primary keys are person name and
company name.
i) Find the names of all employees who work for ABC private limited.
ii) Find the names and cities of residence of all employees who work for ABC private
limited.
iii) Find the names, street address and cities of residence of all employees who work for
ABC private limited and earn more than $10,000 per annum.
2. Uses of select statement for queries using.
(i) AND, OR, NOT operation
a. Consider the insurance database that contains the fields like driver id, name, address,
license, model, year, report number, date, location, car and damage amount.
b. Find the total number of people who owned cars that were involved in accidents in
1989 and date is 03/04/1999.
c. Find the number of accidents in which the cars belonging to a particular person in
your database.
d. Add a new value to database ; assume any value for required attributes.
(ii) Union, Intersection, Projection and Join operations
a) Get all the department names by concatenating two tables(for example from
Employee and project).
b) Get all the employee's full name that are working on a project.
c) Get the information on employee that work for R&D department.
d) Get information regarding the employee 'John Smith'.
e) Get all the employee numbers for the employee.
f) Let a and b be relations with schemas A(name,address,title) and
B(name,address,salary) respecticvely. Show how to express a Left outer join, right
outer join and natural full outer join b using the full outer join operation with an on
condition.
(iii) Sorting and grouping
a) In a bank database, Find the branch that has the highest average balance.
b) Find the average account balance of those branches where the average account
balance is greater than $1000.
c) Find the maximum across all branches of the total balance at each branch and sort
the result by branch name.
(iv) Nested queries using SQL
a) Every employee works for a company located in the same city as the city in which
the employee lives.
b) No employee earns a salary higher than that of his manager.
3. Built-in functions of SQL.
a. Create a table called Orders with fields of order_id, order date, order price and customer and then
find out the results for following SQL quereies.
i. Find the average value of the "OrderPrice" fields.
ii. Count the number of orders from "Customer Nilsen".
iii. Find the first value of the "OrderPrice" column.
iv. Find the last value of the "OrderPrice" column.
v. Find the largest value of the "OrderPrice" column.
vi. Find the smallest value of the "OrderPrice" column.
4. Triggers, Assertion and Pl/SQL
a. Create two triggers that will result in the automatic tracking of the number of employees a company
manages. The triggers will interact with the following tables:
- EMPLOYEE table with these columns: ID, NAME, ADDRESS, and POSITION.
- COMPANY_STATS table with these columns: NBEMP, NBPRODUCT, and REVENUE.b.
Create a trigger that ensures that whenever a parts record is updated, the following check and
(if necessary) action is taken:
- If the on-hand quantity is less than 10% of the maximum stocked quantity, then issue a
shipping request ordering the number of items for the affected part to be equal to the
maximum stocked quantity minus the on-hand quantity.
- The trigger will interact with the PARTS table with these columns: PARTNO,
DESCRIPTION, ON_HAND, MAX_STOCKED, and PRICE.
5. In a bank batabase,
a. Ensuring the sum of loan amounts for each branch is less than the sum of all account balances
at the branch.
b. Ensuring every loan customer keeps a minimum of $1000 in an account.

6. Use of indexes, creating views and querying in views.
a. In a bank database,
i. Create a virtual table named as All-Customer which consists of branch names and the
names of the customers who have neither an account nor a loan at that branch.
ii. Design a virtual table which returns the result for each branch, the sum of the amounts of
all the loans at the branch.
b. In a orders table,
i. Modify the attribute order_id as order_no and display the result in a new name as
orders_modified.
ii. Drop all the virtual tables which has been created so far.
7. Mini projects using Visual Basic and oracle
a) Modern Library management system.
b) Banking application with credit card transaction.
c) Telecommunications system.
d) Health care information systems and electronic patient record.
e) Online Ticket reservation systems.
Mini Projects
Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

Sl.No Experiment Hours Sl.No Experiment Hours
1 Creating a database, simple queries. 12 5 PL/SQL 3
2
Uses of select statement for queries using.
(i) AND, OR, NOT operation
(ii) Union, Intersection, Projection and Join
operations
(iii) Sorting and grouping
(iv) Nested queries using SQL

6 6
Creating views and querying in
views

6
3 Built-in functions of SQL. 6 7
Application Program using
Visual Basic and oracle
6
4 Triggers, Assertion 6

1I409 CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
- Understand the basics of the java language and how it relates to OO Programming and Object
Models
- Learn to use concurrent muliti-threading and exception handling features
- Understand and use classes, inheritance, polymorphism, collections, packages, interfaces, string
and applet

Programme outcomes
languages.
problems.

Skill Set
1. Implementation of inheritance.
2. Implementation of multithreading in producer consumer problem.
3. Implementation of interface.
4. Design of an applet game.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester EndExamination
Preparation 10 15
Observation and results 15 20
Record 10 -
Mini-Project/Model
Examination/Viva voice
15 15
Total 50 50

Remember
1. Define an object.
2. What is the purpose of inheritance?
3. Can we implement multiple inheritance in java? If not why?
4. Give the difference between multi threading and single threading.
5. How can we run the applet program?

Understand
1. Compare method overloading and method overriding?
2. Is java fully object oriented? If so why?
3. When will we use multithreading?
4. Illustrate the drawback of single threading?
5. Explain the methods in Applets?

Apply
1. Build a function area() to compute the area of objects of different shapes triangle, rectangle and
square. Invoke these in the main program.
2. Construct a backtracking problem in data structure.
3. Develop a JAVA program to prepare the bill statement for the electricity board.
4. Construct a base class consisting of data members Name of the Graduatesand Roll no. The derived
class consists of the data members Subject name, Subject code, Internal marks and External marks.
5. Develop a program in JAVA to create a database of the following items of the derived class. Name of
the patient, sex, age, ward number, bed number, nature of illness, date of admission. Design a base
class consisting of data members: name of the patient, sex and age; and another base class consisting of
the data members: bed number and nature of the illness. The derived class consists of the data member,
date of admission. Program should carry out the following methods
i. Add a new entry.
ii. List the complete record.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Distinguish between inheritance and interface
2. Explain the concept of multithreading
3. Compare operator overloading with method overloading

Create
1. Build an animation program to demonstrate towers of annoy.
2. Design an animation program to demonstrate sorting techniques.
3. Compose a java animation game.

List of experiments
1. Classes and Methods.
a) Design a class named FixedInvestment that contains:
i) A double data field named depositAmount that specifies the investment amount
(default 1000).
ii) A double data field named annualInterestRate that specifies the fixed interest rate
(default 5.0%).
iii) An int data field named numberOfYears that specifies the investment duration
(default 1).
iv) A no-arg constructor that creates a default instance.
v) A constructor that creates an instance with the specified depositAmount,
annualInterestRate, and numberOfYears.
vi) The accessor methods for depositAmount, numberOfYears and annualInterestRate.
vii) A method named getTotalReturn() that returns the investment return after the specified
number of years. The total return can be computed using the following formula:
totalReturn= investmentAmount * (1+monthlyInterestRate)
numberOfYears*12

b) Write a test program that creates two Fan objects. Assign maximum speed, radius 10, color
yellow, and turn it on to the first object. Assign medium speed, radius 5, color blue, and turn
it off to the second object. Display the objects by invoking them their toString method.
c) Write the following method to return an integer reversed :
public static int reverse( int number)
For example, reverse(3456) returns 6543.
d) Write a method that computes the sum of the digits in an integer. Use the following method
header:
public static int sumDigits(long n)
For example, sumDigits(234) returns 9(2+3+4).
e) Write a class that contains the following two methods:
public static double celsiusToFahrenheit(double celsius)
public static double fahrenheitToCelsius(double Fahrenheit)
The formula for the conversion is:
Fahrenheit=(9.0/5)*Celsius+32

2. Implementation of Inheritance.
a) Fetch the file AnimalTest.java and examine the source code to see four classes: Animal, Bird and
Eagle and a tester class AnimalTest. Class Bird inherits from Animal and class Eagle inherits from
Bird.
b) Consider a superclass PurchaseItem which models customers purchases. This class has:
i) two private instance variables name (String) and unitPrice (double).
ii) One constructor to initialize the instance variables.
iii) A default constructor to initialize name to no item, and unitPrice to 0. use this()
iv) A method getPrice that returns the unitPrice.v)Accessor and mutator methods.
vi) A toString method to return the name of the item followed by @ symbol, then the
unitPrice
c) Consider two subclasses WeighedItem and CountedItem.
WeighedItem has an additional instance variable weight (double) in Kg while
CountedItem has an additional variable quantity (int) both private.
Write an appropriate constructor for each of the classes making use of the constructor of the
superclass in defining those of the subclasses. - Override getPrice method that returns the
price of the purchasedItem based on its unit price and weight (WeighedItem), or quantity
(CountedItem). Make use of getPrice of the superclass - Override also toString method for
each class making use of the toString method of the superclass in defining those of the subclasses.
toString should return something that can be printed on the receipt.
For example : Banana @ 3.00 1.37Kg 4.11 SR (in case of WeighedItem class)
Pens @ 4.5 10 units 45 SR (in case of CountedItem class)
Write an application class where you construct objects from the two subclasses and print them on
the screen.
d) Write a program in Java to display the name and birthday of a Person.
a. Create a class Person. It has first name and last name.
b. Create a class Date. It has day, month and year.
Using composition, create a class called BirthdayInfo.
Supply a test program which creates an instance of the BirthdayInfo class, and displays the
name and birthday for that person

3. Implement the concepts of Interfaces and Packages.
a. Write a program that uses the GregorianCalendar class and displays the current month by using the
methods getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek(), get() and getActualMaximum().
b. Design an interface name Colorable with a void method named howToColor(). Every class of a
colorable object must implement the Colorable interface. Design a class named Square that extends
GeometricObject and implements Colourable. Implement howToColor to display a message on how to
color the square.
c. Write a class named Octagon that extends GeometricObject and implements the Comparable and
Cloneable interfaces. Assume that all the eight sides of the octagon are of equal size. The area can be
computed using the following formula: area= (2+4/2)side*side.

4. Exception handling Mechanisms.
a) Write a program that meets the following requirements:
i) Create an array with 100 randomly chosen integers
ii) Create a text field to enter an array index and another text field to display the array
element at the specified index
iii) Create a Show Element button to cause the array element to be displayed. If the specified
index is out of bounds, display the message Out Of Bound.
b) Implement a method that returns the sum of two arrays of integers. Throw a custom exception,
named ArraySizeException, if the input arrays have different sizes. Include the two array sizes in
the exception objects.
c) Write a program which contains a method parseBinary(StringbinaryString), which converts a binary
string into a decimal number. Implement the parse Binary method to throw a
NumberFormatException if the string is not a binary string.
d) Write a program which implements a method parse Hex to throw a NumberFormatException if the
string is not a hex string. Define a custom exception called HexFormatException. Implement the
parseHex method to throw HexFormatException if the string is not a hex string.

5. Create a Multithreaded Programming.
a) Write a multi-threaded Java program to print all numbers below 100,000 that are both prime and
fibonacci number (some examples are 2,3,5,13, etc..).
Design a thread that generates prime numbers below 100,000 and writes them into a pipe. Design
another thread that generates fibonacci numbers and writes them to another pipe. The main pipe
should read both the pipes to identify the numbers common to both.
b) Write a thread that launches 1000 threads. Each thread adds 1 to a variable sum that initially is 0.
You need to pass sum by reference to each thread. In order to pass it by reference, define an Integer
wrapper object to hold sum. Run the program with and without synchronization to see the effect.
c) Write a program that constructs 4 threads. Each thread prints a number twice. Serial execution
output would be:
11
22
33
44
First execute the program to verify that the threads execute automatically; that is, threads do not
always execute an operation as a single, atomic operation. A thread starts first does not guarantee it
will execute first.
Our goal is for each thread to execute the run() method automatically; so the numbers printed from
each thread stay together; 11, 33, 22, 44 is acceptable. Modify the program using single lock
common to all the threads to produce the output above. Note that yout output will not necessarily be
in order of 1-4.

6. String Handling Methods and Collections Classes.

a) Write a method that finds the number of occurrences of a specified character in the string using the
following header:
public static int count(String str, char a)
For example, count(Welcome,e)returns 2.
b) Write a method that randomly shuffles a string using the following header:
public static String shuffle(String s)
For example, shuffle(Welcome) may return melWcol.
c) Create two array lists {George,Jim,John,Blake,Kevin,Michael} and
{George,Katie,Kevin,Michelle,Ryan} and find their union, difference and intersection.
(You may clone the lists to preserve the original lists from being changed by these methods)
d) Write the method that counts the number of digits in the string using the following header:
public static int countDigits(String s)
For example, countDigits(C++ and Java in 2020) returns 4.
7. Input/Output Streams.
a) Write a program to create a file named Exercise18_1.txt if it does not exist. Append new data to it.
Write 100 integers created randomly into the file using text I/O. Integers are separated by a space.
b) Encode the file by adding 5 to every byte in the file. Write a program that prompts the user to enter
an input file name and an output file name and save the encrypted file version of the input file to
the output file.
c) Write a program that stores an array of five int values 1,2,3,4 and 5, a Date object for current time,
and a double value5.5 into the file named Exercise19_5.dat.
8.Applet Programs.
a) Write an applet that contains one button called Purchase Calculator. When you click the button a
new window will open for calculating a purchase. You should create a new class for the second
window.
b) Write an applet that will display a sequence of images from a single image file in different sizes.
Initially, the viewing area for this image has a width of 300 and a height of 300. Your program
should continuously shrink the viewing area by 1 in width and 1 in height until it reaches a width
of 50 and a height of 50. At that the viewing area should continuously enlarge by 1 in width and 1
in height until it reaches a width of 300 and a height of 300. The viewing area should shrink and
enlarge to create animation for a single image.
c) Write an applet that meets the following requirement:
i) Get an audio file. The file is in the class directory.
ii) Place three buttons labeled Play, Loop and Stop.
iii) If you click the Play button, the audio file is played once. If you click the Loop button, the
audio file keeps playing repeatedly. If you click the Stop button, the playing stops.
iv) The applet can run as an application.
9. Abstract Window Toolkit Classes and Event Classes.
a) Write a program that will change the color of a circle from one color to another when the circle
is clicked but will not change the color of the circle if somewhere else is clicked.
b) Write a program to rotate the following messages for the matching mouse events, Mouse Pressed,
Mouse Released, Mouse Clicked, Mouse entered, Mouse Exited.
c) Write a program that receives a string form the keyboard and displays it on the panel. The Enter key
signals the end of the string. Whenever a new string is entered, it is displayed on the panel.
10 .Implementation of JDBC concepts.
a) Write a java application that views, inserts and updates course information stored in the database. The
View button displays a record with the specified courseID.
b) Write a program that displays the number of students in each department in a pie chart and a bar chart.
The number of students for each department can be obtained from the Student table using the
following SQL statement:
select deptId, count(*)
from Student
where deptId is not null
group by deptId;
c) Develop a JavaBeans component named DBConnectionPanel that enables the user to select or enter a
JDBC driver and a URL and to enter a username and password. When the OK button is clicked, a
Connection object for the database is stored in the connection property. You can then use the
getConnection() method to return the connection.

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule
1 Programs on Classes and Methods

3
2 Inheritance and multilevel Inheritance Implementations

3
3 Implementation of Interfaces

3
4 Implementation of Packages

3
5 Implementation of Multithreaded Programming

6
6 Implementation of Generic Classes

6
7 Implementation of String Handling Methods and Collections

6
8 Implementation of I/O Streams
.
6
9 Applet Programs

6
10 Programs on AWT Controls

3

11I501 APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS

3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
- Acquire the knowledge of finding approximate solutions of algebraic, transcendental, differential and
integral equations by numerical methods and interpolating the values of a function using Lagranges and
Newtons polynomial approximations.
- Ability to find solution of initial and boundary value problems using multi step approximations and ability
to solve boundary value problems using finite difference methods.
Programme Outcome
(a) Graduateswill demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, science and basic engineering.
Skill Set
1. Acquire more knowledge in basic concept of engineering mathematics.
2. Improvement in problem evaluation technique.

Assessment pattern
S. No Blooms Taxonomy Test I
*
Test II
*
Model Examination
*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
5 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
___________________

Remember
1. State the Fundamental theorem of algebra.
2. Define Algebraic and Transcendental equations.
3. Write the formula for Regula Falsi method .
4. What do you mean by Interpolation?
5. State the derivatives of Newtons Forward and Backward Interpolation formula.
6. Write the conditions for applying Trapezoidal and Simpsons rules.
7. Write the formula for two point and three point Gaussian quadrature.
8. Mention the multistep methods available for solving ordinary differential equation.
9. Write the Bender schmidt Scheme for solving one dimensional heat equation.
10. Write the explicit formula for one dimensional wave equation.

Understand
1. What is a transcendental equation?
2. Write the condition of convergence of Iteration method.
3. What is the order of convergence of Newton - Raphson method?
4. Write the differences between Direct and Iterative method.
5. State the sufficient condition for solving Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel method.
6. Using Lagranges interpolation, find the polynomial through (0,0), (1,1) and (2,2).
7. Explain power method of finding the Eigen values of a matrix.
8. How will you find the solution for Laplace equation?
9. Write Milnes & Adams Predictor and Corrector formula.
10. What are the methods for solving simultaneous algebraic equations?

Apply

1. Obtain by power method, the numerically largest Eigen value of the matrix

(
(
(

=
2 4 20
6 12 10
3 4 15
A with the starting vector
(
(
(
=
1
1
1
) 0 (
x . Perform only 4 iterations.
2. Explain briefly Gauss Elimination Iteration to solve simultaneous equations.
3. If
2
1
) (
x
x f = , find the divided difference f(a,b).
4. What is the relation between divided differences and forward differences ?
5. Find the value of ) 8 (
'
f from the table given below
158 . 2 908 . 1 690 . 1 556 . 1 : ) (
12 9 7 6 :
x f
x

6. The following data gives the velocity of a particle for 20- secs at an interval of 5-secs.
Find the acceleration for the following data
228 69 14 3 0 : ) / (
20 15 10 5 0 : (sec)
s m velocity
time

7. If y
,
= xy
3
1
, y(1)=1, find y(1.1) using Taylors method.
8. If y
= x
2
+y
2
, y(0)=1 find y(0.1) by Eulers method.
9. For which points of x and y, the equation xf
xx
+yf
yy
=0, x>0, y>0 is elliptic.
10. Name at least two numerical methods that are used to solve one dimensional diffusion equation.
Analyze / Evaluate
1. Using Newtons method, find the positive root of cos x = 3x 1.

2. Solve by Gauss-Elimination method : 6x + 3y +12z = 36; 8x -3y +2z = 20; 4x +11y z =33 .
3. Using Power method, find all the Eigen values of A =
5 0 1
0 2 0
1 0 5
(
(
(
(

.
4. Use Lagranges interpolation formula to find the value of x when y = 20 for the following
data . X : 1 2 3 4
Y : 1 8 27 64
5. Given 5 x y + y
2
2 = 0 ; y(4 )= 1; y(4.1) = 1.0049 find
i)y ( 4.2 ) by Eulers method ii) y(4.3) by Runge-kutta method
iii) y ( 4.4 ) by Adams method. iv) y(4.5) by Milnes method.
6. Using Taylor series method, find the value of y(0.1) , given dy /dx = x + y and y(0)=1 and correct
to 3 decimal places.
7. Using Bender-Schmitt formula, solve
2
2
u u
x t
c c
=
c c
, u(0,t)=0, u(5,t)=0, u(x,0)= x
2
(25 - x
2
).
Assume x A =1. Find u(x, t) up to t=5.
8. Solve
2
2
2
2
x
u
t
u
c
c
=
c
c
,0<x<1, t>0; u(x,0)=100(x-x
2
), u
t
(x,0)=0, u(0,t)=0, u(1,t)=0.

9. Solve 0 = +
yy xx
u u over the square mesh of side 4 units, satisfying the following conditions
u(x,0)=3x for 0 sx s4 ; u(x,4)=x
2
for 0 sx s4; u(0,y)=0 for 0 sy s4 ; u(4,y)=12+y for

0sy s4.
10. Evaluate
2. 2 2.6
2 2
2 1
dydx
x y +
} }
using Trapezoidal formula.
Unit I
Solution of Equations and Eigen Value Problems
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations by the method of False position Newton- Raphson
method- Solution of system of linear equations : Gauss- elimination method and Gauss-Jordan method -
Iterative method: Gauss Seidel method- Inverse of a matrix by Gauss-Jordan method. Eigen value of a matrix
by power method.
9 Hours
Unit II
Interpolation and Curve Fitting
Newtons Forward and Backward interpolation. Newtons divided difference interpolation formula
Lagranges interpolation formula Fitting of curves by the method of Least squares: Straight line, parabolic
curves and the conversion of equation of the curves in the form of straight lines.
9 Hours
Unit III
Numerical Differentiation and Integration
Derivatives from difference table Numerical differentiation using Newton s forward and backward
interpolation Formulae - Numerical integration by Trapezoidal and Simpsons 1/3

and 3/8

rules - Rombergs
method - Two and three point Gaussian quadrature formulae - Double integrals using Trapezoidal and
Simpsons rules.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Initial Value Problems for Ordinary Differential Equations
Single step Methods : Taylor Series method for solving first and second order equations - Eulers and Modified
Eulers methods - Fourth order Runge-Kutta method for solving first order equations - Multistep methods
Milnes and Adams predictor and corrector methods.
9 Hours
Unit V
Boundary Value Problems
Finite difference solution for the second order ordinary differential equations- Finite difference solution for one
dimensional heat equation by implicit and explicit methods - one dimensional wave equation and two
dimensional Laplaces and Poissons equations.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
MAT LAB: Invited Lectures on Mat lab and its applications on Numerical methods.

Textbooks

1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Numerical Methods, S.Chand and Co.
New Delhi, 2009.
2. M.B.K. Moorthy, P.Geetha, Numerical Methods ,Tata McGraw-Hill Publication company Ltd, New
Delhi 2010, First Edition

References

1. R. L Burden, and T.D Faries, Numerical Analysis, Seventh Edition, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd.,
Singapore, 2002.
2. K. Sankara Rao , Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, Third Ed.Prentice Hall of India, 2007.

3. C.F Gerald., and P.OWheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education Asia,
New Delhi.2006.
4. T.Veerarajan, Numerical Methods with programs in C Second Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication,co.Ltd, New Delhi ,2008.

11I502 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
To have an overview of signals and systems and to analyze the signals in frequency domain.
To study the frequency response and design of digital filters
To understand the concept of Finite word length effect and multirate signal processing.

Programme Outcomes
languages.
(c) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems.
(j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for lifelong learning.
(k) The graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations

Skill Set
1. Analysis of signals and systems
2. Design of IIR filters
3. Design of FIR filters
4. Implementation of IIR and FIR filters
5. Determine the overflow and truncation error

Assessment Pattern

S.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

_________________________


Remember
1. Define and classify signals
2. List some of the real time signals.
3. What is the use of transformation of a signal from time domain to frequency domain?
4. Define Z-transform and ROC.
5. What is meant by correlation of signals?

Understand
1. When a discrete time signal is called periodic?
2. What is the condition for stability and causality?
3. Explain i) FIR system ii) IIR system iii) Recursive system iv) Non recursive system
4. What is truncation? What is the error that arises due to truncation in floating point numbers?
5. What is the need for anti-aliasing filter prior to down sampling?

Apply
1. Identify the Z-Transform and ROC for the following signals.
a. Unit step sequence
b. x(n)= a
n
u(n) - b
n
u(-n-1)
c. x(n) = cos(w
o
n) u(n)
d. x(n)= { 4,5,2,1,3,2,1}
2. Construct the cascade and parallel form realization structures for the following system.
a. y(n)= 0.75y(n-1)-0.125y(n-2)+6x(n)+7x(n-1)+x(n-2)
3. How would you apply the bilinear transformation method to design a high pass filter?
4. Design an ideal high pass filter with a frequency response of magnitude 1 from -pi/4 to pi and 0
otherwise using hanning window. Find the values of h(n) for N=11.
5. Apply impulse invariant method to design a digital filter for T=0.2 sec, where the analog filter transfer
function is given as H(S)= 10 / (S
2
+3S+2)

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Compare Butterworth and chebyshev filter.
2. Analyze when the limit cycle oscillation will occur for the following system.
y(n)=x(n)+0.5 x(n-1)
3. Examine the necessity for windowing technique in FIR filter design.
4. Analyze multirate signal processing system with different sampling rate.
5. Categorize the quantization errors.
Create
1. In a communication system with channel bandwidth of 10MHz, an audio signal has to be transmitted.
Design a suitable filter for the transmission of the audio signal without aliasing.

Unit I
Signals and Systems
Continuous and discrete time signals - Classification of Signals: Periodic and aperiodic even and odd energy
and power signals Deterministic and random signals complex exponential and sinusoidal signals
periodicity - Analysis of Linear time invariant systems Convolution.

Correlation
9 Hours
Unit II
Analysis of Discrete Time Signals
Spectrum of DT Signals, The DTFT, Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), FFT: Radix - 2 DIT and DIF
algorithms, Z Transform: Basic principles - region of convergence Properties of z-transform inverse z-
transform using Power Series expansion, Relationship between z-transform and Fourier transform.

Inverse Z-transform using Partial fraction expansion
9 Hours

Unit III
IIR Filter Design
Structure of IIR System, Butterworth and Chebyshev approximations. Design of Discrete time IIR filter from
continuous time filter IIR filter design by Impulse Invariance. Bilinear transformation.

IR filter design using Approximation of derivatives
9 Hours
Unit IV
FIR Filter Design
Linear phase filter - Symmetric & Anti-symmetric FIR filters Windowing technique Rectangular, Hamming,
Hanning windows Frequency sampling techniques Structure for FIR systems Direct form I, Direct Form II
Cascade form.

Parallel form Realization Structure
9 Hours
Unit V
Finite Word Length Effects & Multirate Signal Processing
Quantization noise Derivation for quantization noise power Over flow error Truncation error Limit cycle
oscillation Signal scaling Interpolation and Decimation , Decimation by an integer factor - Interpolation by
an integer factor - Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor. Applications: Signal processing- Spectral
estimation, enhancement.

Fixed point and binary floating point number representation
9 Hours

Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook
1. John G Proakis and Dimtris G Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and
Application, 4
th
Edition ,PHI/Pearson Education, 2008

References
1. Michael J Roberts, Govind Sharma, Fundamentals of Signals and Systems, McGraw-Hill, 2007.
2. Alan V Oppenheim, Alan S Willsky with S.Hamid Nawab, Signals and Systems, PHI/Pearson
Education, 2010, 2nd Edition.
3. R Johny Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India/Pearson education,
2009.
4. Vinay K.Ingle, John G.Proakis, Digital Signal Processing with Matlab, Cengage Learning, edition 3,
2011.

11I503 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To define software engineering and explain its importance
- To discuss the concepts of software products and software processes
- To explain the importance of process visibility
- To introduce the notion of professional responsibility

Programme Outcomes

(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use software and equipments to analyze problems and build a
working model implementing all the phases of software development

Skill Set
1. Acquire skills to be technically competent and well organized
2. Able to work as a member of multi-disciplinary team
3. Able to understand the implications of engineering a project

Assessment Pattern

S.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Define the computer based system.
2. State the various Rapid prototyping techniques
3. Give the other name for Level 0 DFD
4. What is a state transition diagram?
5. List the common activities in a design process

Understand
1. What do you infer from prototyping and its types?
2. Can you summarize the commonly used architectural styles.
3. Classify the various testing strategies for conventional software.
4. Compare and contrast alpha and beta testing in software testing.
5. What are the common approaches in debugging?
Apply
1. Organize how both waterfall model and prototyping model can be accommodated in the spiral process
model.
2. Construct ways and means for collecting the software requirements and how are they organized and
represented
3. Can you build a Control Flow diagram depicting the transform flow. Explain the process of
Transform mapping with an illustration.
4. What are the characteristics of a good design? How design evaluation is performed.
5. Identify the various testing strategies in software testing.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Justify Design is not coding and coding is not design.
2. Suggest software testing sequence for a 100% bug free software. Explain
3. A department of computer engineering has usual resources and usual users for those resources. A
software is to be developed so that resources are assigned without conflict Draw a DFD specifying the
above system.
4. Assuming that you want to design a software for library management, with common functionalities
such as issue, return of book, report generation, user database maintenance, etc., draw a complete DFD
for this software
5. Write down a non recursive procedure for searching an element in a given list using binary search
technique. Draw a control Flow Graph (CFG) for this procedure and find out it cyclomatic complexity.
Also identify independent paths in this procedure to ensure the basis path testing.

___________________


Create
1. Consider a simple program to classify a triangle. Its input is a triple of positive integer (say x, y, z) and
the data type for input parameters ensures that these will be integer greater than zero and less then
and equal to 200. The program output may be one of following:
(Scalene, isosceles, equilateral, not a triangle)
a) Define boundary value test cases
b) Identify equivalence class test cases for output & Input domain.
c) Identify test cases using decision table discussed in the classroom
2. The following table represents data collected at XYZ Software Company with respect to their last five
projects:

Project
Project Resources 1 2 3 4 5
Size (KSLOC) 40 35 20 30 45
Cost (Man Month) 260 220 105 180 285
Schedule 21 15 12 15 23

Assign software development mode to any three of the projects.

Unit I
The Process
Software Engineering the nature of Software -Software Process Models: Waterfall Model-Incremental process
models- Evolutionary process models: Prototyping-Spiral model Concurrent model- Comparison study of
Software Process Models -Introduction to Agile process-Metrics in The Process and Project Domains-Software
Measurements- Metrics for Software Quality.

System Engineering
9 Hours
Unit II
Requirements Analysis
Requirements Engineering-Establishing the groundwork-Eliciting requirements-Building the requirements
model-Requirements analysis- Software Project Estimation- Decomposition Techniques- Empirical Estimation
Models- The Make/Buy Decision.

Analysis Modeling
9 Hours
Unit III
Design Concepts and Principles
The Design concepts-The Design model-Architectural design-User interface design: user analysis and design,
Interface analysis, Interface design steps-Requirements modeling: Flow oriented modeling- Software risk
management, Case Studies .

Real Time Systems
9 Hours
Unit IV
Software Testing Techniques
Software Testing Fundamentals Internal and External views of testing - White-Box Testing Basic Path
Testing- Control Structure Testing- Black Box Testing- Software Testing Strategies A Strategic Approach to
Software Testing- Unit Testing- Integration Testing- Validation Testing - System Testing- The Art of
Debugging.

Test Activities
9 Hours
Unit V
Software Quality Assurance
Elements of Software Quality Assurance- SQA Tasks, Goals and Metrics- Software Review Techniques:
Informal reviews-Formal Technical Reviews-Software Reliability- Software Configuration Management-The
SCM Process- Version Control- Change Control- Configuration Audit.

Software Maintenance
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner Approach, McGraw-Hill, 2010

References
1. Fairley, Software Engineering Concepts, McGraw-Hill, 2009.
2. I. Summerville, Software Engineering, Addison Wesley, Eighth Edition,2006.
3. David Gustafson, Software Engineering, Schaums outlines, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003.

11I504 OPERATING SYSTEMS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To be aware of the evolution of operating systems
- To learn what processes are, how processes communicate, how process synchronization is done and
how to manage processes
- To have an exposure to Linux and Windows 2000 operating systems

Programme Outcomes

problems.

Skill Set
1. Implement process scheduling, deadlock detection and avoidance algorithm.
2. Construct paging and segmentation in memory.
3. Improve file security and I/O management.

Assessment Pattern

S.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. What is an operating system?
2. List the different categories of system calls.
3. Define response time
4. How can the system recover from deadlock?
5. Why fixed partition is not suitable for multi programming?

____________________________



Understand
1. How the operating system designer must protect I/O devices, memory and CPU from user. Since
protecting hardware unit from user is crucial in Operating system design
2. Consider one file is in optical device and you need to copy that file into pen drive. Illustrate the
concepts of System Calls using above scenario and group them into process, file system and
Information maintenance system calls.
3. What steps must the Linux developers take to ensure that the system is portable to different processors
and memory-management architectures, and to minimize the amount of architecture-specific kernel
code?
4. What is the main difficulty that a programmer must overcome in writing an operating system for real-
time environment?

Apply

1. Consider the following set of processes, with the length of CPU-burst time and priority :
a. P1(10,3), P2(1,1), P3(2,3), P4(1,4) and P5(5,2)
The processes are assumed to have arrived in the order P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, all at time 0. Draw four
Gantt charts illustrating the execution of these processes using FCFS, SJF, a non pre-emptive priority
(a smaller priority number implies a higher priority), and RR (quantum = 1) scheduling.
2. Consider that a disk drive has 5000 cylinders, numbered 0 to 4999. The drive is currently serving a
request at cylinder 143, and the previous request was at cylinder 125. The queue of pending requests,
in FIFO order, is
a. 86, 1470, 913, 1774, 948, 1509, 1022, 1750, 130
3. Starting from the current head position, what is the total distance that the disk arm moves to satisfy all
the pending requests, for each of the disk scheduling algorithms?
4. Consider a variation of round-robin we will call progressive round-robin. In progressive round- robin,
each process has its own time quantum. This starts out at 50 ms, and increases by 50 ms each time it
goes through the round-robin queue. Give the advantages and disadvantages of this variant over
ordinary round-robin.
5. Which algorithm makes the most efficient use of memory? Given memory partitions of 100K, 500K,
200K, and 600K (in order), how would each of the First-fit, Best-fit, and Worst-fit algorithms place
processes of 212K, 417K, 112K, and 426K (in order)?

Analyze / Evaluate

1. A barbershop consists of a waiting room with n chairs and the barber room containing the barber chair.
If there are no customers to be served, the barber goes to sleep. If a customer enters the barbershop and
all chairs are occupied, then the customer leaves the shop. If the barber is busy but chairs are available,
then the customer sits in one of the free chairs. If the barber is asleep, the customer wakes up the
barber. Apply process synchronization technique to coordinate the barber and the customers.
2. Consider the following page reference string:
1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 1, 5, 6, 2, 1, 2, 3, 7, 6, 3, 2, 1, 2, 3, 6.
How many page faults would occur for the following replacement algorithms, assuming one, two,
three,four, five, six, or seven frames? Remember all frames are initially empty, so your first unique
pages will all cost one fault each.
- LRU replacement
- FIFO replacement
- Optimal replacement

Create
1. Write a program to indicate the CPU utilization time of current running process using various
scheduling algorithms.
2. Write a program that implements the FIFO and LRU page-replacement algorithms. First generate a
random page reference string where page numbers range from 0 to 9. Apply the random page-reference
string to each algorithm and record the number of page faults in each algorithm.
3. Write a program that implements the Bankers algorithm for solving deadlock problem. List out the
drawbacks of this algorithm.

Unit I
Introduction
Computer System structures-Definition of OS, Kernel and OS Shell - Structure of Operating Systems-Types of
Operating systems-Operating System concepts-Operating System functions- System Programs System Call.

Surface Technology
9 Hours
Unit II
Process Management
Introduction to processes Process Scheduling-Threads- CPU Scheduling objectives, criteria types of
Scheduling algorithms-Performance comparison- Interprocess communication-Synchronization-Semaphores-
Monitors-Classic problems of Synchronization. Deadlock Prevention, Recovery, Detection and Avoidance.

Printers Scheduling Algorithm
9 Hours
Unit III
Memory and Device Management
Memory management requirements-Single contiguous allocation-Partitioned allocation-Paging-Virtual
memory concepts-Swapping-Demand paging-Page replacement algorithms-Allocation of frames- Segmentation
with Paging.

Thrashing
9 Hours
Unit IV
Device and File Management
Principles of I/O hardware- I/O Software Disks - Disk Scheduling Algorithms. File Concepts-Access
Methods-Directory Structure-File System Implementation-Allocation methods- File Sharing Security.

File Protection Mechanism
9 Hours
Unit V
Input/Output and File Systems
I/ O management and disk scheduling - I/ O devices, organization of I/ O functions; OS design issues, I/ O
buffering, disk scheduling, RAID, Disk cache, UNIX and Windows 2000 I/ O; File management - organization,
directories, file sharing, record blocking, secondary storage management; Case study UNIX.

Linux and Windows XP Architecture
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbook
1 Silberschatz, Galvin and Gagne, Operating System Concepts, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 9th edition,
2012.


References
1 Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, Addison Wesley, 3rd edition, 2007.
2 H. M. Deital, P. J. Deital and D. R. Choffnes, Operating Systems, Pearson Education,3rd edition 2010.

11I505 COMPUTER NETWORKS
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

To understand the concepts of data communications.
To study the functions of different layers.
To make Graduates to get idea about the different protocols and network components.

Programme Outcomes
(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments
to analyze problems.
(i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

Skill Set

1. Basic Network Concepts.
2. Design of a network topology.
3. Related concepts of Different network algorithms.

Assessment Pattern

S.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is the fundamental purpose behind data communication?
2. List out the types of data communication.
3. Label the terms data and information.
4. List out the fundamental characteristics on which the effectiveness of data communication depends on.
5. Give the components of data communication.

Understand
1. Describe the functions of the layers in the OSI reference model.
2. Explain the various topologies.
3. Explain in detail the standards and its transmission medias.
4. With reference to transmission media, describe the relative merits of optical fibers and copper.
5. List and discuss the components in an optical transmission system.

_____________



Apply

1. Consider a 32 bit block of data 11100111 11011101 Longitudinal Redundancy Check is used what is
the transmitted bit stream.
2. What is the class of each of the following addresses?
a. 10011101 10001111 11111100 11001111
b. 11011101 10001111 11111100 11001111
c. 01111011 10001111 11111100 11001111
d. 11101011 10001111 11111100 11001111
e. 11110101 10001111 11111100 11001111

3. Find the class of each address.
a. 4.23.145.90
b. 227.34.78.7
c. 246.7.3.8
d. 29.6.8.4
e. 198.76.9.23
4. Identify the class and default subnet mask of the IP address 217.65.10.7 IP address 217.65.10.7
belongs to class C address and default subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. How to make dial up connection in XP?
2. Evaluate the program for subnet using LAN.
3. Analyze socket program (TCP) between two computers and enable file transfer between them.

Create

1. Construct the subnet for institution.

Unit I
Data Communications
Basic concepts of hubs , switches, gateway and routers - Direction of Data Flow - Types of Networks - Types
of Communications - Topologies Protocols, Standards and Internet Standards - OSI Reference Model -
Transmission Media Modem and its types

Satellite Transmission
9 Hours
Unit II
Data Link Layer
Data Link Layer types and Design Issues - Services Provided to the Network Layer - Framing - Flow and Error
Control: Error Detection and Error Correction - VRC, LRC, CRC, Checksum, Hamming Codes - A Simplex
Stop and Wait Protocol - Stop and Wait Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ)- Go Back N ARQ - Selective Repeat
ARQ - HDLC - ADCC - LAN - Ethernet - concepts of IEEE 802.3 - IEEE 802.11 - FDDI - Bridges.

SDN and IEEE 802.4
9 Hours

Unit III
Network Layer
Functions of Network layer - Packet Switching and Datagram Approach - IP addressing modes - Subnetting -
Routing algorithms-Distance Vector Routing - Link State Routing - Routers, Compare IPV4 & IPV6

RIP (Routing Information Protocol) and OSPF (Open Shortest Path first Protocol)
9 Hours
Unit IV
Transport Layer
Duties of Transport Layer - Multiplexing - Demultiplexing - Sockets - Concepts of User Datagram
Protocol(UDP) - Concepts of Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) - Congestion Control - DCCP - SCTP

QoS Integrated Services
9 Hours

Unit V
Application Layer
Domain Name Space (DNS) - SMTP - FTP - HTTPS -WWW - Security - SSL, MIME, Network Bandwidth.

Upload and Download Channel
9 Hours
Total: 45 +15 Hours

Textbook
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communication and Networking, 5
th
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012

References

1. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the
Internet,
2. Pearson Education, 2009
3. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks, Elsevier, 2009
4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Pearson Education, 2008
5. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communication, PHI, 2007
6. Douglas E. Comer and M. S. Narayanan, Computer Networks and Internets, Pearson Education, 2008

ELECTIVE I
- - - 3.0

11I507 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives

- Implementation of digital signal processing algorithms.
- Developing a thorough understanding of the central elements of digital signal processing theory
(including sampling theory, FIR and IIR filter theory, and spectral analysis) and the ability to apply
this theory to real-world signal processing applications,
- Obtaining a significant open-ended engineering design experience through learning, applying, and
implementing advanced signal processing methods.

Programme Outcomes
languages.
(h) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life long learning.
(i) The graduates who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations.

Skill Set
1. To analyze signals and systems.
2. To identify, apply and gain knowledge in practical applications of filter design in DSP.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester
Endexamination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50


Remember

1. Distinguish between CT and DT signals.
2. Define linear and time invariant properties of a system.
3. Write an inbuilt function to find FFT and convolution of given the input signals.
4. State the steps to convert the analog filter to digital filter using bilinear transformation techniques.
5. What is the operation to be performed to convert the sampling rate from 4 kHz to 16 kHz?

Understand

1. Perform addition & multiplication of the following discrete time signal,
a. X1(n) ={ 1,4,1,2} and x2(n) ={-2, -2, 3, 2}
2. Summarize the steps to find convolution and correlation.
3. Explain the methods for designing a digital filter from analog filter.
4. What are the applications of FIR and IIR filters?
5. What is meant by upsampling and downsampling?

Apply

1. Develop a Matlab coding to find DFT of the given sequence.
2. How the linear and circular convolution of two sequences can be obtained.
3. Apply the impulse invariant method to design a high pass filter, monotonic in passband with cutoff
frequency of 1000 Hz and down 10dB at 350 Hz. The sampling frequency is 5000Hz.
4. Design an ideal lowpass filter with a frequency response

2 2
; 1 ) (
t
e
t
e
s s = for e H
j
d

t e
t
s s = | |
2
; 0 for

a. Find the values of h (n) for N=11. Find H (z). Plot the magnitude response.
5. Design an ideal band pass filter
4
3
| |
4
; 1 ) (
t
e
t
e
s s = for e H
j
d

otherwise ; 0 =

a. Find the values of h (n) for N=11.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Analyze the number of computations in DFT and FFT.
2. Compare linear and circular convolution in terms of length of sequence.
3. Analyze the results of IIR filter with and without warping effect.
4. Design a FIR filter using different windowing techniques and analyze the results interms of ripples.

Create

1. With suitable filtering technique enhance the blurred image.
2. Enhancement of noisy speech signal.

List of Experiments

1. Generate various signals in which amplitude is continuously changing and generate signals which have
constant amplitude for some time duration.
2. Sample the continuous time signal by different sampling rate, verify the sampling theorem. With the
results find the effect of aliasing. (Interpolation and Decimation)
3. Check the system for linearity, causality, stability and time variant properties.
4. In an LTI system the input signal is of x (n) and the impulse response of the system is of h (n). Find the
output of the system using the concept of Convolution. With the same concept perform correlation of
two signals. (LTI systems like Amplifier, filters, modulators can be considered as the given system)
5. Convert the given time domain signal into frequency domain signal with minimum number of
operations.
6. Using Rectangular, Hamming and Hanning windows design a FIR filter for different band
specifications.

7. Design an analog butterworth and chebyshev filters and convert them into digital IIT filters.
8. With suitable experiment generate the direct sequence spread spectrum modulated signal.
9. Record the speech signal in a noisy and clean environment and obtain the enhanced speech signal
using speech enhancement techniques.
10. Enhance the noisy image and perform edge detection.
Miniproject

Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule

Sl.
No.
Experiment Hours
1
Generate various signals in which amplitude is continuously changing and generate signals
which have constant amplitude for some time duration.
3
2
Sample the continuous time signal by different sampling rate, verify the sampling theorem.
With the results find the effect of aliasing. ( Interpolation and Decimation)
3
3 Check the system for linearity, causality, stability and time variant properties. 3
4
In an LTI system the input signal is of x (n) and the impulse response of the system is of
h(n). Find the output of the system using the concept of Convolution. With the same concept
perform correlation of two signals.
3
5
Convert the given time domain signal into frequency domain signal with minimum number
of operations.
3
6
Using Rectangular, Hamming and Hanning windows design a FIR filter for different band
specifications.
3
7
Design an analog butterworth and chebyshev filters and convert them into digital IIT filters.
3
8 With suitable experiment generate the direct sequence spread spectrum modulated signal. 3
9
Record the speech signal in a noisy and clean environment and obtain the enhanced speech
signal using speech enhancement techniques.
3
10 Enhance the noisy image and perform edge detection. 3

11I508 OPERATING SYSTEMS LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
Operating systems provide the basic functionality on every computer that allows any type of
application software to be run.
To efficiently use programming languages to develop software built on top of the operating system.
To create the command line user Interface

Programme Outcomes
analyze problems.

Skill Set
1. Analyze the Deadlock Prevention, avoidance algorithm.
2. Create the Process and Analyze the Management Policy.
3. Analyze the Memory Management Policy.


Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester
Endexamination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

Remember
1. Name the data structure used to maintain file identification?
2. How many prompts are available in a UNIX system?
3. What are various IDs associated with a process?
4. List the system calls used for process management:
5. Distinguish between cmp and diff commands?

Understand
1. Which command is used to delete all files in the current directory and all its sub-directories?
2. Write a command to display a files contents in various formats?
3. How does the kernel differentiate device files and ordinary files?
4. What is the use of grep command?
5. Predict the output of the following program code
main()
{
fork();
printf("Hello World!");
}

Apply/Analyze/Evaluate
1. What is the significance of the tee command?
2. Is it possible to restrict incoming message?
3. What is the use of the command "ls -x chapter[1-5]"
4. How do you change File Access Permissions?
5. Differentiate Paging and Swapping.

Create
1. Construct pipes to execute the following jobs.
a. Output of who should be displayed on the screen with value of total number of users who
have logged in displayed at the bottom of the list.
b. Output of ls should be displayed on the screen and from this output the lines containing the
word poem should be counted and the count should be stored in a file.
c. Contents of file1 and file2 should be displayed on the screen and this output should be
appended in a file.
d. From output of ls the lines containing poem should be displayed on the screen along with
the count.
e. Name of cities should be accepted from the keyboard. This list should be combined with the
list present in a file. This combined list should be sorted and the sorted list should be stored in
a file newcity.
f. All files present in a directory dir1 should be deleted any error while deleting should be stored
in a file errorlog.


List of Experiments

1. Installing Linux Operating System
2. UNIX - Basic Commands.
a. Environmental Commands
i. Change the password of the current user
ii. List all the users on the workstation
iii. List the current user
iv. Display current date and time
v. Display current capacity of disk
b. File Manipulation
i. List the content of the current directory
ii. Counts lines, words, and characters in file
iii. Copy and move one file to another file
iv. Remove one file
v. Display the size of current directory
vi. Compress and decompress the file
vii. Find the location of file in the directory and sub-directories.
viii. Sort the content of the file
c. Directory Manipulation
i. Show the present working directory
ii. Change directory from present to next level
iii. Make new directory
iv. Remove directory
d. Process Control
i. Execute command in background
ii. Print expanded list of all processes
iii. Remove process pid1
iv. Interrupt current process
v. Suspend current process
vi. Display background and suspended processes
vii. Remove suspended process
3. Develop the following utility for the operating system using shell script
a. Determine whether given file exist or not.
b. Digital clock
c. Convert file names from UPPERCASE to lowercase file names or vice versa.
d. Retrieving system information such as CPU, disks, Ram and your environment etc.
4. Design a program to emulate the following basic UNIX operating system command using system calls.
a. CP Command
b. LS Command
c. MV Command
d. GREP Command
5. Create a simulator for scheduling a given set of processes in user space only. The simulator should read
from a configuration file a set of parameters for each process: Length of time for which process will
execute, priority of the process and the preferred scheduling policy - FIFO or Round Robin, the time at
which the process executes and if it is a CPU intensive process _or an I/O intensive process. Apart from this
read the quantum of time given to each process and the number of priority levels for scheduling the process.
Now simulate a scheduling algorithm which uses FIFO/Round Robin with priority based scheduling. At the
end of the run print the following quantities for each process:
a) Number of times the process was scheduled.
b) A timeline for the process containing the state transitions - Ready, waiting, running
and Terminated and the timestamp for each transition.
c) Time taken to complete the process.

d) Number of times the process waited for I/O.
e) The priority of the process and preferred scheduling algorithm.
After printing the above values print the average time of completion for each process.

6. Implementation of Bankers algorithm.
a. In Distributed shared environment, there are four shared resources, namely Tapes, Plotters,
Printers and Disks, each in some counts and there are five processes shared among these
resources. Apply bankers algorithm and find whether the following allocation of resources
and processes matrix in deadlock free or not.

Assigned Resource

Needed Resource
Processes Tapes Plotters Printers Disks
A 1 1 0 0
B 0 1 1 2
C 3 1 0 0
D 0 0 1 0
E 2 1 1 0

7. On scanning primary memory pm addresses 00..0. We find holes of the following sizes 10K, 15K, 5K,
32K and 2K. In what order would the allocation happen if we need to allocate segments having sizes
2K, 7K, 27K and 1K if we followed
a. First fit policy
b. Next fit policy
c. Best fit policy
Find the solution from implementing memory management policy using respective algorithm.

8. Consider the following page reference string 7,0,2,0,3,0,4,2,3,0,3,2,1,2,0,1,7,0 How many page faults
would occur in the case LRU, optimal and FIFO algorithm applied? Optimal algorithms assuming
three frames. Note that initially all frames are empty.
Processes Tapes Plotters Printers Disks
A 3 0 1 1
B 0 1 0 0
C 1 1 1 0
D 1 1 0 1
E 0 0 0 0
Total Existing 6 3 4 2
Total Claimed by Processes 5 3 2 2
Remaining Unclaimed 1 0 2 0
9. Mini Project
a) Create a process which creates a list of prime numbers in a given range of numbers. The
process has the ability to run in two modes - supervisor mode and slave mode. In the
supervisor mode the process takes a range of numbers from the user between which prime
numbers have to be calculated. It also takes a list of tuples containing the hostname and port
numbers. Each of this host runs another similar process in slave mode. The supervisor divides
the range into equal parts and sends each range to different slave processes. The supervisor
and the slave then calculate the prime numbers in their respective ranges. The slaves return
back the prime numbers found to the supervisor. When all slaves have communicated back
the prime numbers, the supervisor prints the list in ascending order. Use sockets to
communicate between the processes running on different hosts. Simulate the same system
using pipes and FIFOs on the local system.
b) Implement a basic file system managed from within a file. The operations to the file system
are to be done using a daemon process running in the background. Applications requiring the
use of the file system should connect to the server using some known Linux domain socket.
The commands are given on the socket. Develop a protocol for this purpose. The file system
should have the following capabilities:
i. List files stored along with their sizes.
ii. Create files
iii. Allow changes to files
iv. Delete files

Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule

1 Installing Operating Systems 3
2 UNIX Basic Commands 6
3 Developing Utility Program 6
4 Emulation of UNIX commands 3
5 Implementation of CPU Scheduling Algorithm 6
6 Implementation of Deadlock Avoidance Algorithm 3
7 Implementation of Memory Management Policy 3
8 Implementation of Page Replacement Policy 6
9 Mini Project 9


11I509 COMPUTER NETWORKS LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
- To have a thorough knowledge in computer networking
- To visualize the networking concepts in the real world
- To understand the working & basics of the various networking protocols

Programme Outcomes
problems.

Skill Set
1. Ability to analyze the functionality of OSI Layers, Network Components & topology.
2. Knowledge about IP Classifications (IPV4 & IPV6).
3. Analyze the routing algorithm, Flow & Error control Mechanism.

Assessment

Internal
Assessment
Semester
Endexamination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

Remember
1. List the different layers of OSI.
2. How would you explain the classification of IP and addressing?
3. Name the packet capturing and analyzing tools.
4. Can you recall the basic network commands?

Understand
1. Compare IP Addressing, ARP and RARP.
2. How would you classify the network components?
3. Explain Classless addressing.
4. Describe cloud infrastructure components.
5. Summarize the packet format for PING, TRACERT, TELNET commands.

Apply
1. How would you use IP configuration in Switckes and Hub?
2. Compare Packets, frames and Datagram.
3. What is your opinion of the basic network commands such as PING, TRACEROUTE and NETSTAT.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Analyze the different Network Topologies.
2. Develop an algorithm for Packet Capturing.

Create
1. Adapt a network of your own for an organization consisting of 750 employees using any available
simulator and apply subnetting concept.
2. What way would you design different network topologies for LAN?

List of Experiments:
1. Network configuration,(Sub-netting, Gateway, proxy and DHCP Setting) and network commands
2. Network Design for an organization
3. Transport Layer: Datagram(UDP) socket programming
4. Transport Layer: Stream (TCP) socket Programming
5. Implementation of Routing and Flow Control algorithms
6. Application Layer: SMTP and HTTP programming
7. Experiment on packet capturing and analyzing tools
8. A study on Network Simulator tools
9. A Mini Project involving Network Concepts

Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
Sl.
No.
Experiment Hours
1 Network configuration(Sub-netting, Gateway, proxy and DHCP Setting) and network
commands
Try to set the DHCP setting on your machine and explain the steps to perform the
same
Consider the college network and try to identify the following values
Determine the number of host bits to be used for the subnetting
Enumerate the new subnetted network IDs.
Enumerate the IP addresses for each new subnetted network ID.
Consider you college network and try to identify the default gateway settings
Develop an application to display the path between yahoo.com server to your
desktop system using TRACEROUTE.
Create an application to execute the following operations with remote desktop
computer
Restart
Shutdown
Log off
3
2 Network Design for an organization
Configure the star network topology that could be implemented at small
organization.
Configure the bus topology that could be implemented at school level.
Create two different local area networks each consisting of different number of
nodes using switch and hub, try to connect both the networks and visualize the
packet transformation in real time.
Create a Network of your own for an organization consisting of 750 employees and
apply Sub-netting concept.
Create a secured network (Intranet) for departments of an engineering industry with
highly access prohibition to HR department.
6
3 Transport Layer: Datagram(UDP) socket programming
Develop an application for smart campus of an institution, which helps to manage
the students profile and performance records.
Create a software to calculate the EMI for car loan.
3
4 Transport Layer: Stream(TCP) socket Programming
Implement an application
To display active TCP connections and the process IDs every 5 seconds
To display active TCP connections and the process IDs using numerical
form
To display all ports open by a process with id pid
Create an apps to display the CGPA of the Student.

6

11I510 TECHNICAL SEMINAR-I
- - -1.0

11I601 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
- To understand the purpose and categories of embedded systems.
- To understand the embedded system software and hardware.
- To study about the real time operating system.

Programme Outcomes
c) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design and develop digital and analog systems

Skill set
1. Able to design embedded systems for real time Applications.
2. Able to Maintain and modify existing code using RTOS.

5 Implementation of Routing and Flow Control algorithms
Configure a network with router using the Distance Vector Routing for postal
service with 7 cities.
Configure a network with router using the Distance Vector Routing for getting the
purchase order from different companies with minimum expenses.
Establish a network and implement stop-and-wait flow control at the data-link layer
level
6
6 Application Layer: SMTP and HTTP programming
To send e-mail from a PHP application using the System.Net.Mail API, you must
configure Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) e-mail. Configuring e-mail
services tells the System.Net.Mail application programming interface (API) to which
SMTP server to deliver the e-mail generated by your application. Mail can be
delivered immediately, or it can be delivered to a file location on disk where it can
be retrieved for delivery later. For example, a company can provide an e-mail link
for sending feedback messages or for requesting information.
3
7 Experiment on packet capturing and analyzing tools
Configure the LAN with heavy traffic congestion and then implement the congestion
control algorithm for the same network. Analyze the network and show that the
traffic congestion has been removed from the network.
3
8 A study on Network Simulator tools
Create a scenario using the Network Simulator 3 (NS3) to configure a network
structure for an organization comprising employees around 500 nos.
Create a scenario using the Network Simulator 3 (NS3) to provide communication
between the departments of an institution.
6
9 A Mini Project involving Network Concepts 9
Assessment Pattern

*
Test II
*
Model Examination
*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
5 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. What are the complicating factors in embedded design?
2. Explain digital signal processing in embedded system
3. Give the general registers used in embedded system.
4. Give the limitations of polling technique.
5. What are the various scheduling criteria for CPU scheduling?

Understand
1. Explain the various timer and counting devices
2. What is an interrupt? What are the types of interrupts? Explain in detail.
3. Discuss the scheduling architecture and the algorithms used in embedded software development.
4. Explain the various RTOS Task scheduling models.
5. Explain round robin scheduling with example.

Apply
1. Explain the synchronous and asynchronous communications from serial devices.
2. Describe the functions of a typical parallel I/O interface with a neat diagram.
3. Explain the features of assemblers, compilers and cross compilers used in embedded systems.
4. Explain process management and memory management in embedded system.
5. Explain inter process communications using signals.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Write the "standard" MIN macro-that is, a macro that takes two arguments and
i. returns the smaller of the two arguments.
ii. #define MIN(A,B)
iii. ((A) <= (B) ? (A) : (B))
2. Using the variable a, give definitions for the following:
a) An integer
b) A pointer to an integer
c) A pointer to a pointer to an integer
d) An array of 10 integers
e) An array of 10 pointers to integers
f) A pointer to an array of 10 integers
g) A pointer to a function that takes an integer as an argument and returns an integer
h) An array of ten pointers to functions that take an integer argument and return an integer

_____________



3. Consider a system that controls the traffic lights at a major intersection. It reads from sensors that
notice the presence of cars and pedestrians, it has a timer , and it turns the lights red and green
appropriately . What architecture might you use for such a system? Why? What other information, if
any, might influence your decision.

Create
1. Embedded systems always require the user to manipulate bits in registers or variables. Given an integer
variable a, write two code fragments. The first should set bit 3 of a. The second should clear bit 3 of a.
In both cases, the remaining bits should be unmodified.
2. Design an Embedded system for a smart card and automatic vending machine.

Unit I
Introduction
Introduction Embedded Systems Overview Design Challenge Optimizing Design Metrics - Processor
Technology Design Technology Trade-offs - Custom Single - Purpose Processors: Hardware -
Combinational Logic Sequential Logic.
Interrupts
9 Hours
Unit II
State Machine and Concurrent Process Models
Models vs. Languages, Text vs. Graphics - A Basic State Machine Model: Finite-State Machines - Finite-State
Machine with Data path Model: FSMD - Using State Machines - Program- State Machine Model - Concurrent
Processes - Communication among Processes - Synchronization among Processes - Condition Variables -
Monitors Implementation.
Shared Memory - Message Passing
9 Hours
Unit III
Embedded Communication System
Serial Communication, PC-to-PC Communication, Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-
controllers, Protocol Converter, Voice-over-IP, Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3
Sound Player.
Types of Embedded Operating systems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Software Development
Round Robin - Round Robin with Interrupts - Function - Queue Scheduling Architecture & Algorithms -
Introduction to - Assemblers, Compliers, Cross Compliers- Object Oriented Interfacing - Recursion -
Debugging Strategies - Simulators.
Integrated Development environment(IDE)
9 Hours
Unit V
Real Time Operating System
Task & Task States - Tasks & Data - Semaphores & Shared Data - Operating System Services - Message
Queues - Timer Functions - Event Memory Management - Basic design Using RTOS - Interrupt Routines &
RTOS Environment.
RTOS Security Issues

9 Hours



Textbooks

1. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software
Introduction, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. David E. Simon, An Embedded Software Primer, Pearson, 2011.

References
1. Peter Marwedel, Embedded System Design: Embedded Systems Foundations of Cyber-Physical
System Springer, 2011.
2. Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computer System Design, Elsevier,
2012 (3rd Edition).
3. Michael J. Pont, Embedded C, Pearson Education, 2010.

11I602 OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
- To know about the object modeling and its benefit.
- To learn about the Unified Modeling Language (UML)
- To understand the Software Quality Procedures

Programme Outcomes
languages.
d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to
analyze problems.
.
Skill Sets
1. Graduates can develop a diagrammatic representation for the software.
2. Graduates can learn of using the tools used for developing the visual representation.

Assessment Pattern

*
Test II
*
Model Examination
*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
5 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

_________________________


Remember
1. State the two orthogonal views of the software.
2. Define use cases.
3. State the 80-20 rule.
4. State the four phases in OMT.
5. List out the steps for finding the attributes of a class.

Understand
1. Identify the attributes and methods of a dishwasher object.
2. Comprehend the steps required to build high quality software?
3. State the differences between the <<extend>> and <<include>> relationship in the usecase diagram.
4. What are the various diagrams that are used in analysis and design steps of Booch Methodology?
5. How is recursion represented in a sequence diagram?

Apply
1. Choose an area of commercial activity (business, industry, government agency, etc.)with which you
are familiar. Identify some ways in which products show the use of generalization and some ways that
components used as inputs. Show the use of generalization.
2. Lee Turner is director of information systems (IS) for the city of Providence. The IS department s
customer are the public library ,the fire department ,the police department ,the finance department ,the
sanitation department and the water department .Lee belives close communication with these
customers is the key t meeting their needs. Currently, the police and fire department need fast access to
a map of the city for dispatching the citys ambulance and fire trucks to accident sites.Identify the
actors.
3. Show the incorporation of users needs into the system development process.
4. Develop a simple use-case model.
5. Assume the drinks (alcoholic, nonalcoholic, grape juice, mineral water, lemonade, beer, wine) have the
following characteristics:
a. Alcoholic drinks are not for drivers or children.
b. Non alcoholic Drinks are thirst quenching.
c. Wine is made of grapes and for adults.
d. Grape juice is made from grapes and has the taste of a fruit.
e. Mineral water is bubbling and does not taste like fruit.
f. Lemonade is bubbling and tastes like a fruit.
How would you define the class hierarchy?

Create
1. Create a class hierarchy to organize the following drink classes: alcoholic, nonalcoholic, grape,juice,
mineral water, lemonade, beer, wine(Hint: At the top of the hierarchy are the most general classes and
at the bottom are the most specific. Classes should be related to one another in superclass-subclass
hierarchies.)
2. For an organization (Agate Ltd) gather the requirement, specify the actors and usecases and construct
the usecase diagram, activity diagram.
3. Find out from your library about the coding system that is used for classifying books, videos, etc.
Construct part of the structure in UML notation as a generalization hierarchy. Think up some attributes
for classes in your model to show how the lower levels are progressively more specialized.


Unit I
Introduction
An Overview of Object Oriented Systems Development - Object Basics Object Oriented Systems
Development Life Cycle- The software development process.

Building high quality software
9 Hours
Unit II
Object Oriented Methodologies
Rumbaugh Methodology - Booch Methodology - Jacobson Methodology Patterns- Unified Approach
Unified Modeling Language Use case diagram - Class diagram - Interactive Diagram - Package Diagram -
Collaboration Diagram - State Diagram - Activity Diagram.

Frameworks
9 Hours
Unit III
Object Oriented Analysis
Identifying use cases - Object Analysis Use-case model - Classification Approaches for Identifying Classes
- Identifying Object relationships - Identifying Classes and their behaviors through Sequence/ Collaboration
Modeling - Identifying Object Relationships.

Identifying Attributes and Methods Identifying Attributes

9 Hours
Unit IV
Object Oriented Design
Object Oriented Design Axioms - Designing Classes Class visibility- Redefining attributes Designing
methods and protocols- Packages and managing classes-Access Layer - Object Storage-object store and
persistence-Database Management systems-Logical and physical databases-Distributed database-Object
oriented Database-object relational systems-Multi database systems-Designing Access layer classes.

Object Interoperability
9 Hours
Unit V
Software Quality and Usability
Designing Interface Objects User Interface Design as a creative process-Designing view layer classes-Macro
level process-Micro level process-The Purpose of view layer interface-Prototyping the user interface-Case
study-Software Quality Assurance System Usability

Measuring User Satisfaction

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Ali Bahrami, Object Oriented Systems Development, Tata McGraw-Hill, Edition 2011

References
1. Mahesh P.Matha, Object Oriented Analysis and Design Using UML, PHI,2008
2. Martin Fowler, UML Distilled, PHI/Pearson Education, 2009.
3. James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson and Grady Booch The Unified Modeling Language Reference:
Manual, Addison Wesley, 1999.
4. Hans-Erik Eriksson, Magnus Penker, Brain Lyons and David Fado, UML Toolkit, OMG Press Wiley
Publishing Inc., 2004.


11I603 INFORMATION SECURITY
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- Information security is concerned with the confidentiality, integrity and availability of data regardless
of the form the data may take: electronic, print, or other forms.
- Computer security can focus on ensuring the availability and correct operation of a computer system
without concern for the information stored or processed by the computer.
- For the individual, information security has a significant effect on privacy, which is viewed very
differently in different cultures.

Programme Outcomes
languages.
(e) The graduates will be good team players.

Skill set
1. Ability to understand the risky network security algorithms
2. Provide good framework for security algorithms
3. Maintain and modify existing code
4. Modularity and reusability

Assessment Pattern

*
Test II
*
Model Examination
*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
5 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define the Caesar cipher.
2. What is Steganography?
3. Why is it important to study feistel cipher
4. Define Kerberos.
5. List ways in which secret keys can be distributed to two communicating parties.

Understand
1. What is the difference between an unconditionally secure cipher and a Computationally secure cipher?
2. Why do some block cipher modes of operation only use encryption while others use both encryption
and decryption?
3. Which parameters and design choices determine the actual algorithm of a feistel cipher?
4. Why is it not desirable to reuse a stream cipher key?
5. Differentiate symmetric and Asymmetric Encryption.

_________________________


Apply
1. Apply the DSS algorithm to encrypt and decrypt the data
2. Decrypt the Hill cipher LVWADSOWVCIY where the cipher text VC and YH correspond to the
plaintext EN and TH respectively.
3. Apply the discrete logarithm for a number and discuss role of discrete logarithms in the diffie hellman
key exchange in exchanging the secret key among two users.
4. How the authentication dialogue used by Kerberos for obtaining required services.
5. Describe requirements for the design of an Elliptic Curve Crypto system. Using that, explain how
secret keys are exchanged and messaged are encrypted.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Discuss the security violations in Symmetric ciphers.
2. Implement the Diffie Hellman algorithm for the users A & B who exchanges the key using Diffie
Hellman algorithm. Assume =5 q=11 XA=2 XB=3. Find YA, YB, K.
3. Analyze the strength of RSA and perform an encryption and decryption using RSA algorithm. For the
following.
i. P=7; q=11; e=17; M=8.
4. Discuss the various types of attacks while sharing the information across the internet.
5. Suggest any three password selection strategies and identify their advantages and disadvantages if any.

Create
1. Consider any message M of length 4120 bits ending with ABCDEF in hexadecimal form. Construct
the last block of message to be given as input for the MD5.
2. Construct the cipher text for the given values in the diffie hellman key exchange:
q=23
a=5
X
a
=6
X
b
=19

Unit I
Overview and Symmetric Ciphers
Computer Security Concepts, OSI Security Architecture, Security Attacks, Security Services, Security
Mechanisms, Model for Network Security, Classical Encryption Techniques, Block Ciphers and the Data
Encryption Standard, Advanced Encryption Standard, Block Cipher Operation.

Security violations in symmetric ciphers
9 Hours
Unit II
Asymmetric Ciphers
Number Theory, Prime Numbers, Fermats and Eulers Theorems, Testing for Primality, The Chinese Remainder
Theorem, Discrete Logarithms, Public-Key Cryptography and RSA Algorithm, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange,
ElGamal Cryptosystem, Elliptic Curve Cryptography.

Elliptic curve Cryptosystem and Discrete Logarithm Problem
9 Hours
Unit III
Cryptographic Data Integrity Algorithms
Applications of Cryptographic Hash Functions, Two Simple Hash Functions, Requirements and Security,
Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA), Message Authentication Codes, Message Authentication Requirements,
Message Authentication Functions, Security of MACs, HMAC, Digital Signatures, Digital Signature Standard
(DSS).
Advanced Secure Hash Algorithms and Digital Certificates
9 Hours
Unit IV
Mutual Trust, Network and Internet Security
Key Management and Distribution, X.509 Certificates, User Authentication Protocols Kerberos, Transport-
Level Security, Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), IEEE 802.11i Wireless LAN
Security, Electronic Mail Security, Pretty Good Privacy (PGP), S/MIME, IP Security Overview, Encapsulating
Security Payload, Combining Security Associations.

Wireless LAN Security and Advanced Network Security Algorithms
9 Hours
Unit V
System Security
Intruders, Intrusion Detection, Password Management, Types of Malicious Software Viruses, Worms,
Distributed Denial of Service Attacks, Firewalls, Types of Firewalls, Firewall Location and Configurations,
Cybercrime and Computer Crime, Intellectual Property, Privacy, Ethical Issues, ethical hacking.

Firewalls and Ethical Hacking
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, Fifth
Edition 2012.

References
1. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman and Mike Speciner, Network Security, Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.

11I604 WEB SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
3 1 0 3.5

Objectives
To study about designing HTML pages with the help of frames, scripting languages, and evolving
technology like DHTML.
To develop web sites which are secure and dynamic in nature using ASP?
Writing scripts which get executed on server side like JSP and Servlets.

Programme Outcomes
analyze problems.

Skill Set
1. Ability to design a web-based information systems using service-oriented architecture
2. Understand the client-side scripts using Java Script, AJAX.
3. Ability to design server-side scripts for web interactivity.


Assessment Pattern

*
Test II
*
Model Examination
*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
5 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Why JavaScript is not a programming language but a script language? Justify.
2. How do you write "Hello World" in PHP.
3. Which sign does jQuery use as a shortcut for Web?
4. Why is XML such an important development?
5. Can a root element type be explicitly declared in the DTD?

Understand
1. Explain the various methodologies by which you can retrieve data from Internet?
2. Outline the various Client Server Technologies in Internet?
3. Interpret JSP scripting component for form design and write a program?
4. Illustrate the use of constructor, instead of init (), to initialize servlet?
5. Summarize the JSP Standard Actions provide for JSP implementers with access to the several DBs?

Apply/Analyse
1. Build an XML DTD work for bank details, and show some of its limitations?
2. Construct the correct way to create a function in PHP for radio button processing in a form?
3. Identify the HTML tag used to define an internal style sheet?
4. Organize the use of XSLT, how would you extract a specific attribute from an element in an XML
document?
5. If you have two machines both connected to the internet. One you are told has a web server running on
it, the other doesnt have a web browser of any kind. Using the machine without the browser, how can
you tell that the web server is running on the other machine?

Evaluate
1. How to Change HTML content using PHP and Ajax in a web page.
2. Compare the Javascript and PHP to create Borders, font, Outlines, Margin?
3. Explain how you insert Style Sheet in the HTML document?
4. Justify the use CSS to separate content and design?
_______________________________


5. Use a one dimensional array and write a script to solve the problem.Read in 20 numbers each of which
is between 10 and 100.As each number is read,print it only if not duplicate of a number that is already
read.
Create
1. Build a JavaScript code to call multiple functions with a single event?
2. Compose a HTML code to control the margins of page?
3. Elaborate the mechanisms that are used by a Servlet Container to maintain session information?
4. Discuss the role that XSL can play when dynamically generating HTML pages from a relational
database.
5. Compile a PHP script to load remote data directly into selected HTML elements of your web page.

Unit I
Introduction to Web
Internetworking - Web Concepts - Web Technology Protocols - Web Severs - Internet Web Server - Personal
Web Server - Apache Web Server - JBOSS.

Emerging Technologies in web
9 Hours

Unit II
Scripting Basics
HTML Basics - Forms - Tables - Links - DHTML - XHTML - CSS - Internal Style sheets - External Style
sheets- PHP Basics Dynamic Content - Form processing - Ajax Basics - Accessing database

JQuery
9 Hours
Unit III
Java Scripting & XML
JavaScript - Variables - Statements - Popup Boxes - Functions - Loops - Error Handling - Date and String
objects - XML - Document Type Definition - XML SCHEMA.

Validation of XML SCHEMA
9 Hours
Unit IV
ASP, ADO and Web hosting
ASP Working of ASP Objects Request - Response - Application - File System Objects Session tracking
and cookies ADO Access a Database from ASP ASP Components - Domains Databases.
Web Hosting Providers
9 Hours
Unit V
Servlets and JSP
Introduction Servlet Overview Architecture Handling HTTP Request Get and post request Redirecting
request Multi-tier applications JSP Overview Objects Scripting Standard Actions.

JSP Directives
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbook
1. Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel, Internet and World Wide Web How to Program, Pearson
Education, Fifth Edition 2012.

References
1. John Pollock, JavaScript- A Beginners Guide, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Deven N. Shah, A Complete Guide to Internet and Web Programming, DreamTech Press, 2009.
3. Kathleen Kalata, Web Application using ASP, Cengage Learning, 2007.

11I605 INFORMATION CODING TECHNIQUES
3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
- To have a complete understanding of errorcontrol coding.
- To understand encoding and decoding of digital data streams.
- To introduce methods for the generation of these codes and their decoding techniques.
- To have a detailed knowledge of compression and decompression techniques.
Programme Outcomes
(b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using
programming languages.

Skill set
1. Gain Knowledge in fundamental concepts of information theory.
2. Perform error detection and correction in linear Block codes.
3. Develop compression and decompression.

Assessment Pattern

SL.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. What is entropy?
2. Give the properties of syndrome in linear block code.
3. What is Hamming code?
4. What is error tracking?
5. What are blocking artifacts?

Understand

1. a. Use differential entropy to compare the randomness of random variables.
b. A four symbol alphabet has following probabilities Pr (a0) =1/2 Pr (a1) = 1/4 Pr (a2) = 1/8 Pr (a3) =
1/8 and an entropy of 1.75 bits. Find a codebook for this four letter alphabet that satisfies source
coding theorem.
c. Write the entropy for a binary symmetric source.
d. Write down the channel capacity for a binary channel.

______________________



2. A discrete memory less source has an alphabet of five symbols whose Probabilities of occurrence are as
described here
Symbols: X1 X2 X3 X4 X5
Probability: 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.4
Compute the Huffman code for this source. Also calculates the efficiency of the Source encoder.
3. A voice grade channel of telephone network has a bandwidth of 3.4 kHz. Calculate,

(i) The information capacity of the telephone channel for a signal to noise ratio of 30 dB.
(ii) The min signal to noise ratio required to support information transmission through the
telephone channel at the rate of 9.6Kb/s.
4. a. Discuss in brief about the principles of compression.
b. In the context of compression for Text, Image, audio and Video which of the
5. Explain the Linear Predictive Coding (LPC) model of analysis and synthesis of speech signal. State the
advantages of coding speech signal at low bit rates.

Apply
1. Apply Huffman coding procedure to following massage ensemble and determine Average length of
encoded message also. Determine the coding efficiency. Use coding alphabet D=4.there are 10
symbols.
a. X= [x1, x2, x3x10]
b. P[X]= [0.18,.0.17,0.16,0.15,0.1,0.08,0.05, 0.05,0.04,0.02].
2. A discrete memory less source has an alphabet of five symbols with their probabilities for its output
as given here
i. [X] = [x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 ]
ii. P[X] = [0.45 0.15 0.15 0.10 0.15].
3. Compute two different Huffman codes for this source .for these two codes .Find
a. Average code word length.
b. Variance of the average code word length over the ensemble of source symbols.

4. Write the following symbols and probabilities of occurrence, encode the Message went# using
arithmetic coding algorithms. Compare arithmetic coding with Huffman coding
a. principles.
b. Symbols: e n t w #
c. Prob : 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1

5. a. Explain the encoding procedure of I,P and B frames in video compression techniques, State
intended application of the following video coding standard
i. MPEG -1, MPEG -2, MPEG -3, MPEG -4

b. Consider the following binary sequences 111010011000101110100.Use the Lempel Ziv algorithm
to encode this sequence. Assume that the binary symbols 1 and 0 are already in the code book.
6. What are the advantages of Lempel Ziv encoding algorithm over Huffman coding?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. a. Investigate on the block preparation and quantization phases of JPEG Compression process with
diagrams wherever necessary.
b. Elucidate on the GIFF and TIFF image compression formats..
2. a. How will you calculate channel capacity?
b. Write channel coding theorem and channel capacity theorem.
c. Calculate the entropy for the given sample data AAABBBCCD.
d. Prove Shannon information capacity theorem.


Create
1. Consider that two sources S1 and S2 emit message x1, x2, x3 and y1, y2, y3 with joint probability
a. P(X,Y) as shown in the matrix form.

3/40 1/40 1/40
b. P(X, Y) 3/20 1/20
1/8 3/8
Calculate the entropies H(X), H(Y), H(X/Y), and H (Y/X).

Unit I
Information Entropy Fundamentals
Uncertainty, Information and Entropy Source coding Theorem static Huffman coding Dynamic Huffman
coding- - Arithmetic coding Discrete Memory less channels Channel capacity Channel coding Theorem
Channel capacity Theorem.

Shannon Fano coding
9 Hours
Unit II
Data and Voice Coding
Differential Pulse code Modulation Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation Adaptive subband coding
Delta Modulation Adaptive Delta Modulation Coding of speech signal at low bit rates .

Linear Predictive coding.
9 Hours

Unit III
Error Control Coding
Linear Block codes Syndrome Decoding Minimum distance consideration Cyclic codes Generator
Polynomial Parity check polynomial Encoder for cyclic codes Calculation of syndrome Convolutional
Codes.

Viterbi decoding
9 Hours
Unit IV
Image Compression
Image- Compression Types - spatial, transform based Bit plane coding DCT, Walsh, and Hadamard
Transforms for compression Graphics Interchange format Tagged Image File Format Digitized
Documents.

JPEG standard
9 Hours
Unit V
Multimedia Coding
Perceptual coding, PEG audio coders, Dolby audio coders H.261, H.263, & MPEG Video standards.

Video compression Principles
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Textbooks

1. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, John Wiley and Sons, 4
th
Edition, 2007
2. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications, Applications Networks Protocols and Standards, Pearson
Education, Asia 2002

References

1. Rafael C.Gonzalez and Richard E.Woods, Digital image processing, PHI, 2002
2. Mark Nelson, Data Compression Book, BPB Publication, 2004


ELECTIVE II
- - - 3.0

11I607 CASE TOOLS LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
Introduce the lab environment and tools used in the software engineering lab.
The intention of this module is not to make you an expert in the use of these tools but to make you
aware about them and their importance in industrial practice
The Graduates can learn how to write project definition

Programme Outcomes
languages.
analyze problems.
.
Skill Set
1. Graduates can analyze a problem and find the solution.
2. Graduates can represent the given problem in UML diagrams.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester
Endexamination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

Remember
1. Define Generalization.
2. State the purpose of component diagram.
3. Define Association.
4. What is qualifier?
5. Define swim lane.

Understand
1. Depict the notation used for representing class, use case and actor.
2. What is the importance of UML?
3. How do you show complete and incomplete generalization?
4. When would you use interaction diagram?
5. Why an interaction diagram is not used to capture the complex conditional behavior?

Apply/Analyze/Evaluate
1. Outline the steps for identifying classes using noun-phrase approach.
2. Justify how the noun-phrase approach is more effective than the other approaches.
3. For a managing the accessories of a hospital, predict the actors and use cases, classes, attributes and
methodsConstruct the class diagram and use case diagram.
4. In an institution books are the resources, if the necessary book is not available the books has to be
ordered. Devise the necessary actors & use cases.

Create
1. Plan a project for scheduling a system.
2. Generate class diagram, use case diagram, sequence diagram, collaboration diagram for managing the
Library.
3. Create the Class Diagram, Use Case Diagram, and Activity Diagram for managing the inventory of an
organization.
4. Build the Class Diagram, Sequence Diagram, and collaboration diagram for deposit & withdraw
money.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Program Analysis and Project Planning
Thorough study of the problem Identify project scope, Objectives, Infrastructure.

2. Software requirement Analysis
Describe the individual Phases / Modules of the project, Identify deliverables.

3. Data Modeling
Use work products Data dictionary, Use diagrams and activity diagrams, build and test class
diagrams, sequence diagrams and add interface to class diagrams.

4. Software Development and Debugging
Choose the suitable software development methodology based on the application type.

5. Software Testing
Prepare test plan, perform validation testing, Coverage analysis, memory leaks, develop test case
hierarchy, Site check and Site monitor.

Mini projects :
1. Library Management System (Develop either in JAVA/ C++ / PHP with DB)
2. Hotel Management System (Hotels Management in J2EE/VB/.Net with DB)
3. Timetable generation (user will input subjects, faculty times, class room times) : User will also
input subject seriality and topics to be taken for the week.
4. Admission procedure in institution
5. Online passport registration (Civil Registry in VB/PHP)
6. Examination result according to the classes (Exam Scheduler in .Net)
7. Ice cream parlor management system
8. Pizza hut - account management system (Pizza Ordering System in .Net/ VB with DB)
9. Multi player strategy game (Project ideas on Visual basic/Java, Database)

*but not limited to the above listed applications
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
1 Program Analysis and Project Planning 9
2 Software requirement Analysis 9
3
Data Modeling 9
4
Software Development and Debugging
9
5
Software Testing
9


11I608 WEB TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives

This course provides an opportunity to practice various Scripts like HTML, JavaScript, VbScript
XML.
Graduates can able to Design the Web application using CSS and Built in functions.
Enables the Graduates to work with server side programming using JSP and Servlets..

Programme Outcomes

a) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming
languages.

Skill Set
1. Programming of web based applications.
2. Implementation of data based Scripting & built in function concepts.

Assessment Pattern

Internal
Assessment
Semester
Endexamination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50

Remember

1. When a client request is send to servlet container, how does the container choose which servlet to
invoke?
2. How do you submit a form using JavaScript?
3. Where are cookies actually stored in hard disk?
4. What is use of JQuery?
5. Label the datatype of variables in JavaScript?

Understand
1. Show that in a pop-up browser window, how do you refer to the main browser window that opened it?
2. Compare Java Script & ASP script.
3. Can we run multiple websites using same port number and different IP address?
4. Summarize the role of http sys in IIS?
5. How Can I Increase and Decrease the Text With jQuery?

Apply / Analyse /Evaluate
1. Write the functionalities of PHP in Server Programming.
2. Whats the simplest way to check if the same name occurs two times in java servlets.
3. How many objects exist when a JSP has concurrent requests? Analyze JSP support multi-threading
methods.
4. Create and forward multiple requests to a single JSP.
5. Can we forward from one JSP to multiple JSP pages? How can user call a servlet from a JSP?

Create
1. Design a Commercial website application system to track the records of all events in day-to-life
activities.

List of Experiments

Javascripts

1. Implement a Java Script to validate the name and e - mail in form by using functions and loops for an
Insurance Company.
2. Write a JavaScript program using CSS to include search option in a form using custom Calendar
widgets and its events.
3. Design a Webpage using JavaScript to perform the following: Imagine a tollbooth and a bridge. Cars
passing by have to pay Rs. 50 Some cars passed by without paying the tax and some have to pay.
Display message 1.No. of cars passed by, 2.Total no. of cars who have not paid the tax and 3. Amount
of cash collected

DHTML & CSS

1. Design an Online-Shopping website using DHTML. The website should contain five forms like home,
login, registration, catalog and order html pages and apply External Cascading style sheets to all the
web pages using
2. Develop a website for displaying University results where the website should consist of 3 pages. Use
Filter and Transition effects, to HTML pages
3. Create a website for Banking Trade Management using CSS objects, which contains the website
should consist of 4 pages. Use Embedding Cascading Stylesheet Tags to HTML pages

XML

1. Validate an XML which will display about book information includes the following: Title of Book
Author Name, ISBN Number, Publisher, Edition, Price
a) Write a DTD & XML Schema to validate XML File
b) Display XML as follows
c) The contents should be displayed in a table. The header of table should be in Grey color
d) The author Names column should be displayed in one color & capitalized & should be in bold.
Use your own colors for remaining columns. Process XSL & CSS for above purpose.

ASP

1. Develop ASP Code for academy web portals to connect the database for the following:
i) Request object
ii) Response object
iii) ADO
iv) Filesystemobject
v) Cookies
vi) Doget and Dopost Methods

JSP

1. Execute a JSP program to retrieve data from a CSV file to display all items based on user submission
for Order processing.
2. Write a JSP program to access information from a Database using JDBC for Stock Exchange &
Brokerage.

Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule

1 Java Scripts 9
2 DHTML & CSS 9
3 XML 9
4 ASP 9
5 JSP 9

11I609 TECHNICAL SEMINAR -II
- - - 1.0

11O701 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To understand the basics of Micro and Macro Economics.
- To understand the methods by which Demand Forecasting, Cost Analysis, Pricing and Financial
Accounting are done in the Industry.
Programme Outcomes
languages.
problems.

Skill Sets
1. Costing of products and services.
2. Market Analysis.

Assessment pattern
S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100
Remember
1. Define Economics


2. Define Managerial Economics
3. What are the branches of Economics?
4. What are the two methodologies used for Investigation in Economics?
5. Name the other disciplines which are linked to Managerial Economics.
6. List the theories that explain the basic objectives of a firm.
7. What are the basic concepts in Decision making?
8. What are the types of decisions a manager is expected to make?
9. What are the techniques used in the process of decision making?
10. What is opportunity cost?
11. What is Demand?
12. What are the types of Demand?
13. What are the variations in the nature of Demand?
14. State the law of Demand.
15. What are the factors determining Demand?
16. Define Elasticity of Demand.
17. State the different degrees of elasticity of Demand?
18. What are the factors determining Elasticity of Demand?
19. State the Law Of Diminishing Marginal Utility.
20. What is Consumer Equilibrium?
21. List the factors effecting Demand Forecasting.
22. What methods will you use for forecasting demand for a new product?
23. Define Cost.
24. What is a semi variable cost?
25. What are fixed costs?
26. Define Short Run and Long Run costs.
27. Define Optimum Size of a Firm.
28. Define Replacement Cost and Historic Cost.
29. What is a Monopoly?
30. What is an Oligopoly?
31. What is Price Discrimination?
32. What are the reasons for Price Discrimination?
33. What are the advantages of Price Discrimination?
34. Define Oligopoly in terms of market share.
35. Name the two types of Oligopoly.
36. What are the objectives of Pricing?
37. What are the two basic methods of Pricing?
38. What is Market Skimming?
39. What is sealed bid pricing?
40. Define Accounting.
41. What are the uses of accounting?
42. What is a Balance Sheet?
43. Definitions of key words used in Financial Statements.
44. What is inflation?
Understand
1. Explain the nature and scope of Economics.
2. Differentiate between Macro and Micro economics
3. List and explain the focus areas of Managerial economics.
4. Give reasons why Mangers aim to Maximize Sales even at the cost of a lower profit.
5. Explain the steps in the decision making process.
6. Differentiate between Mechanistic and Analytical Decision making with examples.
7. Explain Giffens Paradox.
8. Explain with examples, exceptions to the Law of Demand.
9. Explain the nature of Demand.
10. Differentiate between Extension and Increase in Demand.
11. What is the significance of Elasticity of Demand?
12. Differentiate between Point and Arc Elasticity of Demand.
13. What are the assumptions made when talking about the Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility?
14. Explain the characteristics of the Indifference Curve with examples.
15. Explain the concepts of consumers equilibrium and consumers surplus with examples.
16. Can Demand Forecasting principles be applied to Services? Substantiate your answer with an example.
17. What is the difference between Accounting Cost and Economic Cost? Explain with an example.
18. Match the following type of question between Cost Concepts and their Basis of Distinction
19. Why is a study of Cost-Output Relationship necessary for a good Manager?
20. How is Incremental cost different from Sunk Cost?
21. Differentiate between Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition.
22. Explain the concept of a Perfect Market and its features.
23. Explain Total Revenue, Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue.
24. Distinguish between Cost and Price.
25. Explain with an appropriate diagram, the mechanism of pricing in a Perfectly Competitive Market.
26. Explain the role of Time in price determination.
27. Under what conditions can a firm charge different prices for the same products?
28. What are the characteristic features of an oligopoly industry ?
29. What causes Oligopoly?
30. Why does a firm need to have a Pricing Policy?
31. Explain the types and features of Cost Based Pricing.
32. Explain the types and features of Demand Based Pricing.
33. Explain the types and features of Strategy Based Pricing.
34. Under what conditions does a company go in for Cross Subsidization pricing?
35. Explain the Business Entity concept.
36. What are the advantages of Double-entry Book-keeping?
37. What is the role of the Central bank in controlling inflation?

Apply
1. Compare the merits and demerits of the Deductive Method and the Inductive Method of Investigation.
2. Explain decisions based on the degree of certainty of the outcome with examples.
3. Problems involving Marginal and Incremental Costs.
4. Problems concerning Elasticity of Demand.
5. Problems using statistical methods for Demand Forecasting.
6. Problem Calculate and plot Average Variable Cost, Average Total Cost, Marginal Cost and find the
optimal production volume.
7. Give examples of products falling under the various kinds of Competition, and the reasons they are
able to survive in the market.
8. Give six examples of products that fall under Monopolistic Competitive pricing.
9. Give six examples of products that fall under Oligopolistic pricing.
10. Pick any six Consumer Items and based on your knowledge of the markets, explain the pricing method
that you think is most likely to have been followed for each of these items.
11. Compare the types of information that one can derive from a Balance Sheet and a P&L Statement.
Analyze
1. The per-capita income of farmers in the country has to be raised by 20% this year to prevent their
migration to cities. Analyze this statement from the point of view of Positive and Normative
Economics.
2. Decision making improves with age and experience. Discuss.
3. Do a survey of the automotive (only cars) industry and analyze the reasons and timing for discounts
offered from the point of view of elasticity of demand.
4. What are the methods you would adopt to forecast demand for an industrial product? Assuming that
the actual demand versus forecast is very high, what would the most likely reason be for failure of the
forecast?
5. Most of the cost concepts are overlapping and repetitive. Yes or No? Substantiate your answer with
reasons.
6. How would you modify a sealed bid pricing system to take care of different technical approaches by
different bidders for a project for which bids are called for, given that the cost varies depending on the
technical approach?
7. What are the steps you would take to control inflation?
Create
1. Create a matrix consolidating the definitions of the word Economics as defined by the leading
Economists in the prescribed textbook. Using this define economics the way you understand it, in less
than 50 words.
2. Study the price of a commodity over a period of one year and explain the possible reasons for the
fluctuations from an economists point of view.
3. You are in a job which is paying you adequately. You are called for an interview for a job that double
your salary. Unfortunately you miss the only train that will take you in time for the interview. How
will you justify the cost of taking a flight considering the cost concepts you have learnt.
4. Due to cancellation of an export order, you are stuck with a huge stock of jeans of international quality.
Device a pricing strategy for disposing this stock without incurring a loss, considering that it is a very
competitive market.

(Question paper will contain at least 50% marks on numerical problems)

Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to Economics, Kinds of Economic Systems, Production Possibility Frontier, Opportunity Cost,
Objective of Organizations, Kinds of Organizations, Business Decision Making,
Legal rights and responsibilities of types of Organizations.
9 Hours
Unit II
Demand and Supply
Functions of Demand & Supply, Law of Demand and Supply, Elasticity of Demand, Demand Forecasting
Methods, Price Equilibrium
Role of logistics in managing supply and demand.
9 Hours

Unit II
Production and Cost
Production Function, Returns to Scale, Economies & Diseconomies of scale, Fixed Cost, Variable Cost,
Average Costs, Cost Curves, Break Even point, Law of diminishing Marginal Utility
Costing of a product during the stages of its life cycle
9 Hours
Unit IV
Pricing & Market Structure
Components of Pricing, Methods of Pricing, Return on Investment, Payback Period, Market Structure and
Pricing, Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly, Monopolistic, Non price competition, E-commerce.
The secure payment process in e-commerce.
9 Hours
Unit V
Introduction to Macro Economics & Financial Accounting,
National Income GDP, Per Capita Income, Inflation, Stagflation, Deflation, Business Cycle, Stabilization
Policies, Direct Taxes, Indirect Taxes, Balance of Payment. Accounting - Terminology, Book Keeping, P&L,
Balance Sheet.
Role of Central Excise and Customs
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
A. Ramachandra Aryasri and V V Ramana Murthy, Engineering Economics and Financial Accounting,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited , New Delhi, 2006
References
1. V L Samuel Paul and G S Gupta, Managerial Economics Concepts and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1981
2. S N Maheswari, Financial and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand
3. R Kesavan, C Elanchezhian and T Sunder Selwyn, Engineering Economics and Financial Accounting,
Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd , New Delhi, 2005

11I702 C# and .Net FRAMEWORKS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
To understand about object-oriented or object-based programming in .NET
To develop application programs using the C#
Writing programs in integrated development environment (Visual Studio 2008)
Understand the concept of .NET framework, study the different techniques of security
Introduce web services with ASP.NET, and explore window based applications.
Programme Outcomes
b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using C#
analyze the problems.
Skill Set
1. Design of Various form controls.
2. Design of Web Application.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. What is metadata? Mention its uses in .NET.
2. How arrays are declared in C#?
3. What are the various types of Exceptions?
4. How is polymorphism achieved in C#?
5. What is delegate? How it is created in C#?

Understand
1. What are the advantages of using .NET?
2. What is the use of new in inheritance?
3. How Single Call is differ from Singleton?
4. What is the main idea of using sealed class?
5. How could you compare the ref parameter in C#?

Analyze
1. Explain about various Namespaces of .NET framework.
2. What is interface? How interface is implemented in C#.
3. What is event? How events are created? Give example.
4. How Multiple Inheritance is implemented in C#?
5. Explain in detail about the concept of operator overloading.
6. What is status bar? Write a program to create status bar and explain.
7. Write a program for the controls List box and Combo box.

Apply / Evaluate
1. List out the various value and reference types supported in C#.
2. Describe the components of the .NET framework and explain the features of each component.
3. Explain the process of creating a window based calculator with your own GUI.
4. Write a web based application to implement a ticket status checking system.
5. Explain the web service architecture. What are the steps involved in the creation and consumption of
web services. Explain with an example.


Create
1. Create an Application for Database application using c#.
2. Create and design the form using various .Net form controls.
3. Design a form for a basic calculator using c# & .Net.

Unit I
Basics of .NET and C#
Architecture of .Net Framework Components - Class Library Benefits C#s Relationship with the CLR
The CLR and .NET Framework.
Memory Management
9 Hours
Unit II
C# & OOP
C# data types Variables Operators Statements Input/ output Control flow Methods Debugging and
error handling Namespaces Array Structs OOP concepts Classes Abstract data type Constructors
Destructors Conversions - Operator overloading Polymorphism.
Inheritance
9 Hours
Unit III
Interface and Inheritance
Interfaces Indexes Delegates Events Variable argument Lists Collection Reflection Events
Dynamic creation and invocation

Preprocessor
9 Hours
Unit IV
Windows Forms
Forms and Controls Windows Presentation Foundation Features Architecture Class Hierarchy
Application Model Properties WPF Events Data Binding in Windows forms and WPF
Windows communication Foundation (WCF) 9 Hours
Unit V
ASP.Net and Silver light
ASP.Net Life cycle Web server control Silverlight Main features Architecture applications
ADO.Net Security and Cryptography
Web services Case Study 9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Kogent Solutions Inc, C# 2008 Programming covers .NET 3.5, DreamTech Press, 2010
References
1. E. Balagurusamy, Programming in C#, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Herbert Schildt, C# 4.0 The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010
3. Joseph Albahari and Ben Albahari, C# 4.0 in a Nutshell, Oreilly Media, 2010
4. Christian Nagel, Professional C# and .Net, Wiley-India, 2010


11I703 TCP/IP
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To impart knowledge on TCP and IP Protocol
- To learn the basics of socket programming using TCP sockets and UDP sockets
- It also help professionals who are preparing to work with networks based on TCP/IP.
Programme Outcomes

d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and analyze network
related problems.

Skill Set
1. Implement the basic commands needed to develop a socket program
2. Design a webpage for HTTP by creating sockets
3. Implement Remote method invocation

Assessment Pattern

SL.
No.
Blooms Taxonomy Test I* Test II* Model
Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define fragmentation.
2. When a router did sends destination-unreachable message?
3. List the use of ARP?
4. What is the use of designing BOOTP?
5. Tell the use of Bind function.

Understand

1. Compare OSI and ISO?
2. What is the main idea of Sliding window protocol?
3. Demonstrate Routing table.
4. Summarize the Fragmentation in Internet protocol.
5. How would you classify the types of OSPF packets?

Apply

1. Apply Echo commands for socket program.
2. Identify a program for File transfer in client server architecture using TCP / IP.
3. What approach would you use for three-way handshake connection in TCP?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. What is the function of webpage upload and download using sockets.
2. Evaluate the program for Telnet using sockets.
3. Analyze socket program (TCP) between two computers and enable file transfer between them.

___________________

Create

1. Create a socket for ARP.
2. What way would you design a socket program for TFTP.

Unit I
Internet Protocols
Internet Protocol-IP Header, IP fragmentation, PPTP, HDLC,PPP, LLDP, STP, Sub netting and subnetting,
Loop back interface - CIDR - ARP, ARP cache and RARP, Internet control message protocol

IPV6, Zero compression technique

9 Hours
Unit II
Transmission Control Protocol
TCP-services and connection establishment and termination , TCP socket options, interactive dataflow, flow
control, TCP finite state machine, TCP dump, TCP Half close, half open-Nagle algorithm, silly window
syndrome- BOOTP-DHCP-DNS.

Network Operating System
9 Hours
Unit III
Network Layer Performance
IP Routing - Router as switching - ifconfig-netstat - Static Routing - Dynamic routing protocols - Routing
daemons -RIP-RIPv2-OSPF-Traceroute program-Link state Routing.

Gateway
9 Hours
Unit IV
Socket Options, Elementary UDP Sockets
Socket options getsocket and setsocket functions generic socket options IP socket options ICMP socket
options Elementary UDP sockets Multiplexing TCP and UDP sockets Domain name system
gethostbyname function gethostbyadr function getservbyname and getservbyport functions.

UDP echo server, UDP echo client 9 Hours
Unit V
Advanced Sockets
Ipv4 and Ipv6 interoperability threaded servers thread creation and termination TCP echo server using
threads Mutexes condition variables raw sockets raw socket creation raw socket output raw socket
input .

Ping program
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. Behrouz A. Forouzam, TCP/ IP Protocol Suite, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner and Andrew M.Rudoff, UNIX network programming vol I, Pearson
Education Asia 2008.

References

1. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/ IP, Volume 1, 2, Pearson Education Asia 2009.
2. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated, Vol 1, 2, 3, Pearson education India, 2009.


11I704 GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA

3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To study the graphics techniques and algorithms.
- To study the multimedia software and animation.
- To enable the Graduates to develop their creativity.

Programme Outcomes
languages.
problems.

Skill set
1. Develop 2D & 3D Transformation
2. Perform 2D & 3D Animation
3. Develop Multimedia Software

Assessment Pattern

SL.
No.
Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. List the common attributes of a line
2. Define Polygon Clipping
3. Give the types of quadric surfaces.
4. Define Spline.
5. List the components of multimedia.

Understand
1. How are polygon data stored in graphics application?
2. How will you perform transformation between coordinate systems?
3. State the difference between window and viewport.
4. What are the merits of page based authoring tools?
5. Mention the software tools used for manipulating images.

Apply
1. Derive the window-to-viewport transformation by first scaling the window to the size of the viewport
and then translating the scaled window to the view-port position.
2. Explain the basic concept of Midpoint ellipse algorithm. Derive the decision parameters for the
algorithm and write down the algorithm steps.
3. Set up a procedure for a parallel implementation of the midpoint ellipse algorithm.
___________________

4. Explain time based and object oriented multimedia authoring tool.
5. Categorize the types of multimedia authoring tools and converse in detail.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Obtain a transformation matrix for rotating an object about a specified pivot point.
2. Derive Bresenhams Line Drawing Algorithms.
3. Design a storyboard layout and accompanying key frames for an animation of a single polyhedron.
4. Derive the 3D transformation matrix for rotation about
(i) An arbitrary axis (ii) an arbitrary plane
Create
1. Consider a triangle ABC whose coordinates are A [4, 1], B [5, 2], C [4, 3]
a) Reflect the given triangle about X axis. (04)
b) Reflect the given triangle about Y-axis. (04)
c) Reflect the given triangle about Y=X axis. (04)
d) Reflect the given triangle about X axis.

Unit-I
Graphics Fundamentals
Introduction - Line - Curve and Ellipse Drawing Algorithms - Attributes - Two-Dimensional Geometric
Transformations - Two-Dimensional Clipping and Viewing.

Circle Drawing Algorithms
9 Hours
Unit II
Two Dimensional Graphics
Two dimensional geometric transformations - Matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, composite
transformations; Two dimensional viewing - Viewing pipeline, viewing coordinate Reference frame; window-
to-viewport coordinate transformation, Two dimensional viewing functions; clipping operations -Point, line,
and polygon clipping algorithms.

Text clipping operations
9 Hours
Unit III
Three Dimensional Graphics
Three dimensional concepts; Three dimensional object representations - Polygon surfaces - Polygon tables -
Plane equations - Polygon meshes; Curved Lines and surfaces, Quadric surfaces; Blobby objects Spline
representations - Bezier curves and surfaces - B-Spline curves and surfaces .

Color models
9 Hours
Unit IV
Animation
Text- Using Text in Multimedia, computer and text, Font Editing and design tools, hypermedia and hypertext,
Image-Making Still Images, color, Image File format, Principles of Animation animation by computer,
making animation that work, Video How video works and Is displayed, Digital video containers, shooting and
editing video.

Hypertext Tools
9 Hours
Unit-V
Multimedia Software
Basic software tools - Text, image, and sound editing tools; painting and drawing tools, animation tools; making
instant multimedia - Office suite; Multimedia authoring tools - Types, card and page based authoring tools, icon
and time based authoring tools.
Multimedia `Skills
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks
1. Donald Hearn & M. Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2012
2. Prabhat K Andleigh and Kiran Thakrar, Multimedia systems design, PHI, 2011
3. Tay Vaughan, MULTIMEDIA Making It Work, Tata McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition, 2011

References
1. Judith Jeffcoate,Multimedia in practice technology and Application, PHI, 2010
2. Foley, Vandam, Feiner, Hughes, Computer Graphics: Principles & Practice, Pearson Education, Third
edition, 2013.

ELECTIVE III
- - - 3.0

ELECTIVE IV
- - - 3.0

11I707 .NET FRAMEWORKS LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives
- To employ the various classes of the C# Collections Framework and write ones own classes for use
with that .Net framework.
- Make the Graduates to understand the concept of ADO.NET.
Programme Outcomes
b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using C# programming
languages.
the problems.
Skill Set
1. Implementation of inheritance.
2. Design of Various form controls.
3. Design of Web Application.

Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Semester
Endexamination
Preparation 10 15
Record 10 -
Total 50 50
Remember
1. What is Form? List out the properties of Form Type?
2. How to create objects in C#?
3. What is metadata? Mention its uses in .NET.
4. What do you mean by Jagged Arrays?
5. What is an assembly?

Understand
1. How arrays are declared in C#?
2. What is polymorphism? How it is achieved?
3. How to delete rows from Data table?
4. How Multiple Inheritance is implemented in C#?
5. What are the different types of dialog box available in C#?

Apply
1. Implement the sorting algorithms
a. Merge sort
b. Bubble sort
c. Quick sort
d. Insertion sort
2. Design a C# program for an electricity board charges the following rates to domestic users to
discourage large consumption of energy :
i. For the first 100 units 50 P per unit
ii. Beyond 300 units 60 P per unit
If the total cost is more than Rs.250.00 then an additional surcharge of 15% is added on the difference.
Define a class Electricity in which the function Bill computes the cost. Define a derived class More
Electricity and override Bill to add the surcharge.
3. Create a class Time that has separate int member data for hours, minutes and seconds. One
constructor should initialize this data to zero and another constructor initializes it to fixed values. Write
member functions to display time in 12 hour as well as 24 hour format. The final member function
should add two objects of class Time. A main() program should create three objects of class time, of
which two are initialized to specific values and third object initialized to zero. Then it should add the
two initialized values together, leaving the result in the third. Finally it should display the value of all
three objects with appropriate headings.
4. What is removing? Explain the steps involved in the process of creating remoting application.
5. Implement the delegates program in c#

List of Experiments
1. Basic functions in C#
Implement a C# program encompassing the differences in the visibility modes of the class and its
members
Create a class and display the behavior of the static and non static data members
Write a program that can compile and run. Your program must meet these requirements:
namespace has the name NamespaceOne
class has the name ClassTesting
The program outputs no results
2. Operator Overloading and its types
Implement the concept of Binary operator overloading and Unary operator overloading
Write a program to illustrate
o Explicit and implicit operator overloading
o Overload type conversion operators.
o Overload equality and inequality operators
o Overload relational operators
3. Indexers and Properties
Implement a C# program that uses different accessibility modifier on the property getter-setter method
Build a C# code differentiating the behavior of indexers and properties
4. Multiple Interfaces
Design a C# program for interfaces with three classes implementing the same interfaces and display
the results on method calls to all the classes implementing the interfaces
Develop a program illustrating partial keyword for classes with help of interfaces
Create a class implementing multiple interfaces and display the results of the method calls.
5. Delegate and Event Handler
Implement the C# program with delegates performing the following
o Calling Static Functions
o Calling Member Functions
o Multicasting
Implement the Second Change Event Example with help of Events

6. Iterators
Create an Iterator Block for a List of Integers using the Array Collection
7. Windows form controls and ADO.NET
Develop a project with windows forms containing Text box, listbox, check box, Date picker, Rich text
box, Image list, Panel, table and dialogs.
Design a simple ADO.NET database application that returns results from a database table, writes the
output to a DataGrid and TextBoxes, and uses Buttons (First, Previous, Next, Last) to navigate through
the records.
8. A simple Windows Presentation Framework Application
Design a simple WPF application in the .NET framework
9. Dispatch Method in WPF
Develop a C# application with threads and dispatcher in WPF. Make use of the dispatcher methods and
windows controls
Application Oriented Exercises
1. A Parser to parse code
2. .NET Storage APIs
3. Simple version control system
4. A simple difference tool to compare two or more source files (more of a design project)
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule

1 Basic functions in C# 6
2 Operator Overloading and its types 3
3 Indexers and Properties 3
4 Multiple Interfaces 3
5 Delegate and Event Handler 6
6 Iterators 6
7 Windows form controls and ADO.NET 6
8 A simple Windows Presentation Framework Application 6
9 Dispatch Method in WPF 6

11I708 GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives

- To learn the 2D and 3D algorithms.
- To study about the translation and rotation algorithms.
- To know the techniques of 3D animation.

Programme Outcomes

languages.
problems.

Skill set

1. Develop 2D & 3D Transformation
2. Perform 2D & 3D Animation
3. Develop Multimedia Software

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. What is DDA algorithm?
2. What is Mid-point algorithm?
3. What is line clipping?
4. How to perform shearing on a line?
5. What is rendering effect?

Understand

1. How to implement Bresenhams algorithms for line, circle and ellipse drawing?
2. How to implement Cohen-Sutherland 2D clipping and window-view port mapping?
3. How to perform 3D Transformations such as translation, rotation and scaling?
4. How to convert between colour models?
5. List out the basic operations on image using any image editing software.

Apply / Analyze /Evaluate

1. Study the basic graph functions defined in graphics and analyze it.
2. Analyze the program to implement rotation on polygon...
3. Implement set of Basic Transformations on Polygon i.e. Translation, Rotation and Scaling.
4. Evaluate various Photoshop effects.
5. Apply various Photoshop effects like masking, rendering.

Create

1. Create a simple animation of a man bowling, with the ball rolling down the alley and striking the pins.
Describe the sequence of motions in a storyboard. Discuss the various techniques and principles you
might employ to accurately represent the motion of the man moving, the ball rolling, and the pins
falling.

List of Experiments

1. Draw the following figure using DDA and Bresenhams line drawing algorithm.
a)

Internal
Assessment
Semester
End
Examination
Preparation 10 15
Observation and results 15 20
Record 10 -
Mini project/Model examination/viva voce 15 15
Total 50 50
b)

c)

d) Polygon

2. Design the following figure using bresenhams circle algorithm.
a)

b)

c)

d) Olympic symbol

3. Sketch the following figure using midpoint ellipse drawing algorithm.

a)

b)

c)

d)


4. Perform Two Dimentional Transformation for the following objects.
a) Triangle
b) Square
c) Rectangle
d) Polygon

5. Clip the line in square window using Cohen-Sutherland 2D clipping Algorithm.
a)

b)

c)

d)

6. Perform 3D Transformations such as translation, rotation and scaling for the following objects
a) Cube.
b) Pyramid
c) Cone
7. Implement the following color model conversion
a) RGB to HSV
b) HSV to RGB.

8. Create an effect similar to morphing using shape tweening.
a)

b)

c)

d)


9. Create the following effect using animation software.
a) Movement of a Cloud
b) A bee flying from a beehive and then to flower
c) Flying Kite
d) A sailing boat

10. Use the image editing tool to do the following.
a) A birthday greeting card for your friend
b) Book cover page.
c) Brouchure for symposium in your college.
d) Prospectus for your college.
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule

1
Draw the given figure using DDA and Bresenhams line drawing
algorithm.

6
2
Design the given closed figure using bresenhams circle algorithm.

6
3
Sketch the given figure using midpoint ellipse drawing algorithm.

6
4
Perform Two Dimentional Transformation for the given objects.

6
5
Clip the line in square window using Cohen-Sutherland 2D clipping
Algorithm.
3
6
Perform 3D Transformations such as translation, rotation and scaling for
the given objects
6
7
Implement the following color model conversion

3
8
Create an effect similar to morphing using shape tweening.

3
9
Create the given effect using animation software.

3
10 Use Image editing tool to edit a photo by applying various effects 3

11I709 PROJECT WORK PHASE I
- - -3.0

11O801 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
2 0 0 2.0
Objectives
- To study the basic issues in Professional Ethics.
- To appreciate the rights of others and to instill moral, social values and loyalty.
- To enable the Graduatesin their engineering profession who explore the ethical issues in technological
society.

Programme Outcomes
(f) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of professional and ethical responsibility.

Skill Set
1. Ability to propose possible solutions using articulated ethical theories.
2. Ability to form opinions based on reasoned ethical positions, supported with facts and evidence.
3. Increase in awareness of the ethical component of daily engineering decisions.

Assessment Pattern

S. No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 30 30 30 30
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
4 Analyze/Evaluate - - - -
5 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
4

Remember
1. Define Human Values.
2. What are Morals and Values?
3. What do you mean by Civic virtue and Respect for others?
4. Write the various meanings of Spirituality?
5. List four different types of Virtues.
6. Mention different Human values.
7. What is meant by moral autonomy?
8. Classify the types of inquiry.
9. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas?
10. List the levels of moral development suggested by Kohlberg.
11. What do you understand by self-interest and ethical egoism?
12. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas?
13. What are the three virtues of religion?.
14. What are the professional responsibilities?
15. What is meant by Informed consent when bringing an engineering product to market?
16. What is engineering experimentation?
17. What are the different roles and functions of Code of Ethics?
18. What are the Limitations of Code of Ethics?
19. Name some of the engineering societies which published codes of ethics.
20. What is meant by a disaster?

Understand
1. Which are the practical skills that will help to produce effective independent thought about moral
issues?
2. Why does engineering have to be viewed as an experimental process?
3. Why isnt engineering possible to follow a random selection in product design?
4. Why is the code of ethics important for engineers in their profession?
5. What does the Balanced Outlook on Law stress in directing engineering practice?
6. Are the engineers responsible to educate the public for safe operation of the equipment? How?
7. What kind of responsibility should the engineer have to avoid mistakes that may lead to accident due
to the design of their product?
8. What is the use of knowledge of risk acceptance to engineers?
9. Why is Environmental Ethics so important to create environmental awareness to the general public?
10. Why do the engineers refuse to do war works sometimes?

Apply
1. How does the consideration of engineering as a social experimentation help to keep a sense of
autonomous participation is a persons work?
2. How does the code of ethics provide discipline among the engineers?
3. How would you classify the space shuttle Challenger case accident?
4. How does the manufacturer understand the risk in a product catalog or manual?
5. How does the knowledge of uncertainties in design help the engineers to access the risk of a product?
6. How can the quantifiable losses in social welfare resulting from a fatality be estimated? Give some
examples.
7. How does the engineer act to safeguard the public from risk?

4

The marks secured Test I and Test II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.


Unit I
Human Values
Morals, Values and Ethics Integrity Work Ethic Service Learning Civic Virtue Respect for Others
Living Peacefully Caring Sharing Honesty Courage Valuing Time Co-operation Commitment
Empathy Self-Confidence
Character Spirituality in business
6 Hours
Unit II
Engineering Ethics
Senses of 'Engineering Ethics' Variety of moral issues Types of inquiry Moral autonomy Kohlberg's
theory Gilligan's theory Consensus and controversy Models of Professional Roles Theories about right
action
Self-interest Uses of ethical theories 6 Hours

Unit III
Engineering as Social Experimentation
Engineering as experimentation Engineers as responsible experimenters Codes of ethics A balanced
outlook on law The Challenger case study Bhopal Gas Tragedy The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case
studies

Safety aspects in Nuclear Power plants
6 Hours
Unit IV
Responsibilities and Rights
Fundamental Rights, Responsibilities and Duties of Indian Citizens Collegiality and loyalty Respect for
authority Collective bargaining Confidentiality Conflicts of interest Occupational crime Professional
rights Employee rights Discrimination

Right to Information Act
6 Hours
Unit V
Global I ssues
Multinational corporations Environmental ethics and Environmental Protection Act Computer ethics
Engineers as managers Consulting engineers Engineers as expert witnesses and advisors Moral leadership
Sample code of ethics like IETE, ASME, ASCE, IEEE, Institution of Engineers (India), Indian Institute of
Materials Management

Weapons development
6 Hours
Total: 30 Hours
Textbook

1. M. Govindarajan, S. Natarajan and V. S. Senthil Kumar, Engineering Ethics, PHI Learning Private
Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

References

1. Charles D. Fleddermann, Engineering Ethics, Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India , New Jersey,
2004.
2. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J. Rabins, Engineering Ethics Concepts and
Cases, Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2005.
4. http://www.slideworld.org/slidestag.aspx/human-values-and- Professional-ethics
5. www.mne.psu.edu/lamancusa/ProdDiss/Misc/ethics.ppt

ELECTIVE V
- - - 3.0

ELECTIVE VI
- - - 3.0

11I804 PROJECT WORK PHASE II
- - - 3.0

ELECTIVES

LANGUAGE ELECTIVES

Language Elective I

11O10B BASIC ENGLISH I
*

3 0 0 3.0

Objectives
- To offer Graduates the basics of the English Language in a graded manner.
- To promote efficiency in English Language by offering extensive opportunities for the development of
four language skills (LSRW) within the classroom.
- An intense focus on improving and increasing vocabulary.
- To improve Spelling and Pronunciation by offering Graduates rigorous practice and exercises.

Programme Outcomes
(g) The graduates will be able to communicate professionally.

Skill Set
1. Listening
2. Reading
3. Writing
4. Speaking.

Unit I

Unit II

*
Subject to continuous assessment
Module Vocabulary/ Grammar Skills Sets Skill Sets
1 Basic words- 12 most used words in
English, usage and pronunciation
Starting a conversation and
talking about what one does
Sentence construction
bolstered by Mother Tongue
2 Basic words- 20 oft used words,
usage and pronunciation
Analyzing an action plan Creating and presenting ones
own action plan
3 Basic words with a focus on spelling Discriminative listening Informal conversation
4 Basic words- 10 oft used words,
usage and pronunciation
Content listening and
Intonation
Reading comprehension
5 Tutorial
6 Basic words + greetings to be used at
different times of the day
Formal conversation Intonation to be used in
formal address
7 Last 28 of the 100 most used words Informal conversation
between equals
Reading practice and peer
learning
8 Using the 14 target words to form bigger
words
Informal dialogues using
contracted forms
Guided speaking- talking
to peers using contracted
forms
9 Palindromes, greetings- good luck,
festivals
Placing a word within its
context- culling out meaning
Offering congratulations
10 Tutorial

Unit III

11 Homophones Formal and informal methods
of self-introduction
Lets Talk is a group
activity that gives them
some important pointers
of speech
12 Homophone partners, matching words
with their meanings
Contracted forms of the be
verbs, ve and s
Translating English
sentences to Tamil
13 Briefcase words- finding smaller words
from a big word
Formal and informal ways of
introducing others
Team work- speaking
activity involving group
work, soft skills
14 Compound words and pronunciation
pointers
Giving personal details about
oneself
Using the lexicon
15 Tutorial

Unit IV

16 Proper and common nouns Asking for personal
information and details
Pronunciation pointers- an
informal introduction to
the IPA
17 Pronouns Telephone skills and etiquette Reading aloud and
comprehension
18 Abstract and common nouns Dealing with a wrong number Reading practice and
comprehension
19 Group names of animals, adjectives Taking and leaving messages
on the telephone
Pronunciation pointers
20 Tutorial

Unit V

21 Determiners Interrupting a conversation
politely- formal and informal
Pair work reading
comprehension
22 Conjugation of the verb to be- positive
and negative forms
Thanking and responding to
thanks
Comprehension questions
that test scanning,
skimming and deep
reading
23 Am/is/are questions Giving instructions and
seeking clarifications
Small group activity that
develops dialogue writing
24 Present continuous tense-form and usage Making inquiries on the
telephone
Finishing sentences with
appropriate verbs
25 Tutorial

Unit VI

Module Vocabulary/
Grammar
Skills Sets Skill Sets
26 Words with silent b
Present continuous questions
Calling for help in an
emergency
Dialogue writing
27 Words with silent c
Simple present tense- form and usage
Making requests and
responding to them politely
Identifying elements of
grammar in text extract
28 Simple present tense- rules Describing people Guided writing
29 Words with silent g
Questions in the simple present tense
Describing places Filling in the blanks with
correct markers of tense
30
Tutorial

Total: 45 Hours

Resources

1. Basic English Module, L&L Education Resources, Chennai, 2011.

11O10C COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH
*

3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To equip Graduates with effective speaking and listening skills in English
- To help the Graduates develop speaking skills in Business English

Programme Outcomes

Skill Set
1. Graduates will develop the fluency and language competence of learners of Business English at the
lower intermediate level

Unit I
Grammar and Vocabulary

Vocabulary for describing different company structures and company hierarchy Practice using wh questions;
there is / there are, Definitions of Quality, Vocabulary of quality management Using nouns and adjectives to
form group nouns Phrases for offering and accepting help and invitations Telephone terms Verb tenses
Questions and responses Conditionals Gap Filling Exercises.
9 Hours
Unit II
Listening
Business Presentation Conversation between old friends; introducing a stranger A Quality Manager talks
about his work Conversation between acquaintances Sales talk at a sports equipment stand Small talk
among colleagues A tour of a factory in Italy Lunch in the factory canteen A meeting to improve the
efficiency of internal communication A phone conversation arranging to meet A credit card salesman talks
to the bank A conversation between business acquaintances - A management meeting about a recent merger
A conversation about a town, a country and its people.

9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
Pronunciation Practice Describing organizations - A company presentation Practicing of conversation
starters and closers with friends and strangers Practice of simple language and step by step procedures to
describe complex ideas Explaining visual information The language of increase and decrease applied to
graphs and bar charts - Presenting a work related graph Making a telephone call A sports equipment buyer
and a manufacturers sales representative talk business Entertaining a visitor in your country A short
marketing meeting Negotiating to meet around a busy schedule Pairs or small groups discuss the
implications of problems at an electronics factory Finding out all you can about a partner Chairing and
holding meetings Pairwork on questions and answers about places and people.

9 Hours
Unit IV
Reading
Signalling the structure of a presentation introducing, sequencing and concluding a talk - Explaining concepts
and ideas The pattern of phone call conversations Giving, getting and checking information Common
Business phrases Giving encouragement: phrases for positive feedback; more emphatic adjectives and adverbs
Giving facts and explaining functions and processes Asking for and clarifying information How to state
your point, agree and disagree Practice of frequency, quantity and number - A short marketing meeting
Suggesting and agreeing times and places Phrases for the Chairperson People at work: their emotions, skills
and attitudes.
9 Hours

*
Unit V
Writing
Making conditions using the present and future conditional Phrases for stalling for time - Common telephone
phrases and responses - Business Communication Calling for Quotation Letter asking for Clarification
Transcoding Rearranging the sentences Cloze Explaining visual information Explaining concepts and
ideas Giving, getting and checking information Business description Informal negotiations.

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. Jeremy Comfort, Pamela Rogerson, Trish Stott, and Derek Utley, Speaking Effectively Developing
Speaking Skills for Business English, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2002.

References
1. Brook-Hart Guy, BEC VANTAGE: BUSINESS BENCHMARK Upper-Intermediate Students Book,
Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Aruna Koneru, Professional Communication, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New
Delhi, 2008.
3. P. Kiranmai Dutt, Geetha Rajeevan and CLN Prakash, A Course in Communication Skills, Cambridge
University Press, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Krishna Mohan Balaji, Advanced Communicative English, Tata McGraw-hill Education Private
Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

Language Elective II

11O20B BASIC ENGLISH II
*

3 1 0 3.5
Objectives
- To promote fluency even downplaying accuracy
- A tacit acquisition of Basic English Grammar through ample listening, reading and writing inputs with
direct theory or wherever relevant
- Specific focus on speaking and conversation skills with an aim to increase speaking confidence
- To nurture the capacity to express lucidly and articulate their thoughts and impressions on a wide
gamut of topics both through speaking and writing
- To improve spelling and pronunciation by offering rigorous practice and exercises
- To correct common mistakes and to teach self-assessment techniques

Programme Outcomes

Skill Set
1. Listening
2. Reading
3. Writing
4. Speaking

*
Unit I


31 Difference between present
continuous and simple present
tense.
Calling for help in an
emergency
Reporting an event-
journalistic style

32 Verbs have and have got Describing animals Asking for and giving
directions

33 Simple past tense Inviting people,
accepting and declining
invitations
Self- enquiry and offering
ones opinion on a given topic.

34 Spelling rules & table of irregular
verbs
Refusing an invitation Reading and practicing pre-
written dialogues

35 Tutorial

Unit II

36 Questions and the negative form
of the simple past tense
Apologizing and
responding to an
apology
(Reading) conversation
practice

37 Asking questions in the simple
past tense
Reading comprehension Seeking, granting and refusing
permission

38 Past continuous tense Paying compliments and
responding to them
Pair work: writing dialogues
and presenting them

39 Difference between simple past
and past continuous- when and
where to use each
Describing daily
routines
Reading and comprehension
skills

40 Tutorial

Unit III

41 Simple future tense Talking about the
weather
Making plans- applying
grammar theory to written work

42 Simple future tense- more aspects,
possessive pronouns
Talking about
possessions
Opening up and expressing
ones emotions

43 Future continuous Talking about current
activities
Listening comprehension

44 Revision of future tense- simple and
continuous forms, prepositions used
with time and date
Asking for the time and
date
Discussion- analyzing and
debating a given topic

45 Tutorial

Unit IV

46 Articles a/an Writing, speaking and
presentation skills
Transcribing dictation
47 Singular- Plural (usage of a/an) Reading practice-
independent and shared
reading
Comprehension logical
analysis, process analysis and
subjective expression
48 Countable and uncountable
nouns- a/an and some
Listening
comprehension
Vocabulary: using context
tools to decipher meaning
49 Articles- the Sequencing sentences in
a paragraph
Listening to a poem being
recited, answer questions on
it and practice reciting the
same
50 Tutorial

Unit V

51 Articles- the: usage and avoidance Speaking: sharing
stories about family,
village/town, childhood,
etc. 10 students
Listening: comprehend and
follow multiple step
instructions read out by the
teacher

52 Articles- the: usage and avoidance
with like and hate
Speaking: sharing
etc.- 10 students
Reading: make inferences
from the story about the plot,
setting and characters

53 Articles- the: usage and avoidance
with names of places
Speaking: sharing
etc.- 10 students
Comprehension passage

54 This/ that/ these and those Writing a notice-
announcement
Speaking: Debate

55 Tutorial

Unit VI

56 One and ones Collaborative learning-
problem solving
Writing short answers to
questions based on reading
57 Capitalization and punctuation Controlled writing Listen to a story and respond
to its main elements
58 Syntax and sentence construction-
rearrange jumbled sentences
Guided writing Listen to a poem and discuss
its elements
59 Cloze Free writing Frame simple yet purposeful
questions about a given
passage
60 Tutorial

Total:45+15 Hours
Resources
1. Basic English Module, L&L Education Resources, Chennai, 2011.


11O20C ADVANCED COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH
*

3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- To learn about how to communicate in the business environment
- Listen to an explanation and respond
- Write a formal letter
- Read company literature

Programme Outcomes

Skill set
1. Read graphs and charts
2. Skim and scan texts like job adverts
3. Read business articles for specific information
4. Understand the structure of a text
Unit I
Grammar and Vocabulary
Comparison of adjectives and adverbs tenses simple and complex questions countable/ uncountable nouns,
-ing forms and infinitives conditionals comparing and contrasting ideas modal verbs while and whereas
for contrasting ideas passives used to, articles, reported speech, relative pronouns and expressing cause and
result workplace-related vocabulary.
9 Hours

Unit II
Listening
Prediction - Ability to identify information Ability to spell and write numbers correctly Ability to infer,
understand gist, topic, context, and function, and recognize communicative functions ( complaining, greeting,
apologizing etc.) Ability to follow a longer listening task and interpret what the speakers say.
9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
Ability to talk about oneself and perform functions such as agreeing and disagreeing Ability to express
opinions, agree, disagree, compare and contrast ideas and reach a decision in a discussion appropriate use of
stress, rhythm, intonation and clear individual speech sounds - take an active part in the development of the
discourse - turn-taking and sustain the interaction by initiating and responding appropriately
9 Hours

Unit IV
Reading
Ability to skim and scan business articles for specific details and information To understand the meaning and
the structure of the text at word, phrase, sentence, and paragraph level Ability to read in detail and interpret
opinions and ideas to develop ones understanding and knowledge of collocations Ability to identify and
correct errors in texts
9 Hours
Unit V
Writing
Ability to write concisely, communicate the correct content and write using the correct register Ability to
write requests, instructions, explanations, and ask for information by using the correct format in business
correspondences like charts, memo, note, email, letter, fax, report, proposal understanding formal and
informal styles responding to written or graphic input
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours

*
Textbook

1. Brook-Hart, Guy, Business Benchmark: Upper Intermediate Students Book, Cambridge University
Press, New Delhi, 2006

References
1. Whitby, Norman, Bulats Edition: Business Benchmark, Pre-Intermediate to Intermediate Students
Book, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006
2. Cambridge Examinations Publishing, Cambridge BEC Vantage Self-study Edition, Cambridge
University Press, UK, 2005

11O20G GERMAN
*

3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- To help Graduates acquire the basics of German language
- To teach them how to converse in German in various occasions

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Listening
2. Reading
3. Writing
4. Speaking

Unit I
Grammar & Vocabulary
Introduction to German language: Alphabets, Numbers Nouns - Pronouns Verbs and Conjugations - definite
and indefinite article - Negation - Working with Dictionary Nominative - Accusative and dative case
propositions - adjectives - modal auxiliaries - Imperative case - Possessive articles.
9 Hours
Unit II
Listening
Listening to CD supplied with the books, paying special attention to pronunciation: Includes all lessons in the
book Greetings - talking about name country studies nationalities - ordering in restaurants - travel office
- Interaction with correction of pronunciation.
9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
Speaking about oneself - about family studies - questions and answers - dialogue and group conversation on
topics in textbooks - talks on chosen topics.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Reading
Reading lessons and exercises in the class - pronunciation exercises: Alphabet name country people
profession family shopping travel numbers friends restaurant studies - festivals
9 Hours
Unit V
Writing
Alphabets numbers - words and sentences - Exercises in the books - control exercises - writing on chosen
topics such as one self family studies - country.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours

*

11O20J JAPANESE
*

3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- To help Graduates acquire the basics of Japanese language
- To teach them how to converse in Japanese in various occasions
- To teach the Graduates the Japanese cultural facets and social etiquettes

Programme Outcome

Skill Set
1. Listening
2. Reading
3. Writing
4. Speaking
Unit I
Introduction to Japanese - Japanese script - Pronunciation of Japanese(Hiragana) - Long vowels - Pronunciation
of in,tsu,ga - Letters combined with ya,yu,yo - Daily Greetings and Expressions - Numerals. N1 wa N2 des -
N1 wa N2 ja arimasen - S ka - N1mo - N1 no N2 - .san - Kanji - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25
Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit II
Introduction - Kore - Sore - are - Kono N1 - Sono N1 - ano N1 - so des - so ja arimasen - S1 ka - S2 ka - N1 no
N1 - so des ka koko - soko - asoko - kochira - sochira - achira - N1 wa N2 (Place) des dhoko-N1 no N2 -
Kanji-10 - ima.jifun des - Introduction of verb - V mas - V masen - V mashitha - V masen deshitha -
N1(Time) ne V - N1 kara N2 des - N1 tho N2 / S ne Kanji-10 - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
Dictionary Usage.
9 Hours
Unit III
- N1(Place) ye ikimas - ki mas - kayerimasu - Dhoko ye mo ikimasen - ikimasendheshitha - N1(vehicle) de
ikimasu - kimasu - kayerimasu - N1(Personal or Animal) tho V ithsu - S yo. - N1 wo V (Transitive) - N1 wo
shimus - Nani wo shimasu ka - Nan & Nani - N1(Place) de V - V masen ka - V masho - Oo. Kanji-10 , N1(
tool - means ) de V - Word / Sentence wa go nan des ka - N1( Person ) ne agemus - N1( Person ) ne
moraimus - mo V shimashitha - , Kanji-10 Japanese Typewriting using JWPCE Software, Technical
Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Adjectives - N1 wa na adj des. N1 wa ii adj des - na adj na N1 - ii adj ii N1 - Thothemo - amari
- N1 wa dho des ka - N1 wa dhonna N2 des ka - S1 ka S2 dhore - N1 ga arimasu - wakarimasu - N1 ga suki
masu - N1 ga kiraimasu - jozu des - hetha des - dhonna N1 - Usages of yoku - dhaithai - thakusan - sukoshi -
amari - zenzen - S1 kara S2 - dhoshithe, N1 ga arimasu - imasu - N1(Place) ne N2 ga arimasu - iimasu - N1 wa
N2(Place) ne arimasu - iimasu - N1(Person,Place,or Thing ) no N2 (Position) - N1 ya N2, Kanji-10 - Japanese
Dictionary usage using JWPCE Software, Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit V
Saying Numbers , Counter Suffixes , Usages of Quantifiers -Interrogatives - Dhono kurai - gurai Quantifier-
(Period ) ne .kai V - Quantifier dhake / N1 dhake Kanji - Past tense of Noun sentences and na Adjective
sentences - Past tense of ii-adj sentences - N1 wa N2 yori adj des - N1 tho N2 tho Dhochira ga adj des ka and
its answering method - N1 [ no naka ] de {nani/dhoko/dhare/ithsu} ga ichiban adj des ka - answering -N1 ga
hoshi des - V1 mas form dhake mas - N1 (Place ) ye V masu form ne iki masu/ki masu/kayeri masu - N1 ne
V/N1 wo V - Dhoko ka - Nani ka gojumo - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)

9Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours

*
Textbooks
1. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook 1-1, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi,
2007.
2. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook 1-2, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi,
2007.

References
Software
1. Nihongo Shogo-1
2. Nihongo Shogo-2
3. JWPCE Software

Websites
1. www.japaneselifestyle.com
2. www.learn-japanese.info/
3. www.kanjisite.com/
4. www.learn-hiragana-katakana.com/typing-hiragana-characters/

11O20F FRENCH
*

3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- To help Graduates acquire the basics of French language
- To teach them how to converse in French in various occasions
Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Listening
2. Reading
3. Writing
4. Speaking

Unit I
Alphabet Franais (alphabets) - Les accents franais (the accents in French) aigu grave circonflexe trma
- cdille - crire son nom dans le franais (spelling ones name in French)
9 Hours
Unit II
Les noms de jours de la semaine (Days of the week) - Les noms de mois de l'anne (Months) - numro 1 100
(numbers 1 to 100)
9 Hours
Unit III
Moyens de transport (transport) - noms de professions (professions) - noms d'endroits communs (places) -
nationalits (nationalities)
9 Hours
Unit IV
Pronoms (pronouns) - Noms communs masculins et de femme (common masculine and feminine nouns) -
Verbes communs (common verbs)
9 Hours
Unit V
Prsentation - mme (Introducing Oneself) - narration de son nom - l'endroit o on vit - son ge - date de
naissance - sa profession - numro de tlphone - adresse (name - where one lives age - date of birth
profession - telephone number and address) - Narration du temps (tellling the time)
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours

*
Textbook
1. Angela Wilkes, French for Beginners, Usborne Language Guides, Usborne Publishing Ltd., Ohio,
1987.

References

1. Ann Topping, Beginners French Reader, Natl Textbook Co, 1975.
2. Stanley Applebaum, First French Reader, Dover Publications, 1998.
3. Max Bellancourt, Cours de Franais, London: Linguaphone, 2000.

Software

1. Franais Linguaphone, Linguaphone Institute Ltd., London, 2000.
2. Franais I. Harrisonburg: The Rosetta Stone: Fairfield Language Technologies, 2001.

11O20H HINDI
*

3 1 0 3.5
Objectives

- To help Graduates acquire the basics of Hindi
- To teach them how to converse in Hindi in various occasions
- To help learners acquire the ability to understand a simple technical text in Hindi

Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Listening
2. Reading
3. Writing
4. Speaking

Unit I
Hindi Alphabet
Introduction - Vowels - Consonants - Plosives - Fricatives - Nasal sounds - Vowel Signs - Chandra Bindu &
Visarg -Table of Alphabet -Vocabulary.
9 Hours
Unit II
Nouns
Genders (Masculine & Feminine Nouns ending in ,,, u, )- Masculine & Feminine Reading Exercises.
9 Hours
Unit III
Pronouns and Tenses
Categories of Pronouns - Personal Pronouns - Second person (you & honorific) - Definite & Indefinite pronouns
- Relative pronouns - Present tense - Past tense - Future tense - Assertive & Negative Sentences - Interrogative
Sentences.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Classified Vocabulary
Parts of body Relatives Spices Eatables Fruits & Vegetables - Clothes - Directions Seasons -
Professions.
9 Hours
Unit V
Speaking
Model Sentences Speaking practice for various occasions.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours

*
Textbook
1. B. R. Kishore, Self Hindi Teacher for Non-Hindi Speaking People, Vee Kumar Publications (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2009.
References

1. Syed, Prayojan Mulak Hindi, Rahamathullah Vani Prakasan, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Ramdev, Vyakaran Pradeep, Saraswathi Prakasan, Varanasi, 2004.

DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES

11I001 ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURES
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To understand Instruction level parallelism
- To be familiar with Thread level parallelism
- To understand cache Mapping functions

Programme Outcomes

problems.

Skill Set

1. Determine the various Addressing modes of instructions.
2. Demonstrating the various arithmetic instructions.
3. Determine the pipeline and superscalar operations.
4. Describe the functions of I/O devices.
5. Determine the various types of memory.

Assessment Pattern

Sl No. Blooms Taxonomy Test I* Test II* Model
Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. State Amdahls Law.
2. What is Instruction-Level Parallelism?
3. List the four steps involved in instruction execution.
4. What are the assumptions made for an ideal processor?
5. Define miss penalty.
6. Mention the first miss penalty reduction technique.
7. Define synchronization.


Understand

1. Discuss the advantage and disadvantage of a superscalar implementation and a VLIW approach in the
context of MIPS. What level of ILP favor each approach? What other concern would you consider in
choosing which type of processor to build? How does speculation affect the results?

2. Here is an unusual loop. First, list the dependences and then rewrite the loop so that it is parallel.

for (i=1; i<100; i=i+1) {
a [i] = b [i] + c [i];
b [i] = a [i] + d 2[i];
a [i+1] = a [i] + e [i];
}.
3. List all the dependences (output, anti and true) in the following code fragment. Indicate whether the
true dependences are loop carried or not. Show why the loop is not parallel.
for (i=2; i<100; i=i+1) {
a [i] = b [i] + a [i];
c [i-1] = a [i] + d [i];
a [i-1] = 2 * b [i];
b [i+1] = 2 * b [i];
4. Some operations on two operands (subtraction, for example) are not communicative. What are the
advantages and disadvantages of the stack, accumulator, and load-store architectures when executing
non commutative operations?
5. Some memory systems handle TLB misses in software (as an exception), while others use hardware
for TLB misses.
a. What is the trade-offs between these two methods for handling TLB misses?
b. Will TLB miss handling in software always be slower than TLB miss handling in
hardware? Explain.
c. Are there page table structures that would be difficult to handle in hardware, but possible
in software? Are there any such structures that would be difficult for software to handle
but easy for hardware to manage?
d. Are the TLB miss times in part (d) realistic? Discuss.
e. Why are TLB miss rates for floating-point programs generally higher than those for
integer programs?
Apply

1. Here is a code sequence for a two-issue superscalar that can issue a combination of one memory
reference and one ALU operation, or a branch by itself, every cycle:

First instruction slot Second instruction slot
LW R1,40(R2) ADD R3,R4,R5
ADD R6,R3,R7
BEQZ R10,L
LW R8,0(R10)
LW R9,0(R8)

This sequence wastes a memory operation slot in the second cycle and will incur a data dependence
stall if the branch is not taken, since the second LW after the branch depends on the prior load. Show
how the code can be improved using a predicated form of LW.

2. Show a software-pipelined version of this loop, which increments all the elements of an array whose
starting address is in R1 by the contents of F2:
Loop: L.D F0, 0(R1)
ADD.D F4, F0, F2
S.D F4, 0(R1)
DADDUI R1, R1, #-8
BNE R1, R2, Loop
You mat omit the start-up and clean-up code.

3. Here are three simple 16-bit patterns:
0100 0000 0000 0000
0000 1000 0000 0000
0100 1000 0000 1000
What value do they represent if they are twos complement integers? Fixed point numbers?
4. Consider the following three hypothetical, but not a typical, processor, which we run with the SPEC
gcc benchmark:

a) A simple MIPS two-issue static pipe running at a clock rate of 1 GHz and achieving a
pipeline CPI of 1.0. This processor has a cache system that yields 0.01 misses per
instruction.
b) A deeply pipelined version of MIPS with slightly smaller caches and a 1.2 GHz clock
rate. The pipeline CPI of the processor is 1.2, and the smaller cache yield 0.015 misses
per instruction an average.
c) A speculative superscalar with a 64-entry window. It achieves one-half of the ideal issue
rate measured for this window size. (Use the data in figure 3.45.) This processor has the
smallest cache, which leads to 0.02 misses per instruction, but it hides 10% of the miss
penalty on every miss by dynamic scheduling. This processor has an 800 MHz clock.
Assume that the main memory time (which sets the miss penalty) is 100 ns. Determine the relative
performance of these three processors.
5. Assume we have a computer where the clocks per instruction (CPI) are 1.0 when all memory accesses
hits in the cache. The only data accesses are loads and stores, and these total 50% of the instructions. If
the miss penalty is 25 clock cycles and the miss rate is 2%, how much faster would the computer be if
all instruction were cache hits?
Analyze / Evaluate

1. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of a superscalar implementation and a super pipelined
implementation in the context of MIPS. What types of ILP favor each approach? What other concerns
would you consider in choosing which type of processor to build? How does speculation affect the
results?
2. Prove that in a two-level cache hierarchy, where L1 is closer to the processor, inclusion is maintained
with no extra action if L2 has at least as much associativity as L1, both cache use LRU replacement,
and both cache have the same block size.
3. A cache may use a write buffer to reduce write latency and a victim cache to hold recently evicted
(non-dirty) blocks. Would there be any advantage to combining the two into a single piece of
hardware? Would there be any disadvantage?
Create

1. Assume a fully associative write-back cache with many cache entries that starts empty. Below is a
sequence of five memory operation(the address is in square brackets):
Write Mem [100];
Write Mem [100];
Read Mem [200];
Write Mem [200];
Write Mem [100].
What are the numbers of hits and misses when using no- write allocate versus write allocate?

2. Which has the lower miss rate: a 16 KB instruction cache with a 16 KB data cache or a 32 KB unified
cache? Use the miss rate in figure given below to help calculate the correct answer, assuming 36% of
the instructions are data transfer instructions. Assume a hit takes 1 clock cycle and miss penalty is 100
clock cycles. A load or store hit takes 1 extra clock cycle on a unified cache if there is only one cache
port to satisfy two simultaneous requests. Using the pipelining terminology of the previous chapter, the
unified cache leads to a structural hazard. What is the average memory access time in each case?
Assume write-through caches with a write buffer and ignore stalls due to the write buffer.

Size Instruction cache Data cache Unified cache
8 KB 8.16 44.0 63.0
16 KB 3.82 40.9 51.0
32 KB 1.36 38.4 43.3
64 KB 0.61 36.9 39.4
128 KB 0.30 35.3 36.2
256 KB 0.20 32.6 32.9

3. Given the data bellow, what is the impact of second- level cache associativity on its miss penalty?
- Hit time
l2
for direct mapped=10 clock cycles.
- Two- way se associativity increase hit time by 0.1 clock cycles to 10.1 clock cycles.
- Local miss rate
L2
for direct mapped=25%
- Local miss rate
L2
for two-way set associative=20%
- Miss penalty
L2
=100 clock cycles.
Unit I
Fundamentals of Computer Design
Introduction - measuring and reporting performance - Quantitative principles of computer design - Instruction
set principles and examples - classifying instructions set architectures - addressing modes for signal processing -
type and size of operands.

Memory addressing
9 Hours
Unit II
Instruction Level Parallelism
Concepts and challenges - overcoming data hazards with dynamic scheduling - examples - reducing branch
costs with dynamic hardware prediction - taking advantages of ILP with multiple issues - limitations of ILP.

High performance instruction delivery
9 Hours
Unit III
ILP with Software Approaches
Basic compiler techniques for exposing ILP - static branch prediction - static multiple issues: VLIW approach -
Advanced compiler support for exposing and exploiting ILP - Hardware support - crosscutting issues.

Intel IA64 architecture
9 Hours
Unit IV
Memory Hierarchy Design
Introduction- review of caches - cache performance - reducing cache miss penalty - reducing miss rate - miss
rate via parallelism - main memory and organizations for improving performance - memory technology - virtual
memory.

Reducing hit time
9 Hours
Unit V
Multiprocessors and Thread Level Parallelism
Symmetric shared memory architectures - performance of symmetric shared memory multiprocessors -
Distributed shared memory architectures - synchronization - storage systems - types of storage devices - buses -
reliability -availability and dependability - errors and failures in real systems - IO performance measures -
Introduction to queuing theory.

RAID
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson, Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, Morgan
Kaufmann, 5
th
Edition, 2011.

References

1. Dezso Sima, Terry J. Fountain, Terence Fountain and Peter Kacsuk, Advanced Computer
architectures: A Design Space Approach, Addison Wesley, 2003.
2. Kai Hwang, Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2008.

11I002 PARALLEL PROCESSING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- Understand the fundamental aspects of parallel processing.
- To be familiar with taxonomies of parallel systems.
- Be familiar with performance measures for parallel systems.

Programme Outcome

analyze problems.

Skill Sets

1. Determine the basic problems in parallel processing
2. Design of efficient parallel computing computers
3. Designing of parallel scheduling algorithms

Assessment Pattern

SI. No. Blooms Taxonomy Test I* Test II* Model
Examination*
Semester End
examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define true speedup giving necessary details.
2. Mark the function of parallelizing compiler.
3. List the advantages of using condition variable.
4. How the data dependency graph can be used to seek concurrency?
5. Identify the facts that will lead to pipelined computation.
6. Outline the paths for the development of application software for parallel Computers.

___________________



Understand

1. Generalize the term random scheduling. Show its effect in parallel program with example.
2. Relate static and quasi-dynamic scheduling methods of data parallelism. Derive speed up for any one
method. Write the assumptions, if any.
3. Explain about expression splitting parallel technique. Give example.
4. Derive Amdahls law in brief.
5. Illustrate Mutual exclusion with necessary semaphore operations in UNIX to solve the contention
problem. Give examples for each.

Apply

1. Write the parallel code segments that parallelize single loop using self scheduling mechanism.
2. Show the functions to remove semaphore and shared memory-using C under UNIX.
3. Demonstrate an indirect scheduling be used to transform two nested loops into a single one? Can it be
used when there is dependency among loop iterations? Justify your answer.
4. Write sequential code segment that finds sum of all elements of a matrix with m rows and n columns.
5. Parallelize this code segment.
6. Employ the speedup formula for block scheduling where excess iterations are distributed among
various processes.
7. Demonstrate the effect of number of process and number of iterations on the performance of parallel
code.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Calculate and obtain a task graph using the following sequential code segments. Consider each
statement as a task.
R5 = R1 + R2;
R6 = R3 * R4;
R7 = R6 R2;
R5 = R3 + 1;
R4 = R7 * 2;
R7 = R4 / R5;
R8 = R2-R3;
2. Assuming that all operations take same time, assign these tasks to three processors to work in parallel.
Using this, find the time to finish all tasks.
3. Differentiate between temporal and data parallelism.
4. Examine the architectural setup between ideal speedup and actual speedup to prove their efficiency.
5. Differentiate between tightly and loosely coupled machines.
6. Discriminate the dependency in the following loop. Show at least two possible solutions to resolve it.
For each solution, write the advantages and drawbacks.
a. Loop: for (i=0; i<n; i++) x[i] = x[i + 1] + y[i];
7. Obtain a task graph for calculating values of A,B,C from the following expressions:
A = sin (x
2
y) + cos (xy
2
) + exp(x
2
)
B = g (p) + exp (-x*f(y)) + h(x
2
) + f(y) g (p)
C = f(x
2
) + sin (g (p)) + cos
2
(h (y
2
))
a. Assuming that 3 processors are available, obtain a task assignment to processors assuming the
given timings for various operations.
b. Also compare the time obtained by your assignment with the ideal time needed to complete a
job with 3 processors. Timings for Multiply,
1. sin, cos, exp: 2 units
2. g(x), f(x), h(x): 3 units
3. Remaining operations: 1 unit

Unit I
Introduction
Motivation for Parallelism: Parallel Computing, Speed Up, Moores Law, Grand Challenge Problems, Trends;
Parallel and Distributed Computers: Flynns Taxonomy, Distributed Memory Multicomputer, Shared Memory
Multiprocessors.

Networks of Workstations, Cluster and Grid Computing
9 Hours


Unit II
Message Passing Computing
Process Creation, Message Passing Routines, Point-to-Point, Collective Communication; MPI and PVM: MPI
Model of Computation, Basic Concepts, Message Passing Routines, Point-to-Point, Collective Communication.

Comparison of MPI and PVM
9 Hours
Unit III
Performance Measures
Granularity, Speed Up, Efficiency, Cost, Amdahls Law, Gustafsons Law, and Isoefficiency; Analysis of Parallel
Programs: Parallel Computation Models, PRAM, and Modeling Communication.

Cluster Cost Model
9 Hours
Unit IV
Parallel Computations
Low Level Image Processing, Mandelbrot Set, Monte Carlo Methods; Simple Data Partitioning: Sum of
Numbers, Bucket Sort, Numerical Integartion, N-Body Problem; Divide-and-Conquer: Sum of Numbers, Merge
Sort, Adaptive Quadrature, Barnes-Hut Algorithm; Pipelined Computations: Type 1, 2 and 3 Pipelines.

Sum of Sequence, Insertion Sort, Prime Number Generation, Back Substitution.
9 Hours
Unit V
Scheduling and Load Balancing
List Scheduling, Static Load Balancing, Dynamic Load Balancing, Moores Algorithm Synchronous
Computations, Data Parallel Programming, Global and Local Synchronization.

Solving Linear Equations, Cellular Automata.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. Wilkinson Barry and Michael Allen, Parallel Programming: Techniques and Applications Using
Networked Workstations and Parallel Computers,Second Edition, Prentice Hall Inc, 2007.

References

1. Michael J. Quinn, Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP, McGraw Hill (2004).
2. A. Grama, A. Gupta, G. Karypis and V. Kumar. Introduction to Parallel Computing, Second
Edition,Addison
3. Wesley (2009).David Culler, J.P. Singh,Parallel Computer Architecture: A Hardware/Software
Approach , Morgan Kaufmann Publishers (2011).

11I003 SOFTWARE AGENTS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To understand the agents without programming language learning and classification issues and
framework of interoperability in communication environments.
- To know the feature Agents for information gathering issues and recent mobile agent paradigm and
study on other agent environments.

Programme Outcomes
j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life - long learning.

Skill Set

1. To make out basic business functions.
2. To resolve understanding of design methodology.
3. To demonstrate skills to use software and design agent systems.


Assessment Pattern

SL.
No.
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Examination*
Semester End
examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Name any three different kinds of interface agent.
2. Identify the features of Interface agents.
3. Find out the components described in Blackboard Systems?
4. Can you retell any two of the states in Information Overhead?
5. State the key features of Agent autonomy.

Understand

1. Illustrate the design principles of Interface agents in detail.
2. List out the merits and demerits of Interacting with Agents Software
3. Write the governing methodology of various Designing Agents.
4. Explain the methods to determining the Interface Agent Metaphor with Character in detail
5. Write the competence of Agent from Direct Manipulation to Delegation

Apply/Analyze

1. List out the example of programming in Kidsim and perform various tests in Kidsim.
2. Determine the identifications of semi information systems in software agents.
3. How does the tool activated in information management and cooperative work?
4. Compare and contrast of the existing Agents with software agents.

Evaluate

1. What is the most important development cached in End user programming program?
2. What criteria would you use to assess the Interface Agent Metaphor with Character?
3. How would you decide about Agent from Direct Manipulation to Delegation?
4. How could you have changed the outcome of Dynamic Agent Path Prediction?
5. What do you think about existing Agents in software agent?
6. What grade would you assign the main character of Agent Oriented program and why?
7. What solutions would you suggest for Mobile Agent Technology based new thread fields?

Create

1. Create new software architecture for your own Open Agent Architecture methods.
2. How would you create communication parameters in Artificial Agent?
3. What might happen if you combined Agent Paradigm & Concepts in Mobile development?
4. Construct a new design for designing Agents in software agents specification
5. Propose various scripting stuff in Tele Script of Agent Tel services.

___________________



Unit I
Agent and User Experience
Interacting with Agents - Agent from Direct Manipulation to Delegation - Interface Agent Metaphor with
Character - Designing Agents - Direct Manipulation versus Agent Path to Predictable.

Design Methodology
9 Hours
Unit II
Agents for Learning in Intelligent Assistance
Agents for Information Sharing and Coordination - Agents that Reduce Work Information Overhead - Agents
without Programming Language - Life like Computer character - S/W Agents for cooperative Learning -
Architecture of Intelligent Agents.

Agent Interception
9 Hours
Unit III
Agent Communication and Collaboration
Overview of Agent Oriented Programming - Agent Communication Language - Agent Based Framework of
Interoperability.

Kidsim Programming
9 Hours
Unit IV
Agent Architecture
Agents for Information Gathering - Open Agent Architecture - Communicative Action for Artificial Agent

Agent tools
9 Hours
Unit V
Mobile Agents
Mobile Agent Paradigm - Mobile Agent Concepts -Mobile Agent Technology - Case Study: Tele Script, Agent
Tel.

Mobile Agent Networks
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. Jeffrey M.Bradshaw, Software Agents, MIT Press, 2000
2. William R. Cockayne and Michael Zyda, Mobile Agents, Prentice Hall, 1998

References

1. Russel and Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach , Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Joseph P.Bigus and Jennifer Bigus, Constructing Intelligent agents with Java: A Programmers Guide
to Smarter Applications , Wiley, 1998.
3. http://www.sce.carleton.ca/netmanage/docs/AgentsOverview/ao.html.
4. http:// www.cs.uta.fi

11I004 SOFTWARE PATTERNS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To get a comprehensive knowledge of pattern recognition in software systems.
- To understand the pattern classifier and unsupervised learning and classification issues and their
solutions in clustering environments.
- To know the feature extraction and selection issues and recent advances mechanisms for neural
pattern recognition environments.


Programme Outcome


Skill Set

1. Enable Graduates to experience pattern based software development in real world problems.
2. Enable seamless access to online repositories of software patterns.

Assessment Pattern

S. No. Blooms Taxonomy Test I Test II Model
Examination
Semester End
examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Pattern recognition
2. State the fields in which Pattern Recognition is studied
3. List out the two approaches to unsupervised learning
4. Which is the simplest kind of feed forward neural network?
5. Give the other name for Connectivity based Clustering

Understand

1. Outline few applications of Clustering
2. Can you explain the concept of Hamming Distance?
3. Compare the differences in agglomerative and divisive clustering.
4. List out some applications of fuzzy pattern classifiers.
5. What do you infer from supervised learning?

Apply

1. Examine supervised meta-algorithms for combining multiple learning algorithms together
2. What motive is there behind the SOM Neural network model? Discuss
3. What is Jacquard Index? Explain the process with an illustration. What is its
Strength and weakness?
4. Analyze the learning algorithm for a single layer perceptron in neural network.
5. Categorize the properties of the KarhunenLove transform

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Which is more important-the categorical sequence valued or real valued sequence algorithms? Justify
your answer.
2. Classify the algorithms for pattern recognition and explain.
3. Evaluate the differences in dunn index and Davies Bouldin Index.
4. Prioritize the applications of Clustering in the field of Medicine and Computer Science
5. Prove the need of LMSE algorithm in Pattern Classifier

___________________



Create

1. How does one propose that a separating hyper-plane that can be represented as a linear combination of
the training samples exists for a linearly separable pattern?

Unit I
Pattern Classifier
Overview of pattern recognition Discriminant functions Supervised learning Parametric estimation
Maximum likelihood estimation Bayesian parameter estimation Perceptron algorithm LMSE algorithm
Problems with Bayes approach Pattern classification by distance functions Minimum distance pattern
classifier.

Parsing Algorithms
9 Hours
Unit II
Unsupervised Classification
Clustering for unsupervised learning and classification Clustering concept Cmeans algorithm Hierarchical
clustering procedures Graph theoretic approach to pattern clustering Validity of clustering solutions.

Adaptive Resonance Theory
9 Hours
Unit III
Structural Pattern Recognition
Elements of formal grammars String generation as pattern description Recognition of syntactic description
Parsing Stochastic grammars and applications Graph based structural representation.

Natural Language Processing
9 Hours
Unit IV
Feature Extraction and Selection
Entropy minimization Karhunen Loeve transformation Feature selection through functions approximation
Binary feature selection.

The Wiener Process & Brownian Bridge
9 Hours
Unit V
Recent Advances
Neural network structures for Pattern Recognition Neural network based Pattern associators Unsupervised
learning in neural Pattern Recognition Self-organizing networks Fuzzy logic Fuzzy pattern classifiers
Pattern classification using Genetic Algorithms.

Fuzzy Databases
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

Robert J.Schalkoff, Pattern Recognition Statistical, Structural and Neural Approaches, John Wiley &
Sons Inc., New York, 1992

References

1. Duda R.O., and Har P.E., Pattern Classification and Scene Analysis, Wiley, New York, 1973
2. Morton Nadier and Eric Smith P., Pattern Recognition Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, New
York, 1993
3. Tou and Gonzales, Pattern Recognition Principles, Wesley Publication Company, London, 1974
4. http://retina.cs.bilkent.edu.tr/papers/patrec_tutorial1.pdf
5. http://www.iturls.com/English/TechHotspot/TH_ad.asp.


11I005 SOFTWARE TESTING METHODS AND TOOLS

Objectives

- To know the various test design strategies.
- To understand the levels of testing and defect classes.
- To be aware of the testing and debugging policies and types of reviews.
- To promote the growth and value of software testing as a profession.

Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using
Skill Set

1. Determine the basic testing terminology and the activities associated with the fundamental test process
2. Design and test a practical application using various test design techniques.
3. Diagnose the cause of defects in the software applications.

Assessment Pattern

SL.
No.
Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Software Testing
2. List out the phases involved in the life cycle model.
3. Enumerate the information present in a test case.
4. Equivalence partitioning has several advantage record those advantages in your own words.
5. Classify the test adequacy criteria.

Understand

1. Why is testing plan important for developing a repeatable and managed testing process?
2. Describe the principles involved in software testing?
3. Illustrate the defect classes with required example for each defect class.
4. Describe the two major assumptions of Mutation Testing?
5. Discuss in detail about evaluating Test Adequacy Criteria and axioms/properties provided by
Weyuker.

Apply / Evaluate

1. Analyze the importance of a tester to use both white and black box based testing techniques to
evaluate a given software module.

2. Apply the equivalence classes and boundary values and develop a set of test cases to cover them
for the following module description: The module is part of a public TV membership system. The
module lows entry of a contribution from $0.01 to $99,999.99. It also enters a member status for
the contributor that can be: regular, student/retiree, or studio club.
___________________


3 0 0 3.0

3. Examine the role of Unit and Integration Testing in the phase of Software Testing.
4. Define the equivalence classes and boundary values to cover them for the following module
description: The module is part of a public TV membership system. The module allows entry
of a contribution from Rs.100 to Rs.10000. It also enters a member status for the contributor that
can be: regular, student/retiree.
5. For the following construct, describe the set of tests you would develop based on the number of
loop iterations in accordance with the loop testing criteria.
for (i=0;i<50;i++)
{
text_box[i] =value[i];
full=full-1;
}
Analyze

1. Suppose you were reviewing a requirements document and noted a feature was described
incompletely. How would you classify this defect? How would you insure that it was in corrected?
2. Suppose you are a member of a team that was designing a defect repository. What organizational
approach would you suggest and why? What information do you think should be associated with
each defect? Why is this information useful, and who would use it?
3. With Respect to principle 3-test results should be meticulously inspected-why do you think this
is important to the tester?
4. According to Principle 5, relate the importance of test cases for both valid and invalid conditions.

Create

1. Develop a use case to describe a user purchase of a laptop with credit card from a online vendor using
web- based software. With use case, design a set of tests you would use during system test.
2. The module that has been devised by you has the following conditional statements:
i. if (value<100 and found== true)
ii. call (enter_data (value))
iii. else
iv. Print ("data cannot be entered")

3. Create tables containing test data that will enable you to achieve (i) Simple Decision Coverage
(ii) Condition Coverage (iii) decision /Condition Coverage.

4. Develop the black box test cases using equivalence class portioning and boundary value .Analysis to
test a module that is software component of an n ATM system. The module reads in the amount the
user wishes to withdraw from his/her account. The amount must be a multiple of $5.00 and be less than
or equal to $200.00.Be sure to list any assumptions you make and label equivalence classes and
boundary values.

5. Draw a flow graph for the following code and calculate its cyclomatic complexity and justify
how this value is useful to the tester?
Sum=0
Read (n)
I=1
While (i<=n)
Read (number)
Sum=sum+ number
I=i+1
End while
Print (sum)

Unit I
Software Testing Fundamentals
Testing as an Engineering Activity - Role of Process in Software Quality - Testing as a Process- The six
essentials of software testing - Basic Definitions: Software Testing Principles - The role of a software tester -
Origins of Defects- Defect Classes the Defect Repository.

Analysis of Defect for a project
9 Hours

Unit II
Testing Design Strategies
Introduction to Testing Design Strategies - The Smarter Tester - Test Case Design Strategies - Black Box
testing - Random Testing - Equivalence Class Partitioning - Boundary Value Analysis - Cause and error
graphing and state transition testing - Error Guessing - Black-box testing and COTS - White-Box testing - Test
Adequacy Criteria - Coverage and Control Flow Graphs-Covering Code Logic Paths - White-box Based Test
Design - Additional White Box Test Design Approaches .

Evaluating Test Adequacy Criteria
9 Hours

Unit III
Levels of Testing
The Need for Levels of Testing- Unit Test - Unit Test Planning- Designing the Unit Tests. The Class as a
Testable Unit - The Test Harness - Running the Unit tests and Recording results- Integration tests- Designing
Integration Tests - Integration Test Planning - System Test Types-of system testing - Regression Testing.

Alpha - Beta and Acceptance Test
9 Hours
Unit IV
Test Management
Introductory Concepts - Testing and Debugging Goals and Policies - Test Planning - Test Plan Components -
Test Plan Attachments - Locating Test Items - Reporting Test Results - The role of three groups in Test
Planning and Policy Development - Process and the Engineering Disciplines- Introducing the test specialist -
Skills needed by a test specialist.

Nature of a Testing Group
9 Hours
Unit V
Test Measurements and reviews
Defining Terms - Measurements and Milestones for Controlling and Monitoring- Status Meetings- Reports and
Control Issues - Criteria for Test Completion- SCM - Types of reviews - developing a review program -
Components of Review Plans- Reporting review results.

Testing Tools-Case Study
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Srinivasan Desikan, Gopalaswamy Ramesh, Software Testing: Principles and Practices, Pearson
Education, 2008.
References
1. S Limaye, Software Testing Principles, Techniques and Tools, McGraw Hill, 2009.
2. Boris Beiser, Software Testing Techniques, Dreamtech press, New Delhi, 2009.

11I006 SOFT COMPUTING

Objectives
- To learn the scope of Soft computing
- To understand the supervised and unsupervised learning of ANN
- To know the concept of Fuzzy systems.

Programme Outcomes

3 0 0 3.0
Skill Set

1. Determine the basic network structure in supervised learning.
2. Design McCulloch-Pitts neuron and Hebb networks.
3. Design a controller for complex physical system
4. Design a fuzzy controller.
Assessment Pattern

SL. No. Blooms Taxonomy

Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Define an artificial neural network.
2. Define bias and threshold.
3. Why is the McCulloch-pitts neuron widely used in logic functions?
4. How many hidden layers can there be in a neural network?
5. What is Hill-climbing search?
Understand
1. How is training adopted in Madaline network using majority vote rule?
2. Compare BAM and Hopfield network.
3. Why more complexity is involved in the F1 layer of ART2 network?
4. Explain the architecture of ART1 network and discuss its training algorithm.
5. How are a crisp tolerance relation and a fuzzy tolerance relation converted to crisp equivalence relation
and fuzzy equivalence relation respectively?

Apply
1. Develop a Hebb net to implement logical AND function with binary inputs with bipolar targets.
2. Build AND function using Adaline networks.
3. Identify a suitable decision making algorithm to help a water authority to decide whether or not to built
dive for preventing flooding in case of excess rainfall. Assume necessary parameters and membership
functions.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Justify XOR function is non linearly separable by a single decision boundary line.
2. Choose a large number of 8-puzzle and 8-queen instances and solve them by hill climbing, hill
climbing with random restart, and simulated annealing. Measure the search cost and percentage of
solved problems and graph these against the optimal solution cost.
Create

1. Construct a feed-forward network with five input nodes, three hidden nodes and four output nodes that
has lateral inhibition structure in the output layer.

___________________


Unit I
Basics of Neuroscience and Ann Models
The Brain as a Neural Network - Basic Properties of Neurons - Neuron Models - Rosenblatt's Perception - The
windrow - Hoff LMS Learning Algorithm - Order of a Predicate and a Perceptron

Complexity of Learning using Feedforward Networks
9 Hours
Unit II
Fuzzy Systems
Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Reasoning - Fuzzy Matrices - Fuzzy Functions - Decompositions - Fuzzy Automata and
Languages - Fuzzy Control Method

Fuzzy Decision Making
9 Hours
Unit III
Neuro - Fuzzy Systems
Introduction to Neuro - Fuzzy Systems - Fuzzy System Design Procedures - Fuzzy Sets and Logic Background
- Fuzzy/ ANN Design and Implementation.

Fuzzy systems
9 Hours
Unit IV
Authentication Genetic Algorithms
Introduction - Robustness of Traditional Optimization and Search Techniques - The goals of optimization -
Computer Implementation - Data Structures, Reproduction, Crossover and Mutation - Mapping Objective
Functions to fitness form.

Some Applications of Genetic Algorithms
9 Hours
Unit V

Artificial Intelligence

AI technique - Level of the Model - Problems, Problem Spaces and Search - Issues in the Design of Search
Programs - Heuristic Search Techniques - Knowledge Representations.

Knowledge Mappings
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. N. K. Bose and P. Liang, Neural Network Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Timothy J. Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw - Hill International
Editions, 2009

References

1. Elaine Rich and Kelvin knight, Artificial Intelligence, McGraw - Hill, 2000.
2. David E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms - In Search, optimization and Machine Learning, Pearson
Education.
3. Robert J. Schalkoff, Artificial Neural Networks, McGraw - Hill International Editions, 1997.
4. Freeman J. A. & D. M. Skapura, Neural Networks: Algorithms, Applications and Programming
Techniques, Addison Wesley, 1992.
5. G. J. Klir & B. Yuan, Fuzzy Sets & Fuzzy Logic, PHI, 1995.

11I007 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To provide a strong foundation on the concept of software project development
- To introduce the concepts on project management and evaluation.
- To understand the principles of management and team organization

Programme Outcomes
problems.
(j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life long learning.

Skill set
1. Enable Graduates to experience software development in real world problems.
2. To know basic business functions.
3. To know the software estimation techniques

Assessment Pattern

S.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Test I Test II Model
Examination
End
Semester
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. What is software?
2. Mention the types of software.
3. What is meant by software project management?
4. List out the characteristics of projects.
5. Define stakeholders.

Understand
1. How software projects differ from other projects?
2. Identify the activity risks in real time applications.
3. How do we know that the goal or objective has been achieved?
4. State the types of project evaluation.
5. List out the steps in managing a project evaluation.

Apply
1. Identify the stakeholders in college payroll project.
2. Identify the objectives and sub-objectives of the college payroll project. What measures of
effectiveness could be used to check the success in achieving the objectives of the project.
3. Draw an activity network for a maintenance accounts.
4. Identify a task that you do as part of your everyday work. For that task identify entry, process and
exit requirements.

___________________


Analyze/Evaluate

1. Identify the major risks that could affect the success of the college payroll project and try to rank
them in order of importance.
2. On a large project it is often the responsibility of a team leader to allocate tasks to individuals.
Why might it be unsatisfactory to leave such allocations entirely to the discretion on the team
leader?
3. It is easy to see why passing on fluctuations in equipment costs may be advantageous to the
contractor. However, is there any advantage to the customer in such an arrangement?
4. How would you evaluate the following aspects of a proposal? A. the usability of a existing
software application. B. the usability of a software application which is yet to be designed and
constructed. C. the maintenance costs of hardware to be supplied. D. the time taken to respond to
requests for software support. E. training.
5. A new analyst / programmer is to be recruited to work at IT. The intention is to recruit someone
who already has some experience. Make a list of the types of activities that the analyst /
Programmer should be capable of carrying out that can be used as the basis for a job specification.

Create
1. An invoicing system is to have the following transactions: amend invoice, produce invoice,
produce monthly statements, record cash payment, clear paid invoices from database, create
customer records and delete customer. A) What physical dependencies govern the order in which
these transactions are implemented? B). How could the system be broken into increments which
would be of some value to the users.
2. If you have access to project planning software, investigate the extent to which it offers support
for earned value analysis. If does not do so directly, investigate ways in which it would help you
to generate a baseline budget and track the earned value.

Unit I
Introduction

Introduction to software project management: Definition- software projects versus other types of project
contract management technical project management activities covered by software project management-
categorizing software projects setting objectives project success and failure management control. Project
evaluation and programme management: Project portfolio management cost-benefit evaluation techniques
evaluation of individual projects.
Cash flow forecasting
9 Hours
Unit II
Project Planning
An overview of project planning: Introduction to step wise project planning- case studies. Selection of an
appropriate project approach: Choosing methodologies and technologies- choice of process models managing
iterative process selecting the most appropriate process model.
Software Life Cycle Models
9 Hours
Unit III
Estimation
Software effort estimation: software estimating techniques- bottom-up and top-down approach- estimating by
analogy COCOMO productivity model. Activity planning: objectives- project schedule sequencing and
scheduling activities- network planning models- formulating network model- forward pass backward pass-
identifying the critical path critical activities activity on-arrow networks.
COSMIC full function points
9 Hours
Unit IV
Risk Management
Risk Management: Categories of risk- risk identification risk assessment risk planning- risk management
risk evaluation- risk evaluation using decision trees- evaluating risks to the schedule applying the PERT
technique Critical chain concepts.
Monte Carlo simulation
9 Hours


Unit V
Monitoring and Control
Monitoring and control: creating the framework- collecting the data visualizing progress- cost monitoring
earned value analysis prioritizing monitoring getting the project back to target change control. Managing
contracts: types of contract- stages in contract placement terms of a contract.

Contract Management
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, Software Project Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill, Fifth Edition,
2010.

References
1. Andrew Stellman, Jennifer Greene, Applied Software Project Management, O'Reilly Media, July
2008.
2. Dwayne Phillips, The Software Project Manager's Handbook - Principles that work at work, IEEE
Computer Society Press and Wiley Interscience, 2004.

11I008 DATA MINING AND DATA WAREHOUSING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- Provide the Graduates with a complete background on data mining and data warehousing techniques,
basic algorithms, essential concepts and popular techniques.
- Equip the Graduates with sufficient literature knowledge so that future projects may be identified.

Programme Outcomes

problems.

Skill Set

1. Acquire knowledge to design a data warehouse, and be able to address issues that arise when
implementing a data warehouse.
2. Enable Graduates to compare and contrast OLAP and data mining as techniques for extracting
knowledge from a data warehouse.
Assessment Pattern

S.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

___________________
*The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
Remember
1. Define data model.
2. Distinguish between classification and clustering.
3. State anti mono-stone property
4. List out the characteristics of data warehouse
5. Specify the various types of data available in data mining.

Understand
1. State the significance of hierarchy of data.
2. List some applications of data mining.
3. What are the interestingness measures of association rule mining?
4. On what criteria are data mining sys categorized?
5. Specify the two clustering method that are used in "grid and density based method?

Apply
1. Specify the 5 criteria for the evaluation of classification & prediction
2. List the kinds of OLAP server exist and itemize their differences
3. When is data mart appropriate?
4. Represent the various strategies of data mining
5. List out the major strength of decision tree method.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. How is association rules mined from large databases?
2. Reveal the theories that portray the basis of the data mining
3. What are the various forms of data preprocessing?
4. Analyze the various approaches for mining multi level association rules from the transactional
databases

Create
Evaluate the importance of establishing standardized data mining query language .What are the
potential benefits and challenges involved in such a task

Unit I
Data warehousing
Need for data warehousing, Building blocks, Architectural components, Principles of Dimensional Modelling,
Data Extraction, Transformation and Loading.
Metadata
9 Hours
Unit II
OLAP and Data Mining

Demand for OLAP, Features and Functions, OLAP Models, Data mining functionalities, Data preprocessing,
Data summarization, Data cleaning
Data reduction
9 Hours
Unit III
Classification and Prediction

Introduction, Decision tree induction, Bayesian classification, Backpropagation, Other classification methods,
Prediction, Evaluating the accuracy.
Associative Classification 9 Hours

Unit IV
Clustering

Similarity and distance measures, Hierarchical methods, Partitioning methods, Density based methods, Neural
network methods
Outlier analysis
9 Hours

Unit V
Association and web mining

Basic concepts, Frequent itemsets mining methods, Apriori algorithm, FP tree - concept, Types of associations
rules. Text mining approaches, Web content mining, Web link mining, Web usage mining,

Spatial and multimedia data mining

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Paulraj Ponniah, Datawarehousing Fundamentals for IT Professionals, Second Edition, John Wiley
& sons, 2010
2. J. Han, M Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Third Edition, Elsevier, New Delhi,
2011.
References
1. Reema Thareja, Data Warehousing, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Gupta G K., Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies, Second Edition, PHI Learning Private
Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Vikram Pudi, P Radha Krishna, Data Mining, Oxford Higher Education, New Delhi, 2009.

11I009 CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING

Objectives

- Implement the Client Server concepts, middleware and RPC.
- Cooperate between frond end and back end via networks.
- Perform Transaction processing in Distributed environment.
- Generalize definition of client-server computing, one not limited to simple distributed database
systems.
- Apply the techniques and features of a client/server development language to construct a
moderately complex client/server application.

Programme Outcomes

analyze problems.
j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life - long learning.

Skill set

1. Develop client server protocols
2. Provide database connectivity to the server
3. Managing client/server Transactions.

3 0 0 3.0

Assessment Pattern

SL No. Blooms Taxonomy

Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Client-server computing.
2. Define Server Process.
3. Name the types of Architecture.
4. List the characteristics of Client/Server architecture.
5. Identify the different client/server processing styles.
Understand

1. Name the features of a client server system.
2. Explain the Extended services provided by the OS.
3. Explain the building blocks of Client/Server.
4. Summarize the characteristics of Client/Server.
5. Name the services provided by the Operating System.
Apply

1. Practice the implementation of OLE.
2. Show the difficulties of TCP/IP port does SQL Server run on.
3. Explain how to implement the CORBA security service.
4. Explain how to set up DCOM connection.
5. Apply the RAID Mechanism on Client Server Computing.
Analyze/Evaluate

1. Analyze the problems of client server networking. Explain how database connectivity is
performed.
2. Compare optical disk versus mirrored disk.
3. Differentiate DCOM and Socket connections.
4. Explain the concept of CORBA.
5. Examine the security in client server computing.
Create

1. Create the GUI Application to perform the following
- System Administrator training.
- Database Administrator training.
- End user training

2. Develop a client server network with token ring network topology.

___________________


Unit I
Introduction
DBMS concept and architecture, Single system image, Client Server architecture, mainframe-centric client
server computing, downsizing and client server computing, preserving mainframe applications investment
through porting, advantages of client server computing.

Client Server Development Tools
9 Hours

Unit II
Components of Client/Server application
The client: services, request for services, RPC, windows services, fax, print services, remote boot services, other
remote services, Utility Services & Other Services, Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE), Common Object Request
Broker Architecture (CORBA). The server: Detailed server functionality, the network operating system,
available platforms, the network operating system, available platform, the server operating system.

Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)
9 Hours
Unit III
Client/Server Network
Connectivity, communication interface technology, Interposes communication, wide area network technologies,
Client-server system development: Software, ClientServer System Hardware: Network Acquisition, PC-level
processing unit, Macintosh, notebooks, pen, UNIX workstation, x-terminals, server hardware.

Network Topologies (Token Ring, Ethernet, FDDI, and CDDI) Network Management
9 Hours
Unit IV
Data Storage

Magnetic disk, magnetic tape, CD-ROM, WORM, Optical disk, mirrored disk, fault tolerance, RAID, RAID-
Disk network interface cards. Network protection devices, Power Protection Devices, UPS, Surge protectors.
Client Server Systems Development: Services and Support, system administration, Availability, Reliability,
Serviceability, Software Distribution, Performance, Network management, Help Disk, Remote Systems
Management Security.

LAN and Network Management issues
9 Hours
Unit V
Client/Server System Development

Training, Training advantages of GUI Application, System Administrator training, Database Administrator
training, End-user training. The future of client server Computing Enabling Technologies

The transformational system
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. Robert Orfali, Dan Harkey and Jeri Edwards, Client/Server Survival Guide, 3rd Ed, John Wiley &
Sons, India,2009.

References
1. Smith and Guengerich. Client/Server Computing, 2nd Ed, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2002.
2. Jason Pritchard, COM and CORBA side by side, Addison Wesley, 2009.
3. Dawana Travis Dewire, Client/Server Computing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
New Delhi,2008.


11I010 GRID COMPUTING

Objectives

- To introduce the whats, whys and hows of Grid Computing; what is Grid Computing able to do for you
today and what will it bring to you in time to com
- To provide an overview of the basic concepts of Grid Computing
- To highlight the advantages of deploying Grid Computing

Programme Outcomes

analyze problems.
i) The Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments

Skill set

1. Gain knowledge in Grid Computing fundamentals
2. Learn the principles of open Grid services architecture and infrastructure
3. Graduates can build their own Grid Environment.

Assessment Pattern

SL.
No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Can you list the essential characteristics of Business-on-demand model?
2. How would you describe the mechanisms used in SOAP to implement the SOAP features?
3. Can you recall the major goals of OGSA?
4. How would you explain Lightweight Grid?
5. What is grid computing?

Understand

1. How would you summarize the important functionalities provided by the management protocols?
2. Illustrate the data and functional requirements of grid computing.
3. List out the 7 Primitives in WSDL.
4. Explain the Compute/File Grid Services.
5. Explain about the business benefits in grid computing.

Apply

1. How would you summarize the scope of grid computing in business?
2. What approach would you use to represent the SOA interaction pattern diagrammatically?
3. How would you use globus GT3 toolkit?
4. What can you say about JAX-RPC Handlers?
5. Explain the architecture of GRAM with a neat diagram.

___________________

3 0 0 3.0
Analyze/Evaluate

1. Discuss briefly about organization building and using grid based solution to solve their computing
data and network requirements.
2. What are the OGSA basic services? Explain each of them with necessary diagrams.
3. Examine the index services available in GT3.
4. Analyze some of the grid application and their usage patterns.
5. Can you distinguish between data grid operation with computational grid operation

Create

1. How is grid computing organization classified? Explain with examples.
2. Explain in detail about Acme search service implementation in top down approach.

Unit I
Introduction

The Grid - Past, Present, Future, and A New Infrastructure for 21st Century Science - The Evolution of the Grid
- Grids and Grid Technologies, Programming models - A Look at a Grid Enabled Server and Parallelization
Techniques Grid applications.

Scope of Grid Computing
9 Hours

Unit II
The Anatomy of the Grid
The concept of virtual organizations Grid architecture Grid architecture and relationship to other Distributed
Technologies computational and data Grids, semantic grids.

Merging the Grid sources
9 Hours

Unit III
The Open Grid Services Architecture
Grid Management systems, security Grid-Enabling software and Grid enabling network services, Data Grid -
Virtualization Services for Data Grids, Peer-to-Peer Grids - Peer-to-Peer Grid Databases for Web Service
Discovery.

Cluster Grids
9 Hours
Unit IV
The Open Grid Services Infrastructure
Technical details of OSGI specification, service data concepts, Naming and Change Management
Recommendations OGSA basic services.

Implementing OGSA-based Grids
9 Hours

Unit V
Grid Computing Toolkits
GLOBUS GT3 Toolkit: Architecture, Programming Model, implementation, High Level Services, Grid
application Management.

Setting up Grid, deployment of Grid software and tools, and application execution
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. Fran Bermn, Geoffrey Fox and Anthony Hey J.G., Grid Computing: Making the Global Infrastructure
a Reality, Wiley, USA, 2003.

References

1. Joshy Joseph and Craig Fallenstein, Grid Computing, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Ian Foster and Carl Kesselman, The Grid2: Blueprint for a New Computing Infrastructure,
Morgan Kaufman, New Delhi, 2004.
3. Ahmar Abbas, Grid Computing: Practical Guide to Technology and Applications, Delmar
Thomson Learning, USA, 2004.

11I011 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING SYSTEMS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

To study about design issues in distributed systems
To learn RPC model, synchronization.
To study about distributed file systems and databases.

Programme Outcome

analyze problems.

Skill Set

1. Design of Various Distributed Systems
2. Providing database connectivity to the distributed system.
3. Maintaining distributed system transaction Management.

Assessment Pattern


Examination
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is the main objective of distributed systems? What are the challenges?
2. What is null RPC?
3. How failures are recovered in distributed system?
4. What is marshalling?
5. What is concurrent processing?
Understand

1. How is thin client implemented?
2. What is the remote object reference?
3. What is the use of validation phase?
4. How is the logging technique is differs from the shadow versions technique.
5. What is update phase?

Apply

1. With a neat sketch explain the architectural models of distributed systems

_________________


2. What is marshalling? What are the different approaches of external data representation?
3. Describe the various RPC protocols supporting client server communication.
4. How is IPC implemented in UNIX? Explain.
5. Discuss the various concurrency control protocols.

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Discuss the various challenges in the design of distributed systems.
2. Explain the two different approaches to external data representation and marshalling.
3. Explain the various techniques and mechanisms for securing distributed Systems and applications.
4. Using the lost update problem explain about concurrency control.
5. With a neat sketch explain the remote procedure call.

Create

1. Here is an interesting problem called partial connectivity that can occur in a distributed environment.
Let's say A and B are systems that need to talk to each other. C is a master that also talks to A and B
individually. The communications between A and B fail. C can tell that A and B are both healthy. C
tells A to send something to B and waits for this to occur. C has no way of knowing that A cannot talk
to B, and thus waits and waits and waits. What diagnostics can you add in your code to deal with this
situation?

Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to distributed computing system - Hardware concepts - switched multiprocessor - - switched
multicomputers - software concepts - Network operating systems - Time distributed systems. Design Issues:
Transparency - Flexibility - Reliability - Performance and scalability.

Bus based multicomputer
9 Hours
Unit II
RPC
RPC - Communications in distributed systems - The client/ server model - Implementation - RPC model -
Implementing RPC mechanism - communication protocols for RPCs - special types of RPC - Stub generation -
Client - server binding - exception handling - RPC in heterogeneous environments.

Exception handling
9 Hours
Unit III
Synchronization and Distributed Shared Memory
General architecture of Distributed shared memory - Design and implementation issues of DSM - Granularity -
Thrashing- structure of shared memory space - Advantages of DSM - synchronization in distributed systems -
Clock synchronization - mutual exclusion - election algorithms - Atomic transactions - - Threads - Thread usage
and implementation of thread packages - processor allocation.

Deadlock distributed system
9 Hours
Unit IV
Distributed File System
File service interface - semantics of file sharing - Implementation of new trends in distributed file system.

Distributed file system
9 Hours
Unit V
Distributed Databases
Distributed DBMS architecture - sorting data in a distributed DBMS - Distributed catalog management -
distributed query processing - distributed transaction management - distributed concurrency control - Recovery.

Updating distributed data
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Ajay D. Kshemkalyani and Mukesh Singhal, Distributed computing: principles, algorithms and
systems, Cambridge University Press, 2008.

Reference

1. M.L.Liu, Distributed Computing: Principles And Applications, Pearson Education, 2004.

11I012 MOBILE TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To learn the basics of Wireless voice and data communications technologies.
- To build working knowledge on various telephone and satellite networks.
- To study the working principles of wireless LAN and its standards.

Programme Outcomes

analyze problems.
i) The Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

Skill set

1. Gain knowledge in Wireless Communication Fundamentals
2. Learn the principles of different Telecommunication Networks

Assessment Pattern


Examination
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is multipath propagation?
2. Can you list the types of handover?
3. How would you describe the features of HIPERLAN1?
4. Can you recall the layers of WAP?
5. What is WML?

Understand

1. Explain about the signal propagation.
2. How would you summarize the advantages of cellular systems?
3. List out the numbers needed to locate an MS and to address the MS.
4. Illustrate the protocol architecture of DECT.
5. Mention the design goals of WLANS?
6. Explain are the features of WML?

___________________

Apply
1. What other way would you plan to achieve optimization in mobile IP.
2. How would you show your understanding of routing in dynamic source routing protocols?
3. What approach would you use to improve classical TCP?
4. How would you use WML script?
5. Why do MAC scheme in wired network fail in wireless networks and how dose the multiple access
with collision avoidance (MACA) scheme work?

Analyze/Evaluate
1. What are the main reasons for using cellular systems? How SDM is typically realized and combined
with FDM? How does DCA influence the frequencies available in other cells?
2. Give reasons for a handover in GSM and the problems associated with it. What are the typical steps
for handover, what types of handover can occur? Which resources need to be allocated during
handover for data transmission using HSCSD or GPRS respectively? What about QoS guarantees?
3. What are advantages and problems of forwarding mechanisms in Bluetooth networks regarding
security, power saving, and network stability?

Create
1. Think of ad-hoc networks with fast moving nodes, e.g., cars in a city. What problems arise even for the
routing algorithms adapted to ad-hoc networks? What is the situation on highways?

Unit I
Wireless Communication Fundamentals

Need and Application of wireless communication Wireless Data Technologies Market for mobileWireless
transmission Frequencies for radio transmission Signals Antennas Signal Propagation Multiplexing
Modulations Spread spectrum MAC SDMA FDMA TDMA CDMA.

Spread and Cellular systems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Telecommunication Networks

Telecommunication systems GSM, DECT systems Architecture and protocols, Tetra frame structure, UMTS
basic architecture and UTRA modes Broadcast Systems DAB - DVB.

PACS, PHS
9 Hours
Unit III
Wirless Lan

Introduction Infrared v/s Radio transmission Infrastructure and ad-hoc network IEEE 802.11 Architecture
services MAC Physical layer IEEE 802.11a - 802.11b standards HIPERLAN Blue Tooth.

Tools for Protecting WLAN
9 Hours
Unit IV
Mobile Network Layer

Mobile IP (Goals, assumptions, entities and terminology, IP packet delivery, agent advertisement and discovery,
registration, tunneling and encapsulation, optimizations)- Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol - Routing
DSDV DSR Alternative Metrics.

Host Identity Protocol
9 Hours
Unit V
Transport and Application Layers

Traditional TCP- Indirect TCP- Snooping TCP- Mobile TCP- Fast retransmit/fast Recovery- Transmission
/time-out freezing- Selective retransmission- Transaction oriented-Classical TCP improvements WAP
(Introduction, protocol architecture, and treatment of protocols of all layers)-WAP 2.0.

Wireless Application Environment 9 Hours

Total: 45 Hours

Textbook
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, PHI/Pearson Education, 2003.

References

1. William Stallings, Wireless Communications and Networks, PHI/Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Kaveh Pahlavan and Prasanth Krishnamoorthy, Principles of Wireless Networks- A Unified Approach,
PHI/Pearson Education, 2002.
3. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S. Nicklons and Thomas Stober, Principles of Mobile
Computing, Springer, New York, 2003.
4. Hazysztof Wesolowshi, Mobile Communication Systems, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2002.

11I013 MOBILE WEB
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To learn the basics of Mobile Operating Systems
- To build working knowledge on various Mobile Web technologies
- To highlight the advantages of Mobile Web in current scenario

Programme Outcomes

analyze problems.
(i) The Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments

Skill set

1. Gain knowledge in Mobile operating systems fundamentals and websites updations
2. Learn the morality of different Mobile responsive web design sites applications

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is mobile bandwagon?
2. Can you list the types of mobile phone web browsers?
3. Whats so different about the mobile web?
4. Can you recall the media queries of CSS?
5. What is meant by fixedwidth layout?

___________________

Understand

1. Elucidate about the mobile-specific CSS.
2. How would you summarize the advantages of Context switching?
3. List out the numbers needed to locate Fluid images and media.
4. Demonstrate the protocol architecture of Google Maps.
5. Reveal the design goals of MRWD?
6. Clarify the features of JavaScript in WD?

Apply

1. How would you use iframe attributes to CSS equivalen?
2. What approach would you use to improve classical Mobile-CSS?
3. How can agents get and share the info need in mobile device?
4. How would you show your understanding of routing XHTML-MP?
5. Why do WURFL scheme have Clever API code in mobile networks and how initialize the device and
get the info ready?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Whats going on in that switch statement? How we make the page a bit smarter with WURFL? How
do we form the group requirements into multiple mobile flavors?
2. Give reasons for device class tests and the problems associated with matching function.
3. How traditional websites typically? How applike websites often behave?
4. What can localStorage do for us? How geolocation works? How to ask W3C-compliant browsers
where they are? How will we handle the success Mobile Web technologies?

Create
1. Think of Android applications with fast moving mobile devices, e.g., smartphones. How to install
some platform tools? How to create some virtual devices? How to install and uninstall apps?

Unit I
Mobile Operating Systems
Traditional TCP- Indirect TCP- Snooping TCP- Mobile TCP- Fast retransmit/fast Recovery- Transmission
/time-out freezing- Selective retransmission- Transaction oriented-Classical TCP improvements WAP
(Introduction, protocol architecture, and treatment of protocols of all layers)-WAP 2.0.

Wireless Application Environment.
9 Hours
Unit II
Mobile Web Browsers
Mobile phone web browsers - Different about the mobile web - Responsive web design - Different CSS - CSS
media queries - Current structure of sites - Analyze the current CSS - Identify the CSS - Mobile Specific CSS -
Fluid formula - Context Switching - Fluid images and media.

Mobile Device Design
9 Hours
Unit III
Web Design
Mobile progressive enhancement - Content floats - Mobile-first media queries - SRC rule - Viewport <meta>
tag - Mapping JavaScript - Pseudo-media query - Widgets - Iframe attributes - Breakpoints rescue.

Progressive Enhancement
9 Hours
Unit IV
Website Organization Responsive
Comforts agents - User agents - Mobile optimized website - Sniff out mobile users - Mobile website - Mobile
mockup - XHTML-MP - Fixing errors - Mobile-savvy CSS - Mobile potion - Cupboard of tools and data.

Detecting Mobile Users
9 Hours


Unit V
Mobile Frameworks
Mobile device data sources WURFL - API code - Panic button- Device classes - matching function - test
capabilities & class tests - safety net - HTML5 building form & data attribute - jQuery Mobile & toolbar, fields
- Toggleclass methods - Mediacapture API - Hybrid apps work - Illusions control - Future-friendly manifesto.

Tartan Hunt project
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Lyza Danger Gardner, Jason Grigsby, Head First Mobile Web, O'Reilly Media, 2012.

References
1. Carsten Srensen, Enterprise Mobility: Tiny Technology with Global Impact on Work (Technology,
Work and Globalization), Palgrave Macmillan; 1 edition, 2011.
2. Michael Juntao Yuan, Enterprise J2ME: Developing Mobile Java Applications, Prentice Hall; 1
edition, 2011.
3. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S. Nicklons and Thomas Stober, Principles of Mobile
Computing, Springer, New York, 2008.
4. Hazysztof Wesolowshi, Mobile Communication Systems, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2002.

11I014 UNIX INTERNALS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To understand about the Operating System of Unix.
- To develop application programs using the C/C++ in UNIX Environment...
- Understand the concept of System calls, file system, Process and to study the different Memory
Management techniques and Input output operation of Unix Operating system.

Programme Outcomes

d) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, IT related problems and solve using programming
languages.

Skill set

1. Determine the basic testing terminology and the activities associated with the process synchronization.
2. Design and test a practical application using various modern engineering tools...
3. To insight on how to write programs for different device drivers.

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

___________________

Remember
1. How will you retrieve the properties of a file?
2. What are the contents of password file?
3. What is a binary semaphore?
4. What is the use of ping command?
5. What is I/O multiplexing?
6. Difference between user priorities and kernel priorities?

Understand

1. Mention the use of the fork System call and command Passwd
2. Differentiate user mode & kernel mode.
3. What are the 3 levels of UNIX operating system?
4. Write the I/O parameters saved in the U area.
5. What does the kernel in buffer read-ahead?

Analyze

1. What are the data structures used for File sharing in UNIX? Explain with a neat diagram.
2. Write short notes on file access permission and its effect on files and directories.
3. Explain the processes involved in terminal and network login in SVR4.
4. Explain how the multiple process multiplex message onto a single queue with an example client
Server program.
5. How will you create and remove message queues? Explain with an example the interprocess
Communication using message queues.
6. What feature is missing in POSIX message queues?

Apply / Evaluate

1. Describe in brief about UNIX System Architecture with neat diagram.
2. What are the different Operating System services available in Unix?
3. What is region? State any 3 region system calls that are invoked by a process, one when getting hold a
region, one during execution and one while relinquishing it back .
4. What is file? Give the structure of regular file in a neat sketch.
5. Explain the algorithm for converting the path name to inode.

Create

1. Write a Shell script Program to accept a character and check whether it is an
a) Lower case alphabet
b) Upper case alphabet
c) a digit
d) Special symbol
e) Vowel
Using case control structure.
2. Write a Shell script Program to implement FCFS Algorithm.
3. Write a C Program in Unix Program to implement Priority Scheduling.

Unit I
Overview
General Overview of the System: History System structure User perspective Operating system services
Assumptions about hardware. Introduction to the Kernel: Architecture of the UNIX operating system
Introduction to system concepts. The Buffer Cache: Buffer headers Structure of the buffer pool Scenarios
for retrieval of a buffer Reading and writing disk blocks.

Advantages and disadvantages of the buffer cache.
9 Hours
Unit II
File subsystem
Internal representation of files: Inodes Structure of a regular file Directories Conversion of a path name to
an Inode Super block Inode assignment to a new file

Allocation of disk blocks.
9 Hours

Unit III
System calls for the file system
Open Read Write File and record locking Adjusting the position of file I/O Lseek Close File
creation Changing directory, root, owner, mode stat and fstat Pipes Dup Mounting and unmounting
file systems link unlink.

Creation of special files
9 Hours
Unit IV
Processes

Process states and transitions Layout of system memory The context of a process Saving the context of a
process Manipulation of the process address space - Sleep. Process Control: Process creation Signals
Process termination Awaiting process termination user id of a process Changing the size of a process -
Shell System boot and the INIT process Process Scheduling.

Invoking other programs
9 Hours

Unit V
Memory Management and I/O

Memory Management Policies: Swapping Demand paging. The I/O Subsystem: Driver Interface Disk
Drivers Terminal Drivers Inter process communication.

Streams
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book

1. Maurice J. Bach, The Design of the Unix Operating System, 1
st
Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.

References

1. Uresh Vahalia, Unix Internals The New Frontiers, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. S. J. Leffler, M. K. Mckusick, M. J. .Karels and J. S. Quarterman. The Design and Implementation of
the 4.3 BSD Unix Operating System, Addison Wesley, 1995.

11I015 JAVA FRAMEWORKS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To understand and implement the Java Framework and Java APIs
- To understand and implement java spring
- To understand and implement HQL

Programme Outcomes

languages.
analyze problems.

Skill set

1. Develop web applications
2. Provide good framework for java spring concepts
4. Modularity and reusability

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is Java Spring?
2. Give the different modules in Spring framework?
3. Define structure of spring framework?
4. How do you get the HttpServletRequest object in an interceptor?
5. Define application Context?

Understand

1. How would you compare Action and Action Support?
2. Can annotation-based and XML based configuration coexist?
3. Why do you need ORM tools?
4. How exceptions are handled in Struts application?
5. Distinguish between Request Aware and ServletRequestAware interface?

Apply

1. Implement a hibernate method to be configured to access an instance variable directly and not through
a setter method?
2. Apply the types of the transaction management in spring supports
3. Integrate the struts application with spring?
4. Explain the similarities and differences between EJB CMT and the Spring Framework's declarative
transaction management?
5. Apply the filters in Hibernate with an example

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Consider there are two interceptors. How can the two interceptors in a stack communicate or if you
were to pass some value from one interceptor to another, by using this value the next interceptor
executes some specific statements, how would you do it?
2. Discuss the struts method to handle the input element if it is hidden? For example I have an input tag
inside my form <input type=hidden value="" name="order">

Create
1. Develop a simple java web application using spring with DAO layer.
2. Create a DAO using HibernateDaoSupport and then use an instance of JdbcTemplate for the methods
that you want to write using JDBC. The Hibernate DAO contains a static inner class that extends
JdbcDaoSupport and implements the JDBC logic. How will you redirect applicable calls to it?

__________________


Unit I
Introduction to Struts 2 and Features
Web applications-Frameworks for web applications-Introduction to strut2 frameworks-Architecture of struts
application- annotations-struts2 actions-Packaging actions-Implementing actions-Transferring data into objects.

Strut 2 frameworks and its architecture
9Hours

Unit II
Struts 2 core concepts
MVC-Interceptors-Built in interceptors-Declaring interceptors-creating interceptors-Introduction to OGNL-
Struts tags-data tags-control tags-using JSTL-Result types- Result Global results-Introduction to validation
framework- Introduction to i18n.

Validation framework and JSTL
9 Hours

Unit III
Introduction to spring
Introduction-Spring modules-Inversion of control(IOC)-Injecting dependencies-IOC in enterprise applications-
Introduction to Aspect oriented programming-Bean factory-Application context-Life cycle of beans-Wiring
with XML-Injecting dependencies via setters, constructors-Introduction to Auto wiring-AOP-Creating advice-
Defining point cuts-Managing Transactions-Understanding transactions-Programming transactions-Declaring
transactions-Securing spring applications-Acegi security-Managing authentication-controlling access-securing
web applications

Acegi security and Application context
9 Hours
Unit IV

Introduction to hibernate
Object Persistence-using direct jdbc-Persistence with hibernate-configuring hibernate- creating mapping
definitions-building session factory-Persisting- retrieving objects-session cache-connection pools-Transactions.

Object relational mapping
9 Hours
Unit V

Core Hibernate concepts
Association-Types-components-Persisting collections and array-HQL-Querying objects with HQL-Criteria
queries-stored Procedures- Integrating struts, spring and hibernate.

Hibernate Query Language
9 Hours
Total: 45 hours
Textbook

1. Donald Brown, Chad Michael Davis and Scott Stanlick, Struts 2 in action, Manning Publications 2008

References

1. Craig Walls and Ryan Breidenbach, spring in action, Manning Publications, 2008
2. Patrick Peak and Nick Heudicker, Hibernate Quickly, Manning Series, 2005
3. Ian Roughley, Starting Struts 2, InfoQ Enterprise development series, 2007


11I016 NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To provide a general introduction including the use of state automata for language processing.
- To provide the fundamentals of syntax including a basic parse.
- To explain advanced feature like feature structures and realistic parsing methodologies.

Programme Outcome

languages.

Skill set

1. Natural language text into a more useful form, as in automatic text translation or text summarization.
2. Convert information from computer databases into readable human language.
3. Determine the parse tree of a given sentence.
4. Given a human-language question, determine its answer.

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Define speech processing and language processing.
2. What is meant by the term regular expression?
3. Mention the difference between grouping and precedence.
4. State the need for Finite state automata.
5. Define transformation-based tagging.

Understand

1. Describe the relationship between finite automata, regular expression and regular languages.
2. Explain the architecture of a two level morphology and how will you generate or parse with FST
lexicon and rules.
3. Explain rule-based and stochastic part of speech tagging with sample lexical enters from the
ENGTWOL lexicon and motivating example.
4. How will reduplicate the effort caused by backtracking in top-down parsing and represent the directed
acyclic graph.
5. How will you specify the context free grammar of the syntax of first order predicate calculus
representations?

Apply
1. Explain with a help of an example about knowledge in speech and language processing.
2. How will you create the actual algorithm for HMM tagging?
3. Demonstrate with an example for parsing with unification constraints .
______________________________


4. Describe a Venn diagram of the languages on the Chomsky hierarchy.
5. How to tell if a language is not regular? Explain a machine with N states accepting a string xyz of N
symbols.

Analyze /Evaluate

1. Write rules expressing the verbal sub category of English auxiliaries; for example you might have a
rule verb-with-bare-stem-VP-complement can.
2. Are English and other natural languages regular languages? Give some example.
3. Explain the various characteristics of unification grammars and simple type hierarchy for the subtypes
of the type AGR.
4. How will you find the maximum probability parse of a string of num_words words given a PCFG
grammar with num_rules in Chomsky normal form for the probabilistic CYK algorithm?
5. How TBL rules are applied and learned in transformation based tagging?

Create
1. How will you create two parse trees for an ambiguous sentence. Parse (a) corresponds to the meaning
Can you book flights on behalf of TWA. Parse (b) to Can you book flights which are run by
TWA.
2. Create basic regular expression patterns with example.
3. Using statistical techniques how you will create statistical model of translation.
4. Obtain the parse tree for I told harry to go to maharani.
5. Write the procedure for translating much and many into Russian.

Unit I
Introduction
Introduction: Knowledge in speech and language processing Ambiguity Models and Algorithms Language,
Thought and Understanding. Regular Expressions and automata: Regular expressions Finite-State automata.
Morphology and Finite-State Transducers: Survey of English morphology Finite-State Morphological parsing
Combining FST lexicon and rules Lexicon-Free FSTs: The porters stammer.

Human morphological processing
9 Hours
Unit II
Syntax
Word classes and part-of-speech tagging: English word classes Tag sets for English Part-of-speech tagging
Rule-based part-of-speech tagging Stochastic part-of-speech tagging Transformation-based tagging
Other issues. Context-Free Grammars for English: Constituency Context-Free rules and trees Sentence-level
constructions The noun phrase Coordination Agreement The verb phase and sub categorization
Auxiliaries Spoken language syntax Grammars equivalence and normal form Finite- State and Context-
Free grammars Grammars and human processing. Parsing with Context-Free Grammars: Parsing as search
A Basic Top-Down parser Problems with the basic Top- Down parser The early algorithm.

Finite-State parsing methods
9 Hours
Unit III
Advanced Features and Syntax
Features and Unification: Feature structures Unification of feature structures Features structures in the
grammar Implementing unification Parsing with unification constraints Types and Inheritance.
Lexicalized and Probabilistic Parsing: Probabilistic context-free grammar problems with PCFGs
Probabilistic lexicalized CFGs Dependency Grammars.

Human parsing.
9 Hours


Unit IV
Semantic
Representing Meaning: Computational desiderata for representations Meaning structure of language First
order predicate calculus Some linguistically relevant concepts Related representational approaches
Alternative approaches to meaning. Semantic Analysis: Syntax-Driven semantic analysis Attachments for a
fragment of English Integrating semantic analysis into the early parser Idioms and compositionality
Robust semantic analysis. Lexical semantics: relational among lexemes and their senses WordNet: A database
of lexical relations The Internal structure of words.
Creativity and the lexicon
9 Hours
Unit V
Applications
Word Sense Disambiguation and Information Retrieval: Selectional restriction-based disambiguation Robust
word sense disambiguation Information retrieval Other information retrieval tasks. Natural Language
Generation: Introduction to language generation Architecture for generation Surface 120 realization
Discourse planning Other issues. Machine Translation: Language similarities and differences The transfer
metaphor The Interlingua idea: Using meaning Direct translation Using statistical techniques.

Usability and system development.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H.Martin, Speech and Language Processing, Pearson Education
(Singapore), 2005

Reference
1. James Allen, Natural Language Understanding, Pearson Education, 2003

11I017 XML AND WEB SERVICES 3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

- To learn the essentials of data interoperability using XML and well-formed XML documents.
- To study the concepts of Service Oriented Architecture.
- To understand about the key building blocks of web services, namely WSDL and SOAP and how
they use XML.

Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify IT related problems and solve
using programming languages.
d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and
equipments to analyze problems.

Skill Set

1. An ability to demonstrate skills to use software and equipments to analyze problems with more
exposure to web technologies.
2. An ability to understand the implementation of web services.
3. To Design the web applications using web programming
4. To learn the essential web development skills related to current Internet technologies and protocols.


Assessment Pattern

SL. No. Blooms Taxonomy

Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is the purpose of SOAP?
2. Name any four design patterns?
3. Give the meaning of valid XML document.
4. Define namespace. Give its usage.
5. List out the functions of transaction server.

Understand

1. How is namespace useful in XML?
2. Give the need for XSLT for an XML document?
3. List the functions of transaction server.
4. Explain each elements of XSLT
5. Name any four design patterns.
Analyze

1. Write a HTML tags to insert an ordered list that will have numbering by lowercase Roman
numerals.
2. Analyze how Service Oriented Architecture has been developed with the lessons learned
from Object Orientation with its key functional components
3. Give the steps to process XML document using DOM and SAX
4. Write a program to illustrate web service in .NET environment. Write all the files required to
implement web service.

Apply / Evaluate

1. Write a Java program to validate XML document against DTD.
2. Write an XML document with an example to show how to declare multiple attributes of an element
using single declaration.
3. Show with an example how to declare mixed content elements in XML.
4. Apply and design the SOAP message structure and illustrate the SOAP with attachment.
5. Show how Service Oriented Architecture has been developed with the lessons learned from Object
Orientation with its key functional components.

Create

1. Design a web service technology and build an XML based application for network management.
2. Create a DTD for mark statement of a student. Write a program to retrieve the elements and attributes
of the XML document and display the mark statement in suitable format.
3. Write an XML document to illustrate XSL, parameter entities, Reference entities, CDATA sections
allowing different types of contents in the document.
4. Write a complete set of programs to illustrate XML RPC and SOAP message passing.
5. Create an XML document to show how inner elements inherit style information from the outer
elements in XSLT.

________________


Unit I
XML Technology Family
XML benefits Advantages of XML over HTML, EDI, Databases XML based standards Structuring with
schemas - DTD XML Schemas XML processing DOM SAX presentation technologies XSL
XFORMS XHTML Transformation XSLT XLINK XPATH.
XQuery

9 Hours
Unit II
Architecting Web Services
Business motivations for web services B2B B2C Technical motivations Service-oriented Architecture
(SOA) Architecting web services Implementation view Web services technology stack Logical view
Composition of web services Deployment view From application server to peer to peer Process view
Life in the runtime.
Limitations of CORBA and DCOM
9 Hours
Unit III
Web Services Building Blocks
Transport protocols for web services Messaging with web services - Protocols - SOAP - Describing web
services WSDL Manipulating WSDL Web service policy Discovering web services UDDI Anatomy
of UDDI Web service inspection Ad-Hoc Discovery - Securing web services.
Anatomy of WSDL
9 Hours
Unit IV
Implementing XML in E-Business
B2B B2C Applications Different types of B2B interaction Components of e-business XML systems
EbXML - Applied XML in vertical industry Web services for mobile devices.

Rosetta Net
9 Hours
Unit V
XML Content Management and Security
Semantic Web Role of Meta data in web content - Resource Description Framework RDF schema
Architecture of semantic web Content management workflow XLANG Securing web services.

WSFL
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. Ron Schmelzer, XML and Web Services, Pearson Education, 2002.
References
1. Keith Ballinger, .NET Web Services Architecture and Implementation, Pearson Education, 2003.
2. David Chappell, Understanding .NET A Tutorial and Analysis, Addison Wesley, 2002.
3. Kennard Scibner and Mark C.Stiver, Understanding SOAP, SAMS Publishing, 2001
4. Alexander Nakhimovsky and Tom Myers, XML Programming: Web Applications and Web Services
with JSP and ASP, Apress, 2002.

11I018 VISUAL PROGRAMMING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- Basics of Windows Programming
- Understand and deal with editors ,tools, class libraries and debugging technique
- Visual C++ and Visual C++ .Net Programming
- Create a simple Visual C++.Net-based application

Programme Outcomes

languages.
(i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments

Skill Set

Develop the Application for Windows using Win32
Determine the basic functionality about the MFC Library Classes
Demonstrate the Project developed in Vc++ 6.0 IDE.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.
No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What do you mean by SDK?
2. Specify the term calling convention.
3. What do you mean by Windows Programming?
4. Define Device Context.
5. Recall the use of Get Message, Translate Message and Dispatch Message.

Understand

1. Explain the concept of windows programming with sample program?
2. Explain the two methods used for getting Device Context Handle?
3. Explain various visual C++ components.
4. Describe in detail about the model and modeless dialog box.
5. What is DLL? Create a DLL to add & multiply two numbers and how it can be
Used in application?
6. What is a keyboard accelerator? Explain how to implement the accelerator in a
Toolbar? Explain with example?

Apply

1. How will you create a window by using windows programming?
2. Why should we need to get a handle to the device context?
3. Construct the program to handle the user events
4. How menu items can be grayed, disabled and appended at run time.
5. Write a windows program to create and modify user defined menus.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Construct the windows programs to handle the child window controls.
2. Write a VC++ program to display the sum of two numbers using modal and modeless dialogs
3. Generate a VC++ program to draw a rectangle & ellipse.
4. Generate a VC++ program to implement a simple calculator.
5. Write a VC++ program for chat application.

Create
1. Create an Active X control at runtime? (Or) Write a VC++ program to create a Dynamic ActiveX
control?
2. Create a DLL in VC++.

___________________


Unit I
Windows Programming
Windows environment A simple windows program Windows and messages Creating the window
Displaying the window Message loop The window procedure Message processing Text output
Painting and repainting Introduction to GDI Device context Basic drawing.

Child window controls
9 Hours
Unit II
Visual C++ Programming
Application Framework MFC library Visual C++ Components Event Handling Mapping modes
Colors Fonts Modal and modeless dialog Windows common controls.

Bitmaps `
9 Hours
Unit III
The Document and View Architecture
Menus Keyboard accelerators Rich edit control Toolbars Status bars Reusable frame window base
class -Reading and writing SDI and MDI documents Splitter window and multiple views Creating DLLs
Dialog based applications

Separating document from its view
9 Hours

Unit IV
ActiveX and Component Object Model
ActiveX controls Vs. Ordinary Windows Controls Installing ActiveX controls Calendar Control ActiveX
control container programming Create ActiveX control at runtime Component Object Model (COM)
Database Management with Microsoft ODBC

Containment and aggregation vs. inheritance
9 Hours
Unit V
Visual C++ .Net
Introduction to Visual C++ .Net-Programming with .Net Strings Programming with .Net Arrays- Handling
Errors with .Net Exceptions -Making GUI with .Net-programming with .Net Dialog boxes

Adding Net Event Handling 9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Charles Petzold, Windows Programming, Microsoft press, 1998.
2. David J.Kruglinski, George Shepherd and Scot Wingo, Programming Visual C++, Microsoft press,
2011.
3. Jeff Cogswell, Visual C++ .Net, Hungry Minds, 2002

Reference

1. Steve Holtzner, Visual C++ 6 Programming, Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 2003

11I019 BUSINESS COMPONENT TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3.0

Objectives

- To have in depth knowledge on JAVA, CORBA and .Net Components
- To Deal with Fundamental properties of components, technology and architecture and middleware.
- To understand Component Frameworks and Development

Programme Outcomes

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify IT related problems and solve using programming
languages.
problems.
(j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for life - long learning.

Skill set

1. An ability to demonstrate skills to use software and equipments to analyze problems with more
exposure to component based software development.
2. An ability to identify, formulate and to solve component building problems.
3. An ability to understand the component based software development process.
4. To Design the applications using RMI and JAVABEANS

Assessment Pattern

Sl.
No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Arrange the components of its important aspects.
2. What is the awareness to be taken to write a component?
3. Label the uses of Modules.
4. Recall an Interface in components interception.
5. List out the attributes of Interfaces.
Understand

1. How contexts are created.
2. Generate the benefits of components.
3. Find out the merits and demerits of Custom-made software.
4. Drive out the merits and demerits of Standard software
5. Write about I Unknown Interface?
6. How does Containment work?

Analyze

1. Draw the Object Management Architecture and explain in detail the CORBA.
2. Design a model in using beans that ensures the entire object involved in the transaction are
recoverable.
3. Design the basic directory services provided by a system.
4. Design cascaded message multicasting services for remoting using .Net components.
5. Analyze the implementation tools for EJB containers.

___________________


Apply / Evaluate

1. How the effective callbacks are used in building a component based framework?
2. Justify the steps in creating and deploying Jar files.
3. Evaluate how the design of components using ORB is better than portable adapters.
4. Appraise the procedures used for CORBA services.
5. Summarize the detail about Black Box component framework for building components.

Create

1. Design an implement a component for RMI invocation.
2. Create and Deploy a JAR file using Java beans for any application in CORBA.
3. Build a component for network communication using distributed object models.
4. Create a POA service for building a component using CORBA.
5. How can you build components using Multithreading?

Unit I
Introduction
Software Components objects fundamental properties of Component technology modules interfaces
callbacks directory services component architecture components and middleware.

Middleware communication
9 Hours
Unit II
Java Based Component Technologies
Threads Java Beans Events and connections properties introspection JAR files reflection object
serialization Enterprise Java Beans Distributed Object models RMI and RMI-IIOP

JINI Development
9 Hours
Unit III
Corba Component Technologies
Java and CORBA Interface Definition language Object Request Broker system object model portable
object adapter CORBA services CORBA component model containers application server model driven
architecture.

CORBA Boundaries
9 Hours
Unit IV
Net Based Component Technologies
COM Distributed COM object reuse interfaces and versioning dispatch interfaces connectable objects
OLE containers and servers Active X controls .NET components - assemblies appdomains contexts
reflection remoting
COM applications
9 Hours
Unit V
Component Frameworks and Development
Connectors contexts EJB containers CLR contexts and channels Black Box component framework
directory objects cross-development environment component-oriented programming Component design
and implementation tools testing tools - assembly tools

Frameworks Interconnection 9 Hours
Textbook

1. Clemens Szyperski, Component Software: beyond Object-Oriented Programming, Pearson Education
publishers, 2003.

References

1. Ed Roman, Mastering Enterprise Java Beans, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999.
2. Mowbray, Inside CORBA, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. Freeze, Visual Basic Development Guide for COM & COM+, BPB Publication, 2001.
4. Hortsamann and Cornell, CORE JAVA Vol-II, Sun Press, 2002.

11I020 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To bring a systematic knowledge of the management information technology.
- The concepts which are used in information systems to make the Graduates effective.

Programme Outcomes
problems.
(j) The Graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for lifelong learning

Skill Set
1. Web enabled Business Management
2. Application System Architecture
3. Electronic payment Systems

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No. Blooms Taxonomy

Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is the scope of the information system?
2. Can you think of an MIS which could be user independent and business independent?
3. State the difference between MIS and a computer system.
4. What are Social Challenges of Information Systems?
5. Give a format of two exception reports.

Understand

1. If application science and MIS can be brought together, the MIS design would be realistic and useful.
Discuss.
2. Designing an MIS for an organization is an art and not a science. Explain.
3. Can the quality of decision making be improved? Explain how it can be improved.

4. Explain the following:
a) Data Design
b) Process Design
c) Output Design
5. Requirement analysis and definition is the foundation for any systems development. It is independent
of the approach you take for analysis and design. Explain.

Apply

1. The word management is often used with other words is such as Management of resource,
Management of Materials, Management of capacity etc., Explain with example, three applications in
Resource, Materials and Capacity management.
___________________


2. Since your school days, you have purchased number of books and your home library has over two
hundred books. Would you call this awareness of yours as a data or information? How would you
convert this awareness into information?
3. Take any small system of your knowledge and perform the following
a) Define system objective
b) Draw document flow chart, system flow chart.
c) Define input and output document.
d) How they are processed?
e) Draw document versus user matrix.
f) Find the reports in the system and who all are using them.
4. Technology obsolescence is a fact of life when it comes to IT. While deciding configuration, what
care should be taken so that the investment is protected for a reasonable period of time; application
development effort is not wasted and organization is not required to learn a new technology.
5. You are familiar with telephone bill which is sent to you every two months. Identify the inputs
which are necessary to generate the telephone bill and suggest data processing steps leading to the
printing of bill. This application is highly data intensive and data pertaining to a telephone number is
to be processed before it is processed for bill preparation. Prescribe data processing checks, validation
and controls which are necessary to confirm the rightness of the bill.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Develop DB application to get simple reports useful to the student, professor and college.
Create

1. Create E-Commerce feature on the site for i) Booking a car for servicing ii ) ordering spares for
replacement from standard list.
Unit I
Introduction
Technology of Information Systems Concepts Definition - Role and impact of MIS - Role and importance
of management Approaches to Management - Functions of the manager - Management as a control system -
Database Management Systems - Concepts - Data Models - Database Design - MIS & Client Server
Architecture. Process of management - Planning Organization Staffing - Co-ordination and Controlling -
Management by exception.

MIS as a support to management - Organization structure and Theory
9 Hours

Unit II
Decision Making and Information
Decision making concepts - Methods Tools and Procedures - Behavioral concepts in Decision making -
Organizational Decision Making - Information concepts as a quality Product - Classification of the information
- Methods of Data and information Collection - Value of the information - Human as a information Processor -
Organization and Information

System concepts Control Types - Handling System Complexity
9 Hours

Unit III
System Analysis and Design
System analysis and design Need for system Analysis - System Analysis of existing System - New
Requirement - System Development Model - Structured Systems Analysis and Design - Computer System
Design - Development of MIS - Development of long Range plans of the MIS - Ascertaining the class of
information - Determining the Information Requirement.

Development and implementation of the MIS Management of Quality
9 Hours
Unit IV
Decision Support Systems
Deterministic systems Artificial intelligence Knowledge Based Expert System MIS and the role of DSS -
Enterprise management systems EMS Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system -ERP basic features
Benefits Selection - Implementation .

EMS and MIS
9 Hours
Unit V
Current Trends
Knowledge management Networks Internet and Web based Information System Electronic Commerce
Electronic Business Commercial applications.

Case Studies
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. W.S.Jawadekar, Management Information Systems, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Limited 2008.
2. Kenneth C Landon and Jane P.Laudon, Management Information Systems , Prentice Hall, Sixth
Edition, 2000

References
1. Gordon B. Davis and Margerethe H.Olson, Management Information system, McGraw Hill 1988.
2. Jerome Karnter, Management Information System, III edition, PHI, 1990.
3. David Kroenke, Management Information System, Tata McGraw Hill.1989.
4. James A OBrien, Management Information System, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.

11I021 SOFTWARE QUALITY MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To Learn about various Software quality models
- To gain knowledge about Quality measurement, implementation and documentation

Programme Outcome

analyze problems.

Skill set

1. Develop software quality models
2. Perform quality verification techniques
3. Develop software to analyze the quality of the product
4. Implementation the quality plan

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Software Quality.
2. Give the relationship between criteria and measurable properties.
3. List the special responsibilities of Technical Review Process.
4. Based on size and structure how do you measure the internal product attributes of a software product?
5. What is orthogonal defect classification in quality management metrics based on defect cause analysis?
___________________


Understand

1. How the quality criteria are interrelated with hierarchical model?
2. Specify the responsibilities of Technical Review Process.
3. Differentiate product quality and process quality.
4. Compare verification and validation.
5. Plot a frequency distribution for the scores for the bands <3, 3 to 6, and 9 to 12.>

Apply

1. Differentiate between PTR and Reliability growth model.
2. How to identify phase-based defect removal pattern?
3. How to measure the different aspects of quality?
4. Explain Different types of product quality metrics.
5. Depict the four current approaches for cost estimation in detail.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. When software engineers and project managers talk of cost estimation , they usually mean
predictions of the likely amount of effort, time and staffing levels required to build a software system.
Justify your answer.
2. Explain in detail the following two software quality models,
(i) Problem Tracking Report (PTR) model.
(ii) Reliability Growth model.
3. Complex the software quality metrics for maintenance of the software product.
4. Explain the technical review process.
5. Explain the types of reviews.

Create
1. Create a your own software and explain how software process assessment helps software organizations
to improve themselves

Unit I
Introduction to Software Quality
Software Quality Hierarchical models of Boehm and McCall Quality measurement Metrics measurement
and analysis GQM Model

Gilbs approach
9 Hours
Unit II
Software Quality Assurance
Quality tasks SQA plan Teams Characteristics Implementation Reviews and Audits

Documentation
9 Hours
Unit III
Quality Control and Reliability
Tools for Quality Ishikawas basic tools CASE tools Defect prevention and removal Reliability models
Reliability growth models for quality assessment

Rayleigh model
9 Hours
Unit IV
Quality Management System
Elements of QMS Rayleigh model framework Reliability Growth models for QMS Complexity metrics
And model

Customer satisfaction analysis.
9 Hours


Unit V
Quality Standards
Need for standards ISO 9000 Series ISO 9000-3 for software development CMM Six Sigma concepts.

CMMI
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. Allan C. Gillies, Software Quality: Theory and Management, Thomson Learning, 3
rd
edition, 2011.
2. Stephen H. Kan, Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering, Pearson Education, second
edition, 2009.

References
1. Mary Beth Chrissis, Mike Konrad and Sandra Shrum, CMMI for development, Pearson Education,,
2011
2. E. Norman Fenton and James Bieman, Software Metrics, Taylor & Francis Group, 2010
3. Mordechai Ben Menachem and Garry S.Marliss, Software Quality, Thomson Asia Pvt Ltd, 2003

11I022 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To learn the basic qualities and approaches of an essential organization.
- To learn the function and systematic approach of the organizational Management.
- Get to know how a business organization functions to gain a competitive advantage.

Programme Outcome
g) The Graduates will be able to communicate professionally

Skill set

1. Application of knowledge about how people, individuals, and groups act in organizations.
2. Develop leadership, communication, and group dynamics within the organization.
3. To build the model or framework that the organization operation.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define the term Organization
2. What are the different levels of Management in a Formal organization?
3. What is classical conditioning?
4. What is corporate identity? How can it affect the formation and maintenance of relational
psychological contracts?

___________________

5. What if any is the difference between a leader and a manager? How can theories of leadership
inform our understanding of effective management?

Understand

1. Distinguish between Interpersonal vs. Intraindividual conflict
2. How useful are traditional process theories of the team to our understanding and management of the
so-called ad hoc or virtual team?
3. Offer an informed social-psychological analysis of the teleworking situation, identifying potential
performance problems and the management issues they raise. What would you advise a company
migrating to a telework scheme?
4. Are workgroups and teams a help or a hindrance to the achievement of organizational goals?
5. Compare and contrast the planned and emergent approaches to effecting organizational change.

Apply

1. Describe the evolution of different schools of management thought. How does
management science school differ from behavioral school? Discuss
2. Explain the need of control in an organization. What are the steps in a control process?
Also, explain how financial controls are considered important in managing an
organization.
3. Is the term psychological contract more useful as an explanatory construct or as a framework for
understanding and managing the employment relationship? Defend your answer on theoretical,
empirical and practical grounds.
4. Why have theories of transformational leadership proven to be so popular in recent years?
5. How has the new technology revolution affected organizational communication?

Analyze/Evaluate
1. Write short notes on the following
- Line vs. Staff organization.
- Team building
- Leadership styles
- Planning function
Create

1. Discuss the various approaches to the theory of management. According to you which are the most
suitable theory in IT Industry?

Unit I
Management Function and Approach
Time-spent in Carrying out Managerial Functions-Skills and Management Levels-Approaches to Management-
The Management Process Input/Output Model-Systems Approach to Management-The Organization and its
External Environment-Forms of International Business-The Baldrige Award Criteria Framework
The European Foundation for Quality Management Model for Business Excellence.
9 Hours
Unit II
Essentials of Management Planning and Controlling
Strategic Planning Process Model-TOWS Matrix for Strategy formulation-Dynamics of the TOWS Matrix-
Business Portfolio Matrix-Bases for selecting from among Alternative Courses of Action-Nature of problems
and Decision-making in the Organization-Formal and Informal Organizations

Organization Structures with Narrow and Wide Spans-Management by Processes.

9 Hours
Unit III
Functional Organization and Grouping
Functional Organization Grouping-Territorial/Geographic Organization Grouping-Customer departmentation-
Product Organization-Matrix Organization-Typical Strategic Business Unit Organization-Centralization and
Decentralization as Tendencies-Formal and Informal or Informational Organizations-Systems Approach to
Staffing-Manager inventory chart-Personal Actions Based on Manager Supply and Demand within the
Enterprise
Systems Approach to Selection.

9 Hours
Unit IV
Organization Development and Training
The Appraisal Process -Manager Development Process and Training-Analysis of Training Needs-Moving an
Organizational Equilibrium-A Model of the Organization Development Process- of Motivation-Porter and
Lawelers Motivation Model-Equity Theory-Objective or Goal Setting for Motivation.
Formulation of a Career Strategy

9 Hours
Unit V
Effective Leadership and Management Control
The Flow of Influence with Three Leadership Style-The Managerial Grid-Continuum of Manager-
Nonmanager Behavior-Fielders Model of Leadership-Path-Goal Approach to Leadership Effectiveness.
Increased complexity of Relationships through Increase in Group Size-The Purpose and Function of
Communication-A Communication Process Model

Information Flow in an Organization.

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, Essential of management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishers, 2010

References

1. M.Ivancerich, Robert Kanopaske and Michael T Matteson, Organizational behavior and management,
2010.
2. Stephan P.Robbins, Timothy A.Judge, Organizational Behavior, Pearson Education, 2007.

11I023 DISASTER MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To study the types of Environmental hazards & Disasters.
- To study the emerging approaches in Disaster Reduction & Management.
- To study about the emphasis of Disaster preparedness, Mitigation and awareness.

Programme Outcomes

analyze problems
f) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of professional and ethical responsibility.

Skill set

1. The Graduates who shall take this course can prepare hazard zone maps through
education on Disasters and Community Involvement.
2. Teaching will include field trip & interaction with programs of disaster research & mitigation by
national organizations


Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. List out the role of media in disaster
2. What are the challenges involved in Quick Reconstruction.
3. What are the major factors which cause epidemics?
4. List out the evacuation techniques of casualties from disaster area
5. Define operations management in disaster.

Understand
1. Differentiate Natural Disasters and Manmade Disasters with examples.
2. What is Disasters recovery and what does it mean to an Industry?
3. List out the public emergency services available in the state, which could be approached for help
during a natural disaster.
4. Specify the role played by an Engineer in the process of Disaster management.
5. How the imamates of a multistory building are to be evacuated in the event of a fire/Chemical
spill/Toxic Air Situation/ Terrorist attack.
Apply
1. Explain how rescue operations have to be carried out in the case of collapse of buildings due to
earthquake / blast / Cyclone / flood.
2. What relief works that has to be carried out to save the lives of workers when the factory area is
suddenly affected by a dangerous gas leak / sudden flooding?
3. What precautionary measures have to be taken to avoid accidents to laborers in the Industry in a
workshop / during handling of dangerous Chemicals / during construction of buildings / during the
building maintenance works.
4. What immediate actions you will initiate when the quarters of your factory workers are suddenly
flooded due to the breach in a nearly lake / dam, during heavy rain?
5. What steps you will take to avoid a break down when the workers union of your Industry have given a
strike notice?

Analyze / Evaluate

1. What factors are to be considered while fixing compensation to the workers in the case of severe
accidents causing disability / death to them?
2. List out few possible crisis in an organization caused by its workers? What could be the part of the
middle level officials in managing such crisis?

Create

1. Assume that you are responsible for transporting relief supplies to a remote mountainous village which
has been hit by an earthquake. What types of supplies will you consider carrying? What are your
priorities?

__________________


Unit I
Natural Disasters
Meaning and nature of natural disasters, their types and effects. Floods, drought, cyclone, earthquakes,
landslides, avalanches, volcanic eruptions, Climatic change: global warming, Sea level rise, ozone depletion.
Self Study: Heat and cold waves
9 Hours
Unit II
Man Made Disasters
Nuclear disasters, chemical disasters, biological disasters, building fire, coal fire, forest fire, oil fire, air
pollution, water pollution, deforestation, road accidents, rail accidents, air accidents, sea accidents.

Industrial waste water pollution
9 Hours
Unit III
Disaster Management
Effect to migrate natural disaster at national and global levels. International strategy for disaster reduction.
Concept of disaster management; financial arrangements; role of NGOs, community based organizations and
media. Central, state, district and local administration; Armed forces in disaster response; Disaster response;
Police and other organizations.

National disaster management framework
Unit IV
Natural Disaster Reduction & Management
Provision of Immediate relief measures to disaster affected people- Prediction of Hazards & Disasters-Measures
of adjustment to natural hazards

Managing Natural Disaster
9 Hours
Unit V
Disaster Management Approach
An integrated approach for disaster preparedness, mitigation & awareness mitigation- Integrated Planning-
Contingency management Preparedness - program of disaster research & mitigation of disaster

Monitoring Disaster Management
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text books
1.
1. B.Singh (Ed) Environmental Geography, Heritage Publishers New Delhi,2011
2. Savinder Singh Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, 2005
3. Kates,B.I & White, G.F The Environment as Hazards, oxford, New York, 2010

References
1. R.B. Singh (Ed) Disaster Management, Rawat Publication, New Delhi, 2000
2. H.K. Gupta (Ed) Disaster Management, University Press, India, 2003
3. R.B. Singh, Space Technology for Disaster Mitigation in India (INCED), University of Tokyo, 1994

11I024 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To understand the concept and importance of Artificial Intelligence.
- To study the concept and use of Expert Systems
- To apply AI approaches to solve industrial problems.


Programme Outcomes

Skill Set

1. Develop graphical User Interfaces
2. Provide good framework for code libraries
4. Develop a robots for industrial and Home Applications

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is meant by path cost function?
2. Mention different types of adequacies.
3. State the use of heuristic functions.
4. What are the characteristic features of expert systems?
5. Name few applications of knowledge acquisition.

Understand

1. How do you properly update knowledge base when a new fact is added to the system (or when an old one
is Removed)?
2. How can knowledge base are extended to allow inferences to be made on the basis of lack of knowledge
as well as on the presence of it?
3. Why would the evolution tend to result in systems that act rationally? What are the goals such systems
designed to achieve?
4. Give five examples of facts that are difficult to represent and manipulate in predicate logics.
5. Explain in detail the monkey and banana problem.

Apply

1. Describe the event of trading something for something else. Describe buying as a kind of trading in which
one of the objects traded is a sum of money.
2. Consider the following sentences:
John likes all kinds of food.
Apples are food.
Chicken is food
anything anyone eats and isn't killed alive.sue eats everything bill eats
(i) .Translate these sentences into formulas in predicate logic.
(ii) .Prove that john likes peanuts using backward chaining
(iii). Covert the formulas of a part into clause form
(iv) .Prove that john likes peanuts using resolution.
3. Illustrate the learning from examples by induction with suitable examples

___________________


4. Explain with an example learning in decision trees.
5. Describe its effects on the wumpus and remember that shooting uses the agents arrow.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Write out a general algorithm for answering queries of the form P (cause|e), using a nave Bayes
distribution.Assume that the evidences e may assign values to any subset of the effect variables.
2. Let X, Y, Z be the Boolean random variables. Label the eight entries in the joint distribution P(X, Y,
Z) as through h. Express the statement that X and Y are conditionally independent given Z as a set
of equations relating a through h. How many non-redundant equations are there?
3. How do we encode and store an Image.
4. Given an architecture with n bits of storage, how many different possible agents programs are there?
5. Would a probabilistic version of determinations be useful? Suggest a definition.

Create

1. Create a test set of five queries, and pose them to three major Web search engines.
2. Evaluate each one for precision at 1, 3 and 10 documents returned and for mean reciprocal rank. Try to
explain the differences.
3. Construct semantic net representations for the following:
Pompeian (Marcus), Blacksmith (Marcus)
Mary gave the green flowered vase to her favorite cousin.
4. Construct partitioned semantic net repetitions for the following:
Every batter hit a ball
All the batters like the pitche
5. Write an algorithm to check duplicate nodes.

Unit I
Introduction
Concept of AI, approaches Application areas Problem formulation - Problem solving agents -Forward &
Backward reasoning- Graphs & Trees - Measuring problem solving performance - Search Strategies - Genetic
Algorithms.
Genetic Algorithms Terminology
9 Hours
Unit II
Knowledge Representation
Relational knowledge & Procedural knowledge Propositional Logic Syntax & semantics- Inference rules -
Inference methods - Knowledge engineering process - Handling uncertain knowledge- Bayesian networks
Learning.

Pattern recognition
9 Hours
Unit III
Knowledge Based Systems
Expert systems Components, Characteristic features of expert systems Rule based system architecture-
Using domain knowledge - Expert system shell - Explaining the reasoning and knowledge acquisition.

Applications of knowledge based systems
9 Hours
Unit IV
AI in Robotics
State space search - Block word & robot example - Path selection - Monkey & Banana problem AND OR
graph - Means end analysis in a robotic problem - Robot problem solving as a production system - Triangle
table- Robot learning - Robot task planning -Phases in task planning - Symbolic spatial relationships - Obstacle
avoidance.
Graph planning.
9 Hours
Unit V
Machine Vision
Introduction - Functions in a vision system - Imaging devices - Lighting - A-D conversion Quantization -
Encoding image storage - Image data reduction - Segmentation techniques - Feature extraction - object
recognition - training the vision system.
Robotic applications of machine vision
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Pearson Education, 3rd
Edition 2009.
2. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, TMH, 3rd Edition 2009.

References
1. Dr.Wolfgang Ertel, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Springer, 2011..
2. Philip C. Jackson, Jr.Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Dover Publications, 2013
3. Zhongzhi Shi, Advanced Artificial Intelligence, world scientific, 2011
4. Fu, Gonzalez and Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.

11I025 PRINCIPLES OF COMPILER DESIGN
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To understand, design and implement a lexical analyzer.
- To understand, design and implement a parser.
- To understand, design code generation schemes.

Programme Outcomes

(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and

Skill Set
1. Design lexical and syntax analysis phases of complier.
2. Demonstrate the techniques for programming language translation
3. Exhibit the basic notions and methods for intermediate code generation.
Assessment Pattern
Sl.
No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I* Test II* Model Examination* Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Define compiler.
2. What are the uses of Directed Acyclic Graph?
3. List the compiler construction tools.
4. Recall the software tools that used for analysis of source.
5. Write the different types of error handling techniques.

Understand
1. State the advantages of structure editors
2. Write an algorithm to compute FIRST(X)
3. Discuss Handle pruning
4. Explain the phases of compiler with example.
_________________


Apply

1. Consider the grammar
A aBcC A aBb A aB A a, Ae
Find the FIRST () and FOLLOW ()
2. Consider the grammar
S (L) | a
L L, S | S
Find parse tree for the (a, (a, a))

3. Consider a grammar
S cAd
A ab | a
Construct the recursive decent parser for the word cad
4. Consider the following grammar
E E + T | T
T T F | F
F F* | a
Construct the SLR Parsing table for the grammar
5. Construct a DAG for the expression a * (b-c) + (b-c) / d

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Write regular definitions for all the strings that contain the substring abc.
2. Describe the language for the following regular expression 0(0|1)*0.
3. Differentiate Phase and Pass.
4. Show that the grammar
S (L) | a
L L, S | S is LL (1)

Create

1. Construct minimum state DFA for the regular expression (a*|b*)*
2. Construct NFA for the following regular expression (a|b)*abb(a|b)*
3. Create DFA using direct method for the regular expression ((e|a)b*)*

Unit I
Introduction to Compiler
Compilers Analysis of the source program Phases of a compiler Cousins of the Compiler Grouping of
Phases Compiler construction tools Lexical Analysis Role of Lexical Analyzer Input Buffering
Specification of Tokens.

Minimization of Finite Automaton

9 Hours
Unit II
Syntax Analysis
Role of the parser Writing Grammars Context-Free Grammars Top Down parsing Recursive Descent
Parsing Predictive Parsing Bottom-up parsing Shift Reduce Parsing Operator Precedent Parsing LR
Parsers SLR Parser Canonical LR Parser LALR Parser.

Statistical Parser
9 Hours
Unit III
Intermediate Code Generation
Intermediate languages Declarations Assignment Statements Boolean Expressions Case Statements
Back patching Procedure calls.

Syntax-directed definitions
9 Hours

Unit IV
Code Generation
Issues in the design of code generator The target machine Runtime Storage management Basic Blocks and
Flow Graphs Next-use Information A simple Code generator DAG representation of Basic Blocks.

Peephole Optimization
9 Hours
Unit V
Code Optimization and Run Time Environments
Introduction Principal Sources of Optimization Optimization of basic Blocks Introduction to Global Data
Flow Analysis Runtime Environments Source Language issues Storage Organization Storage Allocation
strategies Access to non-local names.

Parameter Passing
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Alfred Aho, Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D Ullman, Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools, Pearson
Education Asia, 2008

References
1. Allen I. Holub, Compiler Design in C, Prentice Hall of India, 2003
2. C. N. Fischer and R. J. LeBlanc, Crafting a compiler with C, Benjamin Cummings, 2003
3. J.P. Bennet, Introduction to Compiler Techniques, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003
4. Henk Alblas and Albert Nymeyer, Practice and Principles of Compiler Building with C, PHI, 2001
5. Kenneth C. Louden, Compiler Construction: Principles and Practice, Thompson Learning, 2003

11I026 REAL-TIME SYSTEMS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To understand the concepts of real time systems.
- To study the method to calculate the real time workload of the systems.
- To know the various scheduling algorithms for real time system

Programme Outcome

d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and
Skill set
1. Gain Knowledge in fundamental concepts of Real time Systems.
2. Develop scheduling algorithms for real time system
3. Design workload for real-time Systems

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

___________________



Remember

1. What is a real time system?
2. List the issues of real time system design.
3. How memory is assigned in the memory hierarchy?
4. Define maximum schedulable utilization.
5. What performance benefit does the cache give?
6. Define scheduling in real time.
Understand
1. Discuss typical real time control system including inputs from sensors and imaging devices and
producing control signals and display information.
2. Write the Pros and Cons of clock-driven scheduling.
3. What are the kinds of instruction? Discuss these instruction types in detail.
4. Differentiate Clock-driven approach, Priority driven approach.
5. Summarize Weighted Round-robin approach.

Apply
1. Define CPU utilization? Describe utilization zones and typical application and recommendations
2. Describe the design and implementation of real time system requires attention to numerous
problems with example.
3. Apply Maximum schedulable utilization in a real time example.
4. Explain typical memory map showing designated region
5. Describe the combination of round-robin and pre-emptive system in hybrid system

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Discuss the disciplines that impact on real time system engineering. Explain some typical real time
domains and applications.
2. Distinguish between periodic, aperiodic and sporadic. How the addressing modes represent the
parameters or operands for an instruction are obtained?

Create

1. The instruction set of a certain processor does not have the JLE, JLT, JGE and JGT instructions.
Assume the process does not have all the other arithmetic instructions nor the JNE and JUA
instructions. Implement the missing instructions for the generic assembly language in a
(a) 0-Address machine
(b) 1-Address machine
(c) 2-Address machine
(d) 3-Address machine

Unit I
Typical Real time Applications
Digital control, High-level controls, Signal Processing, Other Real-time Applications, Hard Versus Soft Real
time Systems, Jobs and processors , Release times, Deadlines and Timing constraints , Hard and Soft Timing
constraints , Hard real-time systems.

Soft real-time systems
9 Hours
Unit II
A Reference model of Real time systems
Processors and Resources , Temporal parameters of real time workload , Periodic task model , Precedence
constraints and data dependency , Other types of dependencies , Functional parameters , Resource parameters of
jobs and parameters of resources .

Scheduling hierarchy
9 Hours
Unit III
Commonly used Approaches to Real time Scheduling
Clock-driven approach, Weighted Round-robin approach, Priority driven approach, Effective release times and
deadlines, Optimality of the EDF and LST algorithms.

Dynamic versus Static systems
9 Hours
Unit IV
Clock-driven Scheduling
Notations and Assumptions , Static, Timer-driven scheduler , General structure of cyclic schedules , Cyclic
executives , Improving the average response time of aperiodic jobs , Scheduling sporadic jobs , Algorithm for
constructing static schedules .

Pros and Cons of clock-driven scheduling

9 Hours
Unit V
Priority-driven Scheduling of Periodic Tasks
Static Assumption, Maximum schedulable utilization, Optimality of the RM and DM algorithms, Schedulability
test for fixed-priority tasks with short response times, Schedulability test for fixed-priority tasks with arbitrary
response times.

Fixed-priority versus Dynamic-priority Algorithms
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Jane W. S. Liu, Realtime Systems, Pearson Education, 2006

Reference
1. Alan Burns and Andy Wellings, Real-Time Systems and Programming Languages, Addison
Wesley longmain, 2001

11I027 FAULT-TOLERANT COMPUTING SYSTEMS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To understand about the quality of a service provided by the system.
- To know the reliability of that system performance throughout the time interval.

Programme Outcome

(d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and

Skill Set

1. A firm understanding of design methodology
2. Better knowledge of processors internal functionality.
3. Familiar with various types of faults

Assessment pattern


Examination*
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

___________________


Remember
1. Define the term fault.
2. What is containment zone?
3. What are the types of hardware fault?
4. What is a Byzantine fault?
5. Define redundancy.
Understand
1. Give the relationship between MTTF and MTTR.
2. Derive the formula for failure rate.
3. Distinguish series and non series system.
4. List the variations of N-modular redundancy?
5. State the properties of Poisson process.
6. Derive the condition for a process to be Markov Chain.

Apply

1. Elucidate how the Byzantine generals algorithm works when the source is faulty and the source is not
faulty.
2. Describe the various RAID levels with a pictorial representation.
3. Explain the algorithm for dynamic vote assignment.
4. Clarify the SIHFT technique for detecting hardware faults.
5. Derive an expression to calculate the success probability.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Consider a triplex that produces a 1-bit output. Failures that cause the output of a processor to be
permanently stuck at 0 or stuck at 1 occur at constant rates 0 and 1, respectively. The voter never
fails. At time t, you carry out a calculation the correct output of which should be 0. What is the
probability that the triplex will produce an incorrect result? (Assume that stuck-at faults are the only
ones that a processor can suffer from, and that these are permanent faults; once a processor has its
output stuck at some logic value, it remains stuck at that value forever).
2. Consider an NMR system that produces an eight-bit output. N = 2m + 1 for some m. Each processor
fails at a constant rate and the failures are permanent. A failed processor produces any of the 28
possible outputs with equal probability. A majority voter is used to produce the overall output, and the
voter is assumed never to fail. What is the probability that, at time t, a majority of the processors
produce the same incorrect output after executing some program?
3. Prove that it is possible to find at most 28 8-bit binary words such that the Hamming distance between
any two of them is at least 3.

Create

1. Design a majority voter circuit out of two- and three-input logic gates. Assume that you are voting on
1-bit inputs.
2. Obtain by simulation the network reliability of Hen for n = 5, 6, 7. Assume that qc = 0. Compare this
result in each instance with the lower bound that we derived.
3. Suppose you are designing a check pointing scheme for a distributed system specified to be single-
fault tolerant. That is, the system need only guarantee successful recovery from any one failure: a
second failure before the system has recovered from the first one is assumed to be of negligible
probability. You decide to take checkpoints and carry out message-logging. Show that it is sufficient
for each processor to simply record the messages it sends out in its volatile memory. (By volatile
memory, we mean memory that will lose its contents in the event of a failure).

Unit I
Introduction
Fault classification - Types of Redundancy - Basic measures of Fault Tolerance -Hardware Fault Tolerance -
Rate of hardware failures - Reliability and Mean Time to Failure - Canonical and Resilient Structures - Other
Reliability Evaluation Techniques - Fault - Tolerance Processor - Level techniques -Byzantine Failures.

Failure rate
9 Hours

Unit II
Information Redundancy
Coding - Resilient Disk Systems - Data Replication Algorithm - Based Fault Tolerance Fault -Tolerant
Networks - Measures of Resilience - Common Network Topologies and their resilience .

Fault-Tolerant Routing.

9 Hours
Unit III
Software Fault Tolerance
Acceptance Tests - Single-Version Fault Tolerance - N-Version Programming - Recovery Block Approach -
Preconditions, Post conditions, and Assertions - Software Reliability Models - Fault- Tolerant Remote
Procedure Calls.

Exception Handli ng
9 Hours
Unit IV
Check pointing
Checkpoint Level - Optimal Check pointing - An Analytical Model - Cache - Aided Rollback Error Recovery -
Check pointing in Distributed Systems - Check pointing in Shared Memory Systems - Check pointing in Real-
Time Systems Other uses of checkpoints Defect Tolerance in VLSI Circuits Manufacturing Defects and
Circuit Faults - Basic Yield Models - Yield Enhancement through Redundancy - Fault Detection in
Cryptographic Systems Overview of Ciphers - Security Attacks through Fault Injection; Countermeasures.

Probability of Failure and Critical Areas
9 Hours
Unit V
Case Studies
Non-Stop Systems - Stratus Systems - Cassini Command and Data Sub System - IBM G5; IBM Sysplex.

Itanium
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Israel Koren and C. Mani Krishna, Fault-Tolerant Systems, Elsevier, 2007

References

1. D. K. Pradhan (Ed), Fault Tolerant Computer Systems Design, Prentice Hall, 1996
2. K. S. Trivedi, Probability, Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Science Applications, John
Wiley, 2002

11I028 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

- To study the image fundamentals and mathematical transforms necessary for image processing.
- To study the image compression techniques
- To study image restoration procedures.

Programme Outcomes


Skill set

1. Able to develop application program on Digital Image Processing.
2. Able to apply concept of Image Processing in real world applications like security, Compression
and Industry Automation.


Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. What are the Fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing?
2. Mention the Applications of Image Processing.
3. Define Compression ratio.
4. Define Entropy and Energy.
5. What is the advantage of Fourier descriptors?
Understand
1. Compare a CCD with a CMOS image sensor.
2. List the frequently used image files formats.
3. Discuss the need for Image transforms.
4. Describe in detail about Discrete Wavelet Transform and its application in the Image processing Field.
Apply
1. An object is 30 cm wide and is imaged with a sensor of size 8.8*6.6 mm from a distance of 0.4m.What
should be the required focal length?
2. Apply DFT to the following sequences:
(a) {2,4,5,3}
(b) {1,5,9,4}
Prove that inverse transform works. What is the need for Fourier Transforms?
3. Perform image enhancement for the 8*8 image distributions shown in the following tables.
(a)

(b)

4. Use LZW and encode the following message: ABBABAS

5. With the following symbols and their probabilities of occurrence, encode the message ABCD using the
arithmetic coding algorithm.

Symbol A B C D
Probability 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1

___________________


r
k
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P
k
8 10 10 2 12 16 4 2
r
k
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P
k
2 2 10 10 20 8 6 8
Analyze/Evaluate

1. Explain in detail about the applications of Image Processing and their fundamental steps. Discuss in
brief about the concepts of Image Transforms and their types and also explain about Image
Enhancement Point Operations.
2. What is the storage requirement of a 1024 * 1024, 8-level grey scale image?
3. Consider a color 1024*1024 image. If this image is transmitted across a channel of 2Mbps, what will
be the transmission time?
4. Compare the DWT over DCT with respect to image Compression.
5. Assuming the quantization thresholds of 32,48, and 64.Derive the quantization error for each of the
following DCT coefficients: 127, 172, 167, 178,-164, and 128

Create
1. Obtain the Huffman Code for the word COMMITTEE.
2. Write a C program that converts the RGB components into HSI Components and vice versa using
Modularity Concepts.
3. Construct an algorithm to perform content based Image retrieval.

4. Set up a way to choose the seed pixel in the following applications. i) Target detection in night vision
ii) mammogram.
5. Consider an image point [2, 2].Perform the following operations and show the results of these
transforms.
i) Translate the image right by 4 units.
ii) Perform a scaling operation in both x-axis and y-axis by 3 units.
iii) Rotate the image in x-axis by 45 degree.
iv) Perform horizontal skewing by 45 degree.
v) Perform mirroring about x-axis.
vi) Perform shear in y-direction by 30 units.
vii) Perform sub sampling on the following image.

3 3 3 3
9 9 9 9
3 3 3 3
9 9 9 9

Unit I
Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing
Fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing Components of an Image Processing - Elements of visual
perception Image sensing and Acquisition -Image sampling and quantization - Basic relationship between
pixels Basic geometric transformations- Applications of Image Processing , Image Transforms -
Introduction to TRANSFORM Need for transform - Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Properties of 2D
Fourier Transform Walsh Hadamard Discrete Cosine Transform, Haar, Slant Karhunen .

Loeve (Hotelling) transforms
9 Hours
Unit II
Image Enhancement Techniques
Image enhancement in Spatial Domain - Point operation: types - Histogram Manipulation Linear and non
linear gray level transformation Local or Neighborhood operation - Median Filter Image subtraction
Image averaging Spatial filtering: Smoothing, sharpening filters Laplacian filters Frequency domain filters:
Smoothing Sharpening filters .

Homomorphic filtering
9 Hours


Unit III
Image Restoration and Color Models
Model of Image Degradation/restoration process Noise models Inverse filtering -Least mean square filtering
Constrained least mean square filtering Blind image restoration Pseudo inverse Singular value
decomposition.- Color formation chromaticity diagram pseudo color.

Color Model
9 Hours
Unit IV
Image Compression
Need for Image Compression Redundancy Classification of Schemes Huffman Coding Arithmetic
Coding - LZW coding Run Length coding - BIT plane coding- predictive coding-Image compression
standards Transform based Compression.

Fractal Image compression
9 Hours
Unit V
Image Segmentation and Representation
Edge detection Thresholding - Region Based segmentation Boundary representation: chair codes- Polygonal
approximation boundary descriptors: Simple descriptors Regional descriptors Simple descriptors Texture.

Fourier descriptors
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Rafael C Gonzalez and Richard E Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education, 2009.

References
1. S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan and T. Veerakumar, Digital Image Processing, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, 2010.
2. William K Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Willey, 2007.
3. Millman Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle and Broos/colic, Learning Image Processing Analysis
and Machine Vision, Thompson, 2006.
4. Anil K Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image processing, Prentice Hall India, 2012.
5. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/ Digi_Img_Pro

11I029 GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS

Objectives

- To study about the methods to solve the problem that has no solution.
- To understand the concept of genetic algorithm.
- To study the genetic programming methods.

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set

1. Determine the methods to solve the problem using the concept of genetic algorithm.
2. Design and test a practical application using various genetic programming methods.
3. Diagnose the cause of defects in the software applications.

3 0 0 3.0
Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. Why coarse-grained genetic algorithm is called as distributed genetic algorithm.
2. Differentiate between phenotype and genotype.
3. What does a gene mean?
4. List a few search strategies.
5. Mention the key elements of genetic algorithm.

Understand
1. How does genetic algorithm work? Explain the building block hypothesis and schema theorem.
2. Simulate a Genetic Algorithm to minimize a function,
F(x) = x
2
+ y
2

Where 1 x 15 and y 3 with x + y =7
3. Explain the various knowledge-based techniques that improve the efficiency of simple genetic
algorithm.
4. Consider two parents given by,
Parent1 2 4 7 1 3 6 8 9 5
Parent 2 5 9 8 6 2 4 1 3 7
Choose random points and perform partially matched cross over operation.
5. Classify the Hybrid GAs used in planning of a VLSI Design Layout.

Apply

1. Apply the parallel genetic algorithm for traveling salesman problem.
2. Construct five strings having following fitness values: 3,6,9,12,15. Under Roulette wheel selection,
compute the expected number of copies of each string in the pool if the constant population size,
n=5, is maintained.
3. How are hierarchical genetic algorithm formed using the parallel GAs?
4. Find the solution of the function f(x) = sin (3x) + 10 with the constraint -3 < x < 3 by using genetic
algorithm.
5. Apply Genetic Algorithm for VLSI Layout design.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Construct a program and implement an inversion operator that treats permutation as a circular
string.
2. Analyze the safe light combinations for 8 traffic lights, four of which are vehicle lights having four
possible colors (red, yellow/red, yellow and green) and the other four pedestrian lights having only
two colors(red and green).
3. Consider a hyperbolic sine function. Maximize it within the range 0 < x < 22/7 using a C program.
Apply two-point crossover and tournament selection process.
4. Evaluate the Traveling Salesman Problem using advanced operators and techniques.

Create

1. Develop a program for hybrid GA applied to network design and routing problems.
2. Construct a program and explain the approach of genetic programming to scheduling problems.

__________________


Unit I
Evolutionary Computation
Introduction - The Historical Development of EC - Genetic Algorithms - Genetic Programming - Particulate
Genes and Population Genetics - The Genotype/Phenotype Dichotomy - Conceptual Simplicity - Parallelism -
Solves Problems that have no Solutions
Advantages of Evolutionary Computation
9 Hours
Unit II
Genetic Algorithms
Introduction - Biological Background - What is Genetic Algorithm? - Conventional Optimization and Search
Techniques - A Simple Genetic Algorithm - Comparison of Genetic Algorithm with Other Optimization
Techniques
Advantages and Limitations of Genetic Algorithm
9 Hours
Unit III
Advanced Operators and Techniques in Genetic Algorithm
Terminologies and Operators of GA - Diploidy,Dominance and Abeyance Multiploid - Niche and Speciation
Few Micro-operators - Non-binary Representation - Multi-Objective Optimization Combinatorial
Optimizations - Knowledge Based Techniques.
Inversion and Reordering
9 Hours
Unit IV
Genetic Programming
Classification of Genetic Algorithm - Comparison of GP with Other Approaches - Primitives of Genetic
Programming - Attributes in Genetic Programming - Steps of Genetic Programming - Applications of Genetic
Programming

Characteristics of Genetic Programming
9 Hours
Unit V
Genetic Algorithm Optimization Problems
Introduction - Fuzzy Optimization Problems - Multiobjective Reliability Design Problem Combinatorial
Optimization Problem - Scheduling Problems - Genetic Algorithm Implementation Using Matlab

Genetic Algorithms Applications
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. David A. Coley, An Introduction to Genetic Algorithms for Scientists and Engineers, World Scientific
Publishing Company, 2011.

References
1. S. N. Sivanandam and S. N. Deepa, Introduction to Genetic Algorithms, Springer, 2009
2. Melanie Mitchell, An introduction to genetic algorithms, MIT Press, 1998

11I030 BIO INFORMATICS


- To understand the purpose and categories of Bio informatics technologies.
- To understand the neural network concepts in Bio informatics.
- To study about the Micro array Analysis.

Programme Outcomes

Analyze problems.


Skill set

1. Enables to use a set of pragmatic knowledge in bioinformatics
2. High value to programmers across the broad spectrum of bioinformatics in both academia and
industry.
3. Enables the Graduates to apply recent Tools and Technologies in to solve the problems in
bioinformatics
Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. State the need for Bioinformatics
2. What are the data formats used in Bio informatics?
3. Mention the visualization tools.
4. What are the software tools that facilitate research in bioinformatics?
5. Mention the major tool for data retrieval and mention its usage.

Understand
1. Explain conceptual organization of resources in structural bioinformatics.
2. Write short notes on relationship between structural bioinformatics and other disciplines in drug
discovery.
3. Explain the general structure of amino acid and the formation of a peptide bond between two amino
acid to form a peptide chain.
4. Explain how DNA controls the biological functions.
5. What is fractal? Develop the recurrent iterated function system model
Apply

1. Why is bioinformatics important? How to illustrate bioinformatics paradigm?
2. How are secondary resources and associated algorithms/methods grouped? Give with example.
3. Explain the various tools in the visualization.
4. How will you transform to knowledge? Explain how the general KDD framework applied to the
analysis of protein allergens.
5. Demonstrate protein amino acid sequence with the formation of a peptide bond between two amino
acid to form a peptide chain.

Analyze / Evaluate

1. Discuss the most basic and the simplest feed-forward neural networks.
2. Distinguish between HMM gene identification, promoter identification and promoter element
identification. Illustrate the flowchart for short target sequence model development.
3. How emission and transition probabilities are derived from alignments of target sequences comprising
the training data set?

___________________


Create

1. How to create the flow of information with in a cell. What are the three possible reading frames of a
DNA sequence in the forward direction? Create a dot plot of two coding DNA sequences.
2. Create an algorithm for performing a DNA microarray experiment.
3. Write an algorithm for generic scoring optimization available in Hidden Markov Modeling for
sequence identification.
4. Develop an application program for data extraction.

Unit I
Introduction

Need for Bioinformatics technologies Overview of Bioinformatics technologies Structural bioinformatics
Data format and processing secondary resources and applications Role of Structural bioinformatics.

Biological Data Integration System

9 Hours
Unit II
Data warehousing And Data mining In Bioinformatics

Bioinformatics data Data warehousing architecture data quality Biomedical data analysis DNA data
analysis Protein data analysis Machine learning Neural network architecture.

Applications in bioinformatics
9 Hours
Unit III
Modeling for Bioinformatics

Hidden markov modeling for biological data analysis Sequence identification Sequence classification
multiple alignment generation Comparative modeling Protein modeling genomic modeling Probabilistic
modeling Bayesian networks Boolean networks - Molecular modeling.

Computer programs for molecular modeling
9 Hours
Unit IV
Pattern Matching and Visualization

Gene regulation motif recognition motif detection strategies for motif detection Visualization Fractal
analysis DNA walk models one dimension two dimension higher dimension Game representation of
Biological sequences .

DNA, Protein, Amino acid sequences
9 Hours
Unit V
Microarray Analysis

Microarray technology for genome expression study image analysis for data extraction preprocessing
segmentation gridding spot extraction normalization, filtering cluster analysis gene network analysis
Compared Evaluation of Scientific Data Management Systems Cost Matrix Evaluation model - Benchmark.

Tradeoffs
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks
1. Teresa Attwood,David J.Parry-Smith,Dr.Samiron Phukan,Introduction to Bioinformatics,Pearson
Education,2007.
2. Yi-Ping Phoebe Chen , BioInformatics Technologies, Springer Verlag, 2007.


References
1. Zoe lacroix and Terence Critchlow, BioInformatics Managing Scientific data, Elsevier, 2007.
2. Bryan Bergeron, Bio Informatics Computing, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. Andreas D. Baxevanis, B. F. Francis Ouellette Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the Analysis of
Genes and Proteins, 3rd edition, Wiley, John & Sons, 2004.

11I031 ROBOTICS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To introduce the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots.
- To make the Graduatesfamiliar with the various drive systems for robots, sensors and their applications
in robots, programming of robots.
- To enable the Graduates to develop their creativity

Programme Outcomes

analyze problems.

Skill Set

1. Determine the basic problems in designing parallel processing architecture
2. Design of efficient parallel computing computers
3. Designing of parallel scheduling algorithms

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100
Remember

1. Identify the fundamental issues in designing of robot
2. order the work structure in enveloping the robot
3. Define coordinate system in robot
4. State the three degree freedom associated with the arms-body motion
5. List the types of drives in PN robot system

Understand

1. Predict the various purpose of robots autonomy
2. Identify the specifications of robot with suitable examples
3. Classify the four robot configurations based on its features
4. Indicate the necessity joint rotation scheme in-relation with its usage
5. Classify the Wrist Sensors, Compliance Sensors, and Slip Sensors Cameras.
6. List the lighting techniques in sensor and explain its usage

__________________


Apply/ Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Apply the role of Robot for inspection operation in context with any real time application
2. Describe palletizing and depilating operation in Material Transfer Application
3. Demonstrate the Assistive robot with its coordinate system and mention the uses of assistive robot and
how the assistive robot is used in the field of medicine.
4. Choose the Sensors with artificial intelligence algorithms update the intelligence level of robot -
Comment
5. Evaluate error categories and particular malfunction in context to automated machining cell with
suitable example

Create

1. Create a program for Automated Forex Trends Analysis and mention the time complexity and space
complexity
2. 2.Create a program for domestic robot for payment and system and write the program in VAL
programming language

Unit-I
Fundamentals of Robot
Robot Definition Robot Anatomy Co-ordinate Systems, Work Envelope, types and classification
Specifications Pitch, Yaw, Roll, Joint Notations, Speed of Motion, Pay Load Robot Parts and Their
Functions

Need for Robots Different Applications
9 Hours
Unit-II
Robot Drive Systems and End Effectors
Pneumatic Drives Hydraulic Drives Mechanical Drives Electrical Drives D.C. Servo Motors, Stepper
Motor, A.C. Servo Motors Salient Features, Applications and Comparison of All these Drives
End Effectors Grippers Mechanical Grippers, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers, Magnetic Grippers,
Vacuum Grippers; Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers; Internal Grippers and External Grippers;

Selection and Design Consideration
9 Hours
Unit-III
Sensors and Machine Vision
Requirements of a sensor-Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors Position of sensors
(Piezo Electric Sensor, LVDT, Resolvers, Optical Encoders, Pneumatic Position Sensors)-Range Sensors
(Triangulation Principle, Structured, Lighting Approach, Time of Flight Range Finders, Laser Range Meters),
Proximity Sensors (Inductive, Hall Effect, Capacitive, Ultrasonic and Optical Proximity Sensors)

Touch Sensors
9 Hours
Unit-IV
Robot Kinematics and Robot Programming
Forward Kinematics, Inverse Kinematics and Differences- Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of
Manipulators with Two, Three Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional)- Four Degrees of Freedom (In 3
Dimensional) Deviations and Problems Teach Pendant Programming, Lead through programming, Robot
programming Languages

VAL ProgrammingMotion Commands,

9 Hours
Unit-V
Implementation and Robot Economics
RGV, AGV; Implementation of Robots in Industries Various Steps; Safety Considerations for Robot
Operations;

Economic Analysis of Robots Pay back Method, EUAC Method, Rate of Return Method.

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours


Textbook

1. M.P.Groover, Industrial Robotics Technology, Programming and Applications, McGraw-Hill, 2010

References

1. Yoram Koren, Robotics for Engineers, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1992
2. Janakiraman.P.A., Robotics and Image Processing, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1995

11I032 CLOUD COMPUTING
3 0 0 3.0

Objectives
- Develop the Emerging area of "cloud computing" and how it relates to traditional models of
computing.
- Describe the architecture of IBM cloud computing and IBM cloud computing offerings.
- Implement the service delivery models in cloud computing.
- Select the most appropriate deployment model based on a set of business and technical requirements.

Programme Outcomes

problems.
i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments

Skill set

1. Develop web-based Application
2. Develop Collaboration on Group Projects and Events
3. Develop cloud computing for corporation
4. Maintain Social Networks and Groupware

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define Client-server computing.
2. List the characteristics of cloud computing.
3. Name the Cloud Service.
4. List the main features of cloud services.
5. Define online collaboration.

___________________


Understand

1. Report the requirement of databases for a single server.
2. Explain the key features in an online collaboration tool.
3. Distinguish a cloud service from a traditional hosting service
4. Name the types of services provided by Window Azure operating system.
5. Summarize the cloud service provider business models.
Apply

1. List the difference between client operating system and server operation?
2. Explain how online collaboration differs from web conferencing.
3. Apply the cloud service mechanism on web services.
4. Show that the Collaboration of Social Networks with Groupware.
5. Practice the available cloud service techniques.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Does the need for an IT manager who excels at aggregation, brokerage, and arbitration require a new
job description? What kind of person have you found to be good at this?
2. Is online collaboration for everyone, or is it only effective in larger organizations?
3. Do the vendors policies and procedures map to mine well enough for me to comply with HIPAA,
SOX and any other regulations that might apply?

Create

1. Create the cloud deployment scenario that describes the features of private, public, hybrid, and
community clouds.

Unit I
Understanding Cloud Computing
Cloud Computing: History of Cloud Computing Cloud Architecture Cloud Storage Why Cloud
Computing Matters Advantages of Cloud Computing Disadvantages of Cloud Computing Cloud Services.

Cloud deployment scenarios

9 Hours
Unit II
Developing Cloud Services
Web-Based Application Pros and Cons of Cloud Service Development Types of Cloud Service
Development Software as a Service Platform as a Service Web Services On-Demand Computing
Discovering Cloud Services Development Services and Tools Amazon Ec2 Google App Engine.

IBM Clouds
9 Hours
Unit III
Cloud Computing For Everyone
Centralizing Email Communications Collaborating on Schedules Collaborating on To-Do Lists
Collaborating Contact Lists Cloud Computing for the Community Collaborating on Group Projects and
Events.

Cloud Computing for the Corporation
9 Hours

Unit IV
Using Cloud Services
Collaborating on Calendars, Schedules and Task Management Exploring Online Scheduling Applications
Exploring Online Planning and Task Management Collaborating on Event Management Collaborating on
Contact Management Collaborating on Project Management Collaborating on Word Processing -
Collaborating on Databases.

Storing and Sharing Files
9 Hours

Unit V
Other Ways to Collaborate Online
Collaborating via Web-Based Communication Tools Evaluating Web Mail Services Evaluating Web
Conference Tools Collaborating via Social Networks and Groupware.

Collaborating via Blogs and Wikis
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Michael Miller, Cloud Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the way You Work and
Collaborate Online, Que Publishing, August 2011.

Reference
1. Haley Beard, Cloud Computing Best Practices for Managing and Measuring Processes for On-
demand Computing, Applications and Data Centers in the Cloud with SLAs, Emereo Pty Limited, July
2008.

11I033 GREEN COMPUTING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- Minimizing energy consumption from the IT estate.
- Purchasing green energy and using green suppliers.
- Reducing the paper and other consumables used.
- Minimizing equipment disposal requirements.

Programme Outcomes

i) The Graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments.

Skill Set

1. Determine the various reasons to go green.
2. Demonstrating the various greening process.
3. Describe the ways to stay green.

Assessment Pattern


Examination*
Semester
EndExamination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What do we mean by Green IT?
2. What are the five purposes of Green IT metrics?
3. Define collaborative EI.
4. What is Green BPM?
_________________


5. What is a green strategy mix?
6. What is Green IT audit?

Understand

1. How does IT relate to business? What is the impact of this close relationship between IT and business
on the environment?
2. Discuss any three elements in the mind map of a Chief Green Officer.
3. How would you convert those green policies in practice?
4. Are there opportunities for executive dashboards on carbon performance (alongside) financial
performance of the organization (using tools and techniques of Business Intelligence)?
5. How does a green business ecosystem influence many small organizations? How does it influence a
large organization?
6. How would you separate functional from nonfunctional requirements of a GIS?

Apply

1. Take any one phase of ITIL. Discuss how it is applied in the context of a green initiative.
2. Discuss the role of EI together with Cloud computing. What are the various people to system
interactions facilitated by EI?
3. What would be the innovative aspects of applying Cloud computing to the environmental challenge?
4. Why is Green IT subjective? What can be done to convert the subjective, tacit knowledge of Green IT
carried by people in their head to objective, explicit, green knowledge?
5. Compare the degrees of Green IT sophistication with the Green CMM sophistication.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Analyze the ways in which standards in environmental management can be enhanced.
2. Identify the challenges one would face in implementing these environmental practices.

Create

1. Discuss one industrial initiative in reducing carbon emissions. Outline, according to you, the
challenges that this initiative will face in practice and your suggestions on handling those challenges.
2. Separate the static and dynamic Green IT measures and then show how the two can be used together
(through apportionment).

Unit I
Trends and reasons to go green
Overviews and issues - Current initiatives and standards - Organization planning for Green computing - metrics
- The acorns diagrams.

Policies
9 Hours
Unit II
Consumption Issues
Minimizing power usage - Cooling - Going paperless - Hardware consideration.

Recycling
9 Hours
Unit III
The Greening Process
Datacenter design and Redesign - Virtualization - server virtualization - server virtualization solutions
Implementation - Storage virtualization - Storage virtualization solutions - server savings -storage savings.

Virtualization types
9 Hours
Unit IV
Implementing Green computing in organization
Green printing - Challenges to supplier - Greening your Information System.

Green Desktop
9 Hours

Unit V
Staying Green
Organization checkups - Equipment checkups - Case studies.

Certification
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Toby J.Velte, Anthony T.Velte and Robert Elsen Peter, Green IT, McGraw-Hill, 2008.

References
1. John Lamb, the Greening of IT: How companies can make a Difference for the Environment, Pearson
Education, 2010.
2. Larry Webber, Lawrence Webber and Michael Wallace, Green Tech: how to plan and implement
sustainable IT solutions, AMACOM publication, USA, 2009.

11I034 E-COMMERCE
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To study the basic concepts of electronic commerce.
- To understand the mechanism of electronic payment systems.
- To implement the electronic payment gateway for an organization.

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set

1. Have some marketing know-how.
2. Understand Search Engine Optimization.
3. Understand How Copywriting for E-Commerce is Different.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Blooms Taxonomy Test I* Test II* Model
Examination*
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. List out the public policy issues shaping the I-way.
2. Give the advantages of electronic checks.
3. Mention different categories of EFT.
4. What are the types of datawarehouses?
5. What is meant by document based workflows ?
6. Define SGML.
___________________

Understand
1. How can the market forces influencing the I-way?
2. Illustrate global information distribution network .
3. Define in your own words and explain detail;
(a) Telecom-Based Last Mile
(b) Cable TV-Based Last Mile
(c) Wired Cable TV
4. Write the definitions of the following:
(a) Online information publishing
(b) Bibliographic databases
(c) LEXIS/NEXIS
5. State the characteristics and properties of software agents.

Apply

1. Several factors make the internet useful for EDI. Justify it.
2. We can break credit card payment on online networks into different categories. Discuss the categories
in detail.
3. Most desktop video conferencing systems coming on to the market today are divided into many
communication camps. Explain it.
4. Different types of connection oriented traffic require various levels of service-referred to as QOS.
Justify the answer.
5. Cellular radio was originally targeted at vehicular subscribers in urben areas. Justify the reasons.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Establish the evaluation of index system for E-commerce
2. How Web Sites Get Measured and Managed?

Create
1. How to Create an E-Commerce Web Site? Give an example.

Unit I
Introduction
Introduction Electronic Commerce Framework The Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications. The Internet as
a Network Infrastructure.

The Network Infrastructure for E-Commerce
9 Hours
Unit II
Electronic Payment Systems
Electronic Payment Systems, Inter organizational Commerce and EDI, EDI Implementation, MIME.

Value added Network
9 Hours
Unit III
Internet
Advertising and Marketing on the Internet, Computer Based Education and Training, Technological
Components of Education on-Demand, Digital Copy rights and Electronic Commerce

Software Agent 9 Hours

Unit IV
Business case
The Corporate Digital Library Dimensions of Internal Electronics Commerce Systems, Making a Business
case for a document Library, Types of Digital documents, Issues Corporate data warehouses, Documents Active
/ Compound document architecture

Behind document Infrastructure
9 Hours

Unit V
Extending multimedia
Multimedia and Digital Video Broad band Telecommunications, Wireless Computing Fundamentals.

Mobile Computing Fundamentals

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Kalakota & Whinston, Frontiers of Electronic Commerce, Pearson Education, 2009

References
1. Kamalesh K. Bajaj, E-Commerce: The Cutting Edge & Business, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. Brenda Kennan, Managing your E-Commerce Business, PHI, 2001.
3. Bharat Bhaskar, Electronic Commerce Framework, Technology and Application, TMH, 2006.
4. Effy Oz, Foundations of E-Commerce, PHI, 2001.
5. Jim A Carter, Developing E-Commerce Systems, PHI, 2002.

11I035 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To know the basics of ERP
- To understand the key implementation issues of ERP
- To appreciate the current and future trends in ERP

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set

1. Develop a critical awareness of the central issues and challenges in information systems project
management
2. This examines the implications of implementing ERP systems in organizations and develops the key
skills necessary to deploy and configure ERP systems.
3. Business modeling, which cultivates skills and knowledge related to business, conceptual and software
modeling.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

___________________


Remember

1. Define ERP.
2. What are the risks in ERP?
3. List out the goals of ERP.
4. Who are the main players of ERP?
5. How is bpr connected to BPR?

Understand

1. Integrated Data Model is considered the heart of an ERP system. Justify
2. Illustrate with a case study to highlight benefits resulting from an ERP implementation.
3. Draw the structure of data warehousing.
4. Compare the SWOT Analysis of PeopleSoft and Oracle Apps
5. Why cant companies develop their own packages?

Apply

1. Discuss why data warehouses are important and how they can beintegrated with ERP system?
2. Explain the linkage between BRP, IT and ERP in detail.
3. Draw a diagram to describe ERP marketing process and including ERP scales cycle. Draw the layered
architecture of Sap R/3. Explain the different types of Client server models which can be implemented
in SAP.
4. Compare and contrast the ERP package Baan and IFS Avalon with respect to functionality and
performance.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Survey literature or/and Internet fo published literature on how ERP has helped in achieving
competitive advantage. Produce a comprehensive report on it.
2. Draw the matrix showing functionality provided by the various prominent ERP Packages

Create

1. Create the business model for the following.
i) Admission of college student
ii) Public library
iii) Hotel management.

Unit I
Introduction
ERP: An Overview, Enterprise An Overview, Benefits of ERP, ERP and Related Technologies, Business
Process Reengineering (BPR), Data Warehousing, Data Mining, SCM.

OLAP
9 Hours
Unit II
ERP Implementation
ERP Implementation Lifecycle, Implementation Methodology, Hidden Costs, Organizing the Implementation,
Vendors, Consultants and Users, Contracts with Vendors, Project Management and Monitoring.

Consultants and Employees
9 Hours

Unit III
The Business Modules
Business modules in an ERP Package, Finance, Manufacturing, Human Resources, Plant Maintenance,
Materials Management, Quality Management

Sales and Distribution
9 Hours

Unit IV
The ERP Market
ERP Market Place, SAP AG, Baan, JD Edwards, Oracle, QAD, SSA.

Peoplesoft
9 Hours
Unit V
ERP Present and Future
Turbo Charge the ERP System, EIA, ERP and e-Commerce, Future Directions.

ERP and Internet
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. Alexis Leon, ERP Demystified, Tata McGraw Hill, second edition, 2008.

References
1. Joseph A Brady, Ellen F Monk and Bret Wagner, Concepts in Enterprise Resource Planning,
Thompson Course Technology, USA, 2001.
2. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkitakrishnan N K, Enterprise Resource Planning Concepts and Practice,
PHI, New Delhi, 2003.

11I036 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To study about the concept of IPR.
- To know the methods to patent the products.
- To understand the world wide pattern recognition.

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set

Target group for the people to manage the protection and commercialization of intellectual property
in small business

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

___________________


Remember

1. What is the Importance of IP?
2. List out the goals of IP.
3. What are the reasons for growth of IP?
4. Give the advantages of IP.
5. Define Intellectual property law?
6. Name few applications of GATT.

Understand

1. Mention the different types of property on IPR
2. How can Movable Property implemented on IP?
3. Define in your own words and explain detail;
a. Application Procedures
b. Industrial Designs
4. State the General Agreement on Trade and Tariff.
5. What is meant by Protection of Plant?

Apply

1. Discuss Procedure for Filing a Criminal Complaint IPR.
2. Apply Intellectual Property in one real-time example.
3. How to Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy?
4. Present against unfair competition is possible on real time on the world.

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Survey literature or/and Internet of published literature on how IPR has helped in achieving
competitive advantage. Produce a comprehensive report on it.
2. Elaborate the showing functionality provided by the various Geographic indications patents on IPR

Create

1. Create the IPR based for the following.
i) Worldwide pattern recognition
ii) Patent Ordinance and the Bill

Unit I
Introduction
Introduction Invention and Creativity Intellectual Property (IP) Importance Protection of IPR Basic
types of property (Movable Property, Immovable Property and Intellectual Property).

Invention among Intellectual Property

9 Hours
Unit II
Patents
IP Patents Copyrights and related rights Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration
Definitions Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits Protection of Geographical Indications at national and
International levels Application Procedures.

Various levels on Geographical Indications
9 Hours
Unit III
GATT
International convention relating to Intellectual Property Establishment of WIPO Mission and Activities
History General Agreement on Trade and Tariff (GATT).

History of GATT

9 Hours

Unit IV
WTO
Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies Indian IPR legislations commitments to WTO-Patent Ordinance and
the Bill Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy Present against unfair competition.

Unfair competition in WTO
9 Hours

Unit V
Case Studies
Case Studies on Patents (Basmati rice, turmeric, Neem, etc.) Copyright and related rights Trade Marks
Industrial design and Integrated circuits Geographic indications Protection against unfair competition.

Case Studies on Patents
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook
1. N.R. Subbaram Handbook of Indian Patent Law and Practice, S. Viswanathan (Printers and
Publishers) Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
References
1. Derwent IP Matters, Using the Internet for non-patent prior art searches, July 2009.
2. www.ipmatters.net/features/000707_gibbs.html.

11I037 GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To study the basics of digital databases.
- To understand the concepts of error evaluation techniques in GIS.
- To know the application of GIS
- Graduates will be able to gain knowledge about the environment and GIS

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set

1. Spatial Data and Algorithms understanding
2. Cartography and Graphic Design
3. Metadata creation and editing

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

__________________



Remember

1. Define Arc Objects.
2. What are applications of Arc GIS Desktop?
3. Name the object that is first created when Arc Map starts running
4. How many instances of an extension can exist per running application
5. What is projection?

Understand

1. What does the acronym AM/FM mean? Is it synonymous with GIS?
2. Give one example of a strategy that could be employed to map linear features symbolizing: a) nominal
data; b) ordinal data; c) interval/ratio data?
3. What are the four functions must all GIS include?
4. List four trends in GIS technology?
5. Give three reasons the term "GIS" may disappear in the future?

Apply

1. How does the "human factor" enter into GIS development and implementation?
2. What disciplines and applications have had the greatest influence on the development of current GIS
technologies?
3. Why does rule-based logic provide computer systems with only limited artificial intelligence? What is
an alternative?
4. Concerning international GIS projects, why is availability of necessary data coverage an especially
important issue?
5. Give three reasons why "human" or "organizational" considerations may prove a factor in the success
or failure of GIS projects in large commercial and government organizations?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. Even with the increasing availability of digital sources, why might one still consider tracing from paper
sources for a GIS project?
2. Why is it that any networked computer is an insecure computer? What must be done to make a
computer totally secure? Name two ways the military secures its digital information?
Create

Is it reasonable to assume that future developments in GIS technology are likely to eliminate the use of
tiles and layers in database organization?
Unit I
Introduction

Maps Map as model- classification of Maps- Map scale- Spatial referencing system-Map projections-
commonly used map projections and their comparison-Grid systems- Digital Database in a GIS-Linkage of GIS
to Remote Sensing

Computer in Map production
9 Hours
Unit II
Fundamentals of GIS

Introduction- Roots of GIS-Overview of information system-The four Ms-Contribution disciplines-GIS
definitions and Terminology-GIS Queries-GIS architecture- GIS Categories.

Theoretical models and frameworks of GIS

9 Hours

Unit III
Spatial Data Modeling & GIS Data management

Introduction- Stages of GIS - Raster GIS models-Vector GIS models-comparison of raster and Vector models:
Introduction-Database Management systems GIS data file management-Database Models-Storage of GIS
Data-object based Data models-Temporal Topology

Graphical Representation of spatial data
9 Hours
Unit IV
Data Input and Editing and Data Quality Issues

Introduction-The Data Stream-Data Input Methods-GPS for GIS Data Capture: Introduction-Components of
Data Quality-Accuracy-Precision and Resolution-consistency-completeness -Modeling Errors-Error evaluation
by Graphical Methods.

sources of error in GIS

9 Hours
Unit V
Applications of GIS

Integration of Remote Sensing and GIS- Creation of Information System : A case Study.

Urban and Municipal Applications-

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks
1. Anji Reddy, Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems, BS Publications, 2011
2. M.G. Srinivas, Remote Sensing Applications, Narosa Publishing House, 2008.

References
1. P. A. Burrough, Principles of GIS for Land Resources Assessment, Oxford Publication, 2010.
2. J. Star and J. Estes, GIS An Introduction, Prentice Hall, USA, 2008.

11I038 INFORMATION STORAGE MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To understand the challenges in information storage and management
- To describe the core elements in a data center
- To understand RAID and its various levels for data backup
- To design intelligent disk storage systems

Program Outcomes

problems.

Skill Set

- Gain Knowledge in storage system and Virtualization
- Learn to manage the storage infrastructure and Cloud Computing characteristics

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No Blooms
Taxonomy
Examination*
Semester
End
Examination
1 Remember 10 10 10 10
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
5 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What is virtualization?
2. How does FC protocol works?
3. Can you recall three-site remote replication?
4. List the services in cloud computing.
5. What is meant by storage tiering?

Understand

1. Explain about RAID
2. How would you classify the file storage virtualization?
3. Can clustering and multipathing avoid single point of failure
5. Illustrate various security threats in storage infrastructure.

Apply

1. How could you improve the performance of disk drive and flash drive components?
2. What approach would you use to improve the FC protocol operations?
3. Why backup and recovery is needed?
4. How can you develop cloud services in real time?
5. How to develop an application through Information lifecycle Management?

Analyze/Evaluate

1. What are the main reasons for storage system?
2. Give reasons for moving towards object based and unified storage system.
3. What are the benefits of using cloud services? Also mention the difficulties faced by the users while
using cloud services.
Create
1. Create a customized and secure storage solution for corporates.

Unit I
Storage System

Introduction to information storage, Virtualization and cloud computing, Key data center elements, Compute,
application, and storage virtualization, Disk dive & flash drive components and performance, RAID, Intelligent
storage system and storage provisioning (including virtual provisioning)

9 Hours

__________________



Unit II
Storage Networking Technologies and Virtualization

Fibre Channel SAN components, FC protocol and operations, Block level storage virtualization, iSCL and FCIP
as an IP-SAN solutions, Converged networking option FcoE, Network Attached Storage (NAS)
components, protocol and operations, File level storage virtualization, Object based storage and unified storage
platform.

9 Hours
Unit III
Backup, Archive and Replication

Business continuity terminologies, planning and solutions, Clustering and multipathing to avoid single points of
failure, Backup and recovery methods, targets and topologies, data deduplication and backup in virtualized
environment, fixed content and data archive, Local replication in classic and virtual environments, Remote
replication in classic and virtual environments, Three-site remote replication and continuous data protection.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Cloud Computing Characteristics and benefits

Services and deployment models, Cloud infrastructure components, Cloud migration considerations.
9 Hours

Unit V
Securing and Managing Storage Infrastructure

Security threats, and countermeasures in various domains, Security solutions for FC-SAN, IP-SAN and NAS
environments, Security in virtualized and cloud environments, Monitoring and managing various information
infrastructure components in classic and virtual environments, Information lifecycle Management (ILM) and
storage tiering.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book

1. Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing and Protecting Digital Information in
classic, Virtualized and Cloud Environments, 2nd Edition, EMC Educations Services, Wiley, May
2012.
References

1. Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens, Wolfgang Mueller-Friedt, Rainer Wolafka, Nils Haustein ,"Storage
Networks Explained: Basics and Application of Fibre Channel SAN, NAS, iSCSI, InfiniBand and
FCoE, 2nd Edition, Wiley, July 2009
2. Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing, and Protecting Digital Information, EMC
Education Services, Wiley, January 2010

11I039 CLOUD INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
1. To understand the phases of journey to the cloud
2. To describe the key elements of Classic data center
3. To understand the concepts of virtualized Data Center
4. To design intelligent Cloud services
Programme Outcomes
e) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze
problems.

Skill Set
1. Gain Knowledge in Classic Data Center and Virtualized Data Center
2. Learn to manage the Cloud infrastructure and services
Assessment Pattern
S.
No
Blooms Taxonomy Test I
5
Test II
1
Model Examination
1
Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
5 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
Remember
1. What are the business drivers for cloud computing?
2. How does Classic Data Center works?
3. Can you recall difference between Virtual LAN (VLAN) and virtual SAN (VSAN).
4. List the services in cloud computing.
5. What are the concerns in cloud security?
Understand
1. Explain the characterisitcs of cloud computing as per NIST.
2. How would you classify the object based and Unified storage technologies?
3. Illustrate the methods for implementing desktop virtualization, their benefits and considerations.
5. List out the considerations for choosing applications suitable for cloud.
Apply
1. How could you make a transition from classic data center to cloud computing environment?
2. What approach would you use to develop CDC management?
3. Why backup and recovery is needed for virtual machines (VMs)?
4. How can you develop cloud services in real time?
5. How to develop cloud models suitable for different categories of users?
Analyze/Evaluate
1. What are the main reasons for moving towards Replication Technologies?
2. Evaluate the various virtualization methods along with their benefits and considerations.
3. Analyze the various cloud models with respect to its pricing.
4. Analyze the best practices for cloud security.
Create
1. Create a customized virtualized Desktop applications.

5
The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The


UNIT I
Journey to the cloud
Business drivers for cloud computing, Definition of cloud computing, Characteristics of cloud computing as per
NIST, steps involved in transitioning from classic data center to cloud computing environment.
Cloud evolution
9 Hours
UNIT II
Classic Data Center (CDC)
Application, DBMS, Compute, Storage and Networking, Object based and Unified storage technologies,
Business continuity overview and backup, Replication technologies, CDC Management.
Data center requirements
9 Hours
UNIT III
Virtualized Data Center (VDC)
Compute, Storage, Network virtualization techniques, Virtual machine components and process of converting
physical to VMs, Block and file level storage virtualization, Virtual provisioning and automated storage tiering,
Virtual LAN (VLAN) and Virtual SAN(VSAN) and their benefits, Key network traffic management techniques
in VDC, Methods for implementing desktop virtualization, their benefits, and considerations, Application
virtualization methods, benefits, and considerations, Backup and recovery of Virtual Machines(VMs), VM
replication and migration technologies Recovery options from total site failure due to disaster.
vmware virtulization
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Cloud Computing and Infrastructure
Cloud services models, Cloud deployment methods, Economics of Cloud, Cloud infrastructure components,
Cloud service creation process, Cloud service management process.
Google Infrastructure
9 Hours
UNIT V
Cloud Security and Migration to cloud
Security concerns and counter measures in a VDC and Cloud environment, Governance, Risk, and Compliance
aspects in Cloud, Cloud security best practices, Cloud models suitable for different categories of users,
Consideration for choosing applications suitable for Cloud, Different phases to adopt the Cloud.
Google Cloud Security
9 Hours
Total 45 Hours
Text books
1. Anthony T Velte, Cloud Computing: A practical Approach, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
2. Halper Fern, Kaufman Marcia, Bloor Robin, Hurwit Judith, Cloud Computing for Dummies, Wiley
India, 2009.
PHYSICS ELECTIVES

11O0PA NANO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To impart knowledge on nanoscience and technology.
- To create an awareness on the nanomaterials.
- At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with nanomaterials and their applications.

Program Outcome

languages.


Skill Set

1. Making to learn properties of nanomaterials metals.
2. Study the different types of techniques used to develop the nanomaterials.
3. Understanding the various applications of nanomaterials in day-to-day life.
4. Utilization of nanomaterials into medical and industries to develop technology.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. Define nanoscale.
2. Give the differences between nano and thin materials.
3. Give the usage of nanomaterials in medical field.
4. What are the techniques used to find properties of materials?
5. What are the day-to-day life applications of nanomaterials?
6. What do you mean by total energy of the system?
7. What do you mean by top down and bottom up approach?
8. How physical properties vary while converting the material into nano size?
9. What is SWCNT and MWCNT?
10. What are the applications of CNT?
11. Mention the general characterization techniques of nanomaterials.
12. How electron microscopy differ from scanning electron microscopy?
13. Define diffraction.
14. Write the different diffraction techniques to analyse the properties of nanomaterials.
15. What is meant by surface analysis of nanomaterials?
16. What are quantum dots?
17. Write the importance of self-assembly technique.
18. What is organic FET?
19. State the principle of LED.
20. Why nanomaterials are used as energy storage device?
21. Write the bio medical applications of nanomaterials.
22. List the advantages of nanomaterials as compared to bulk materials.
23. Which is having high efficiency among injection and quantum cascade laser?
24. Write the uses of FET.
25. What is nano magnet?
26. Mention the applications of nanomagnets in industries.
27. Write the advantages of nano robot in medical field.

Understand

1. How the nano dimension particle varies with bulk one?

-

Sl.No
Blooms
Taxonomy

Test 1
-
Test 2
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1
Remember
25 25 20 20
2
Understand
25 25 25 25
3
Apply
20 20 20 20
4
Analyze
20 20 20 20
5
Evaluate
10 10 15 15
6
Create
- - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
2. Explain the different classifications of nanostructures.
3. Elucidate the significance of MWCNT over SWCNT.
4. Explain structural, electrical, mechanical properties of nanoscale materials.
5. What are the applications of CNT?
6. Why the electrical properties are more important as compared to other properties of
nanomaterials?
7. How nanomaterials are produced by machining process?
8. Give the importance of vapor phase deposition method for the production of nanomaterials.
9. Explain the sol-gel technique of nanomaterial production.
10. How the nanomaterials are analyzed in scanning electron microscopic technique?
11. Elucidate how nanomaterials are produced by template method?
12. List the general classifications of characterization methods of nanomaterials.
13. Explain how FTIR is used to analyze the bonding in nanomaterials?
14. Why the TEM is widely used than SEM? Explain.
15. What are the advantages and disadvantages of TEM?
16. Explain the quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures.
17. Explain the different fabrication techniques of nanoscale materials.
18. Explicate in which way thermally annealed quantum well technique is better than epitaxial growth
technique?
19. Explain the electro statically induced quantum dots and quantum wire technique.
20. Why semi conducting nano material is more important than other nanomaterials?
21. What are the advantages of nanomagnetic materials?
22. How nanomaterials are used in organic FET?
23. Why the organic LEDs are manufactured from nanomaterials?
24. How nanomaterials are used in quantum cascade laser?
25. Why nano photo voltaic fuel cells are used?
26. Explain the bio medical applications of nanodevices.

Apply

1. Clarify the effects of nanometer length scale of particles.
2. Give the reason for the effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties.
3. Explain how the size of the particle will effect on their mechanical and structural properties of the
material?
4. Why sol gel method is used widely to synthesis nanomaterials?
5. Templating method is better than physical vapor deposition method to synthesis nanomaterials.
Why?
6. Why ordering of the nano system is more important? Give reason.
7. Explain how nanomaterials are characterized by imaging techniques?
8. Why diffraction techniques are used to characterize the nanomaterials?
9. Explain how nanomaterials are analyzed by transmission electron microscope?
10. Clarify the differences between self-assembly and self-organization.
11. Explain how organic light emitting diode overcomes the drawback of LCD?
12. How we can use CNT as a storage device in battery?
13. Why nanomaterials are used in optical memory devices?
14. How we can store nano particles?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Distinguish between SWCNT and MWCNT.
2. Compare organic FET and organic LED.
3. Why nano structured particles are found in potential applications?
4. Give the relation between properties and applications of nano particles.
5. Explain with relevant example about the synthesize of nano structured materials employing self-
assembly and template based methods.
6. Analyze the relation between magnetic and nanomaterials.

Unit I
Nano Scale Materials
Introduction-classification of nanostructures, nanoscale architecture effects of the nanometer length scale
changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures effect of nanoscale dimensions on various
properties structural, thermal, chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties.
Differences between bulk and nanomaterials and their physical properties.
9 Hours

Unit II
Nanomaterials Synthesis Methods
Fabrication methods top down processes milling, litho graphics, machining process bottom-up process
vapor phase deposition methods, plasma-assisted deposition process, colloidal and solgel methods methods
for templating the growth of nanomaterials ordering of nanosystems, self-assembly and self-organization.

Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials.
9 Hours
Unit III
Nano Characterization Techniques
General classification of characterization methods analytical and imaging techniques microscopy techniques
- electron microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, atomic force
microscopy diffraction techniques spectroscopy techniques-X-ray spectroscopy.
Electrical properties of nanomaterials.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Inorganic Semiconductor Nanostructures
Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - quantum wells, quantum wires, quantum dots, super
lattices fabrication techniques requirements, epitaxial growth, lithography and etching, electrostatically

induced dots and wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells and self-assembly
techniques .
Quantum efficiency of semiconductor nanomaterials.
9 Hours

Unit V
Nanodevices And Applications
Organic FET- principle, description, requirements, integrated circuits- organic LEDs basic processes, carrier
injection, excitons, optimization - organic photovoltaic cells- carbon nano tubes- structure, synthesis and
electronic properties -applications- fuel cells- nano motors -bio nano particles-nano objects.
Applications of nano materials in biological field.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks
1. Robert W. Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley, Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology, John Wiley
and Sons Ltd, 2005.
2. T. Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Ltd, 2007.
3. Handbook of Nanoscience, Engineering and Technology, Kluwer publishers, 2002.
4. B. Wang, Drug Delivery: Principles and Applications,Wiley Interscience 2005.

References

1. Michael Kohler, Wolfgang Fritzsche, Nanotechnology: An Introduction to Nanostructuring
Techniques, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co.2004.
2. William Goddard, Donald .W.Brenner, Handbook of Nano Science Engineering and Technology, CRC
Press, 2004.
3. Bharat Bhushan, Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology, 2004.
4. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
5. Mark Ratner, Daniel Ratner, Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea, Prentice
Hall, 2003.

11O0PB LASER TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To impart knowledge on laser principles.
- To create expertise on the applications of laser in various engineering fields.
- At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with generation and applications of laser in various
engineering fields.


Programme Outcome

languages.

Skill Set

1. Study the basic principle of laser and different types of lasers.
2. Analyze the function resonant cavity.
3. Describe the various techniques involved in the laser materials and determine the
performance of laser materials.
4. Determine the measurement of distance, length, velocity, acceleration, current,
voltage and atmospheric effect.
5. Design different types of lasers and apply in the medical field.

Assessment Pattern
Remember

1. What is a laser? How the basic laser action is achieved?
2. Distinguish between spontaneous emission and stimulated emission.
3. What is population inversion?
4. Mention the important characteristics of laser.
5. How four level laser is more efficient than the three level laser?
6. What is a resonant cavity?
7. What role does an optical resonant cavity play in a laser?
8. What are the host materials for solid lasers?
9. Mention the different techniques involved in lasers.
10. Define atmospheric effect.
11. How will you measure the distance using laser?
12. What is the basic principle behind the holography?
13. Mention the medical applications of lasers.

Understand

1. Write the conditions needed for laser action.
2. What is meant by pumping of atoms?
3. How optical excitation occurs in three level lasers?
4. What is the principle of laser action?
5. Compare the activator and host materials for solid lasers.
6. Distinguish between Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques.
7. How will you determine the velocity of laser source?
8. List the applications of laser in welding and cutting.
9. Why laser is called as non-material knife?

-

S.No
Blooms
Taxonomy

Test 1
-
Test 2
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1
Remember
25 25 20 20
2
Understand
25 25 25 25
3
Apply
20 20 20 20
4
Analyze
20 20 20 20
5
Evaluate
10 10 15 15
6
Create
- - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Apply

1. The first line of the principal series of sodium is the D line at 580 nm. This corresponds to a transition
from the first excited state (3p) to the ground state (3s). What is the energy in electron volts of the first
excited state?
2. What is the ratio of the stimulated emission and spontaneous emission at a temperature of 250
o
C for
the sodium D line?
3. Calculate the threshold condition for the ruby laser in which the appropriate parameters are as follows:
o
=4.3x 10
14
Hz;
o
=1.5x10
11
Hz; n
o
= 1.76;
sp
= 4.3x10-3 s;
photon
=6x10-9s.
4. A He-Ne laser emits light at a wavelength of 632.8 nm and has an output power of 2.3mW. How many
photons are emitted in each minute by this laser when operating?
5. Calculate the wavelength of emission from a GaAs semiconductor laser whose band gap energy is
1.44 eV.

Analyze

1. Why laser beam should be monochromatic?
2. How the population inversion happening in lasers?
3. Write the reaction for excimer laser action.
4. Which method is used to achieve population inversion in a dye laser?
5. Why we cannot use ordinary light source for LIDAR?
6. How the optical disk data storage plays a vital role in computer memory storages?

Evaluate

1. The life time of the excited state (2p) for spontaneous emission is 1.6x 10
-9
s. The energy difference
between the excited state (2p) and the ground state (2s) is 10.2eV. Find the value of stimulated
emission coefficient during a transition from an excited state (2p) to the ground state.
2. A laser beam can be focused on an area equal to the square of its wavelength (
2
). For a He-Ne laser,
= 6328. If the laser radiates energy at the rate of 1mW, find the intensity of the focused beam.
3. Transition occurs between a metastable state E
3
and an energy state E
2
just above the ground state. If
emission is at 1.1m and E
2
= 0.4x10
-19
J, find the energy of the E
3
state.

Unit I
Laser Fundamentals
Introduction - principle - spontaneous emission - stimulated emission - population inversion-Pumping
mechanisms - characteristics. Types of lasers principle, construction, working, energy level diagram and
applications of dye laser chemical laser excimer laser.
Laser action.
9 Hours
Unit II
Threshold Condition
Einstein coefficients A and B spontaneous life time light amplification principle of laser action laser
oscillations resonant cavity modes of a laser.
Conditions involved in laser production.
9 Hours
Unit III
Laser Materials
Activator and host materials for solid lasers - growth techniques for solid laser materials - Bridgman and Stock-
Berger technique advantages and disadvantages - Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques merits and
demerits.
Techniques of producing laser.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Laser in Science
Introduction harmonic generation stimulated raman emission self focusing laser and ether drift rotation
of the earth photon statistics.
Applications of Laser in ranging.
9 Hours


Unit V
Laser in Industry
Introduction Applications in material processing: laser welding hole drilling laser cutting laser tracking
Lidar laser in medicine.
Applications of Laser in sensors.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks
1. K.Thiyagarajan and A.K.Ghatak, LASER:Theory and applications. Macmillan India Limited, 2000.
2. M. N. Avadhanulu, An Introduction To Lasers Theory And Applications, S. Chand Publisher, 2001.
References
1. K.P.R.Nair, Atoms, Molecules and Lasers, Narosa Publishing House, 2009.
2. K. R. Nambiar ,Lasers: Principles Types And Applications , New Age International Publications, 2006.
3. Alphan Sennaroglu, Solid-State Lasers and Applications, CRC Press, 2006

11O0PC ELECTRO OPTIC MATERIALS

3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To impart knowledge on electro-optic materials.
- To develop fundamental understanding of various electro-optic materials in communication.

Programme Outcome

languages.
Skill Set

1. Understanding the mechanism involved in the laser action.
2. Knowing the birefringence and optical property of the material.
3. Implementing the above phenomenon for modulators.
4. Realize the special optical properties of the system.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. Define laser action.

-

Sl.No
Blooms
Taxonomy

Test 1
-
Test 2
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1
Remember
25 25 20 20
2
Understand
25 25 25 25
3
Apply
20 20 20 20
4
Analyze
20 20 20 20
5
Evaluate
10 10 15 15
6
Create
- - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
2. Give the properties of LASER.
3. Differentiate between stimulated and spontaneous emissions.
4. Define continuous and discrete time signals.
5. Define anisotropic media.
6. What is an acoustic optic effect?
7. Define a liquid crystal.
8. Mention the different types of polarizing devices.
9. Give examples for direct and indirect band gap materials.
10. Highlight the usage of a NLO material.

Understand

1. How the population inversion state in laser is achieved?
2. Give examples for continuous and discrete time signals.
3. Elucidate the importance of coherence in laser action.
4. Why birefringence property in an optical material is formed?
5. In which effect KDP crystal is working?
6. How the codirectional coupling occurs?
7. List out the conditions in which the NLO property of a material emerges.
8. What is the purpose of switching to quantum mechanics from classical mechanics?
9. Why we prefer LCD displays rather than CRT displays?
10. What are the advantages of injection laser diode?

Apply
1. Find the intensity of a laser beam of 10mW power and having a diameter of 1.3 mm. Assume the
intensity to be uniform across the beam. Given: P=10mW, d= 1.3 mm.
2. Discuss the three level pumping scheme for laser action.
3. Why is the optical resonator required in lasers?
4. Where can we find the practical applications of wave plates?
5. How to elevate the contrast ratio in display devices which uses in the nematic structures?
6. Non linearity in glasses occurs. Justify the argument.

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Compare ordinary and laser light properties.
2. Differentiate wave refractive index and ray refractive index.
3. Differentiate longitudinal and transverse electro optic effects.
4. Bring out the importance of electro optic devices.

Unit I
Basics of Lasers
Introduction Einstein coefficients laser beam characteristics spontaneous and stimulated emission
population inversion - light amplification threshold condition laser rate equations two level laser three
level laser mode selection transverse mode longitudinal mode.

Spatial and temporal coherence.
9 Hours
Unit II
Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media
Introduction double refraction polarization devices - Nicol prism Glan-Thomson prism retardation plates
Soleil Babinet compensator Plane waves in anisotropic media wave refractive index - ray refractive index
- ray velocity surface index ellipsoid.

Optical activity.
9 Hours
Unit III
Electro Optic Effect
Introduction KDP crystals longitudinal mode phase modulation amplitude modulation transverse
mode. Acousto-optic effect small Bragg angle diffraction large Bragg angle diffraction codirectional
coupling contradirectional coupling - applications.

Modulators.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Non Linear Optics
Introduction self focusing phenomenon second harmonic generation phase matching birefringent phase
matching quasi phase matching frequency mixing. Semiconductors measurement of third order optical
non-linearities in semiconductors.

Frequency doubling nature of materials.
9 Hours

Unit V
Electro Optic Devices
Introduction light emitting diode direct and indirect band gap materials homo junction hetero junction
advantages disadvantages applications. Injection laser diode characteristics advantages disadvantages.
Liquid crystal displays dynamic scattering field effect advantages disadvantages.
Optoelectronic devices.
9 Hours
Total 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Ajoy Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, Optical electronics, Cambridge University Press, 7
th
reprint 2006.
2. B. Somanathan Nair, Electronic devices and applications, Prentice - Hall of India private limited,
2010.
3. Frank L. Pedrotti, S. J. Leno S. Pedrotti and Leno M. Pedrotti, Introduction to optics, Pearson Prentice
Hall, 2008.

References
1. Ji - ping Huang and K.M.Yu, New Non Linear Optical Materials, Nova, Science Publishers, 2007.
2. S.C. Gupta, Opto electronic devices and systems, Prentice Hall of India, Pvt. Ltd, 2005

11O0PD VACUUM SCIENCE AND DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives
- To impart a sound knowledge on the vacuum science.
- To develop the necessary background to perform projects involving vacuum and deposition
techniques.
- At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with the various vacuum deposition technologies
employed in the various engineering fields.

Programme Outcome

languages.
Skill Set

1. Understanding the fundamentals of vacuum technology.
2. Understanding the various measuring instruments of vacuum.
3. Utilization of various components to create high vacuum.
4. Utilization of various components to measure the vacuum
5. Solution for the problems connected with high vacuum.


Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. Define the term mean free path.
2. Give the pressure ranges of low and medium vacuum.
3. State Avogadros law.
4. List out the assumptions of kinetic theory.
5. What are the types of pump used to create vacuum?
6. What are the gauges that are used to measure the vacuum?
7. Name the direct reading gauges and indirect reading gauges.
8. Name the operation limits of penning gauge.
9. Name the ultra high vacuum gauges.
10. List out the methods of leak detection.
11. Give the importance of baffles and traps.
12. Mention the gauges that can measure ultra high vacuum.
13. Define throughput.
14. Give the Ohms law of vacuum technology.
15. Name the sorbent materials that have widespread use in vacuum production.

Understand

1. How will you measure the pumping speed in a vacuum unit?
2. How will you seal the substance outside to maintain high vacuum?
3. Why does constant volume method have the disadvantage in measuring the pumping speed?
4. Differentiate between the pirani gauge and penning gauge.
5. Differentiate the primary gauges from secondary gauges.
6. How is the pumping speed measured?
7. How does a rotary pump produce a low pressure?
8. Derive the relation between the effective pumping speed and conductance of the evacuation pipe.
9. Explain the designing of UHV evacuation systems.
10. How are the vacuum surfaces cleaned?

Apply

1. How will you deposit the material from the plasma etching method?
2. Why is cold cathode ionization gauges preferred to hot cathode gauges?
3. Explain the applications of turbomolecular pump.
4. A vacuum chamber has a volume of 100 litres and an operating gas load of 7.5 x 10
-5
torr-lites/sec.
The desired operating pressure is 7.5 x 10
-8
Torr. Connections between the chamber and diffusion
pump and the diffusion pump and rotary pump are to meet good design practice (assume S
E
/S
D
=1/5).
Calculate the pumping speed at the chamber, the minimum connecting pipe conductance and the

-

Sl.No
Blooms
Taxonomy

Test 1
-
Test 2
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1
Remember
25 25 20 20
2
Understand
25 25 25 25
3
Apply
20 20 20 20
4
Analyze
20 20 20 20
5
Evaluate
10 10 15 15
6
Create
- - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
minimum speed required for the backing pump together with the minimum diffusion pump speed
required to meet these requirements.
5. Surface to volume ratio plays a major role in pumping systems. Why?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Why is the diffusion pump widely used in scientific instruments?
2. Oil diffusion pump system can be used as a high vacuum pumping system. Why?
3. Compare real and virtual leaks.

Unit I
Vacuum Systems
Introduction units of vacuum kinetic aspects of gases in a vacuum chamber physical parameters at low
pressures classification of vacuum ranges gas flow at low pressures throughput and pumping speed
flow rate and conductance.
Evacuation rate out gassing gas flow turbulent flow.
9 Hours
Unit II
Production of Vacuum
Classification of vacuum pumps rotary vane pumps roots blowers diffusion pumps molecular drag and
turbo-molecular pumps sorption pumps gettering and ion pumping cryopumping measurement of pumping
speed.
Noble pumps for inert gases.
9 Hours

Unit III
Pressure Measurement
Classification of gauges mechanical gauges McLeod gauge thermal conductivity gauges Hot cathode
ionization gauges Bayard - Alpert gauge cold cathode ionization gauges Penning gauge magnetron
gauge.
Measurement problems in partial pressure analysis.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Vacuum Materials and Leak Detection
Sources of gases and vapours materials for vacuum system vacuum seals vacuum valves traps and
baffles leak detection pressure test spark-coil test leak testing using vacuum gauges halogen leak
detector mass-spectrometric leak detector.
Special design considerations glass to metal seals high voltage metal feedthrough.
9 Hours

Unit V
Applications of Vacuum Systems
Design considerations vacuum system for surface analysis space simulators vacuum based
coating units for thin film deposition thermal evaporation sputtering process chemical vapor deposition -
metallurgical applications.
Plasma etching pulsed vapour deposition PE chemical vapour deposition.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. Rao V.V, Ghosh T.B, Chopra K.L, Vacuum science and technology, Allied Publishers Limited, 2005.
2. Dorothy M. Hoffman, John H. Thomas, Bawa Singh, Handbook of Vacuum science and technology,
Elsevier Science & Technology Books, 1997.

References
1.David M. Hata, Introduction to vacuum technology, Pearson Printice Hall, 2007.
2.John F. O'Hanlon, A users guide to vacuum technology, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
3.Chambers.A, Modern vacuum physics, Chapman & Hall, CRC Press, 2005.


11O0PE SEMICONDUCTING MATERIALS AND DEVICES

3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To improve knowledge on semiconducting materials.
- To develop the necessary understanding of semiconducting materials and their applications.
- At the end of the course the Graduates are familiar with various semiconducting materials and their
applications

Programme Outcome

languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the mechanism involved in the semiconductors.
2. Knowing the current components and current gain of the material.
3. Implementing the above phenomenon for transistors.
4. Realize the special properties of the semiconductors.

Assessment Pattern

Remember
1. What properties are desirable in semiconductors?
2. Explain the Kronig-Penny model.
3. Define drift current density.
4. What is meant by breakdown?
5. Explain the minority carrier distribution in p-n junction diode.
6. Define temperature effect.
7. What is the basic principle of bipolar junction transistor?
8. Define current crowding.
9. What are optoelectronic devices?
10. Describe the operation of a laser diode.

Understand
1. How does conductivity of a semiconductor change with rise in its temperature?
2. How does the thickness of the depletion layer in a p-n junction vary with increase in reverse bias?
3. How does the energy gap in an intrinsic semiconductor vary, when doped with a pentavalent impurity?

-

Sl.No
Blooms
Taxonomy

Test 1
-
Test 2
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1
Remember
25 25 20 20
2
Understand
25 25 25 25
3
Apply
20 20 20 20
4
Analyze
20 20 20 20
5
Evaluate
10 10 15 15
6
Create
- - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
4. Explain the mobility effects on carrier density.
5. What do you understand by the term holes in a semiconductor? Explain how they move under the
influence of electric field.
6. What is the a.c response of the p-n diode?
7. How is the solar cell functioning?

Apply

1. In general what is the relation between density of states and energy?
2. What is meant by the term, doping of an intrinsic semiconductor?
3. Give the ratio of the number of holes and the number of conduction electrons in an intrinsic
semiconductor.
4. Write the function of base region of a bipolar junction transistor.
5. Sketch the energy bands of a forward-biased degenerately doped pn junction and indicate how
population inversion occurs.

Analyze/ Evaluate
1. What types of charge-carriers are there in a n-type semiconductor?
2. What are the disadvantages of using laser diode?
3. What are the defect levels in semiconductors?
4. Consider an optical cavity. If N>>1, show that the wavelength separation between two adjacent
resonant modes is =
2
/2L.
Unit I
Properties of Semiconductor
Energy bands allowed and forbidden energy bands Kronig Penny model electrical conductivity in solids
based on energy bands - band model electron effective mass concept of holes in semiconductor density of
states extension to semiconductors.
k-space diagram.
9 Hours

Unit II
Carrier Transport Properties
Carrier drift drift current density mobility effects on carrier density conductivity in semiconductor
carrier transport by diffusion diffusion current density total current density breakdown phenomena
avalanche breakdown.
Graded Impurity Distribution.
9 Hours

Unit III
P-N Junction Diode
Qualitative description of charge flow in p-n junction boundary condition minority carrier distribution
ideal p-n junction current temperature effects applications the turn on transient and turn off transient.
Charge storage and diode Transients.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Bipolar Junction Transistor
Introduction to basic principle of operation the modes of operation amplification minority carrier
distribution in forward active mode non-ideal effects base with modulation high injection emitter band gap
narrowing current clouding breakdown voltage voltage in open emitter configuration and open base
configuration
Frequency Limitations.
9 Hours

Unit V
Opto Electronic Devices
Optical absorption in a semiconductor, photon absorption coefficient electron hole pair generation - solar cell
homo junction and hetero junction - Photo transistor laser diode, the optical cavity, optical absorption, loss
and gain - threshold current.
Photoluminescence and Electroluminescence.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. Donald A Neamen, Semiconductor physics and devices, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
2. Albert Malvino,David J Bafes, Electronic Principles, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007

References

1. M.S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor materials and devices, John Wiley and sons, 2008.
2. S.M. Sze&K.Ng. Kwok, Physics of semiconductor devices, John Wiley and sons, 2008.
3. M. K. Achuthanand and K.N. Bhat, Fundamentals of semiconductor devices,Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

CHEMISTRY ELECTIVES

11O0YA POLYMER CHEMISTRY AND PROCESSING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of polymer science, chemistry of polymers
and its processing.
- To make understand the principles and applications of advanced polymer materials.
- Knowledge and application of different polymers and its processing.

Programme Outcome

languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the various types of polymers and its industrial application.
2. Compute the efficiency of polymer materials.
3. Development of eco-friendly materials.
4. Realize the advantages of nanocomposites polymers.

Assessment pattern

Sl.No
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
-
Test II
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 10 10
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
4 Analyze 20 20 20 20
5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20
6 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. Define polymer and degree of polymerization.
2. What is functionality of a polymer? Give example.
3. What is the nomenclature of a polymer?
4. Discuss the addition and chain growth polymerization with example.
5. What is copolymerization? What are the different types of copolymers?

-
The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to
20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be

6. Write the mechanism of addition polymerization.
7. Explain briefly the various constituents of a plastic, with example.
8. Distinguish between thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics.
9. List the various additives in processing of plastics. What are their functions?
10. Explain homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization.
11. Write the differences between melt and interfacial polycondensation.
12. Briefly explain about emulsion polymerization.
13. Explain compression and extrusion moulding of plastics with diagram.
14. What is extrusion and injection moulding? Discuss with diagram.
15. Name any four compounding ingredients of plastics. Write their functions with example.
16. What is calendaring?
17. Write short account on reinforced plastics.
18. Outline the method of lubrication of plastic material.
19. Explain about crosslinking and blowing agents with examples.
20. Write an account of flame retardant polymers.
21. Write short notes on melt, dry and wet spinning process.
22. Give the classification of foaming polymers with examples.
23. Explain with examples the relationship between structure and properties of polymers.
24. Describe about coordination and ring opening polymerization.

Understand

1. Write the important of plasticizers and UV stabilizers?
2. Compare addition and condensation polymerization reaction with example for each type .
3. Give the classification of foaming polymers with examples.
4. Suggest different types of additives for preparing reinforced polymers?
5. What are the different types of polymeric resins?
6. Give the significances of antioxidants and antiozonants additives.
7. What are the functions of ingredients of polymers?
8. List the importance of cross- linkers.

Apply
1. How polymers are classified based on source and application?
2. What are the polymers that can be calendared into sheets?
3. Give examples for thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers.
4. What are the polymers suited for compression and injection moulding?
5. What are the articles produced by blow moulding?

Analyze / Evaluate
1. What are the polymers suitable for insulations?
2. Write the special properties of teflon?
3. How the vinyl chloride is converted into polymer?
4. How nylon 6 is prepared?
5. What is the process involved in manufacturing cellophane sheets?
6. What are the different zones involved in simple extrusion polymer process?
7. Bring out the differences between thermoforming and vacuum-forming process?
Unit I
Principles of Polymer Science
Polymerization reactions - types examples - degree of polymerization and average molecular weights.
Thermoplastics and thermosetting resins - examples. Electrical - mechanical - thermal properties related to
chemical structure. Insulating materials - polymer alloys - composites.
Importance of glass transition temperature.
9 Hours

Unit II
Polymerization Mechanism
Addition polymerization - free radical mechanism - cationic and anionic polymerization - copolymerization -
condensation polymerization nylon 6,6, ring opening polymerization nylon 6, coordination polymerization -.
Preparation, properties and industrial applications of polystyrene and bakelite.
Application of industrial polymers.
9 Hours
Unit III
Polymerization Techniques
Homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization bulk polymerization- PMMA,PVC, solution polymerization
- polyacrylic acid, suspension polymerization-preparation of ion exchange resins, emulsion polymerization-
synthetic rubber. Melt solution and interfacial polycondensation. Salient features, advantages and disadvantages
of bulk and emulsion polymerization.
Preparation of biodegradable polymers.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Additives for Polymers
Moulding constituents-fillers, plasticizers, lubricants, anti-aging additives, antioxidants, antiozonants, UV
stabilizers, flame retardants, colorants, blow agents, crosslinking agents -functions-significance with suitable
examples and applications in industrial processing.
Ecofriendly sustainable additives.
9 Hours

Unit V
Polymer Processing

Compression injection - extrusion and blow mouldings. Film casting - calendering. Thermoforming and
vacuum formed polystyrene, foamed polyurethanes. Fibre spinning - melt, dry and wet spinning. Composite
fabrication - hand-layup - filament winding and pultrusion.
Application of fibre reinforced plastics.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. V. R. Gowarikar, N. V. Viswanathan and Jayadev Sreedhar, Polymer Science, New Age International
(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
2. Joel R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Prentice Hall of India (P). Ltd., 2005.

References
1. F. W. Billmeyer, Text Book of Polymer Science, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2007.
2. Barbara H. Stuart, Polymer Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2002.
3. George Odian , Principles of Polymerization, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004.
4. R. J. Young and P. A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, Nelson Thornes Ltd., 2002.

11O0YB ENERGY STORING DEVICES AND FUEL CELLS
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To make Graduates understand the concept and working of different types of batteries and to analyze
batteries used in electric vehicles.
- To make Graduates learn about the concept of fuel cells, its types and to relate the factors of energy
and environment.
- Graduates develop the skill of analyzing various energy storing devices and fuel cells at the end of the
semester.

Programme Outcome

languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the various types of cells and energy storage devices.
2. Compute the efficiency of cells.
3. Development of eco-friendly energy sources.
4. Realize the advantages of energy storage and fuel cells.

Assessment Pattern

Sl.No
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
-
Test II
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 10 10
3 Apply 30 30 30 30
4 Analyze 20 20 20 20
5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20
6 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember

1. What are dry cells?
2. What are alkaline batteries?
3. State Ohms law.
4. Write the functions of ultra-capacitor.
5. Is lead acid battery thermodynamically reversible cell?
6. Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.
7. Name the electrolyte present in the Li battery.
8. Mention the role of heart pacemaker in cardiology.
9. Classify the types of fuel cell.
10. Differentiate between diode and electrode.
11. What is meant by redox reaction?
12. What are the advantages of H
2
-O
2
fuel cell?
13. Name the factors which are affecting the efficiency of fuel cell.
14. What are eco-friendly cell?

Understand

1. How do you assess the life cycle of fuel cells?
2. What is the role of impurities in photovoltaic cells?
3. How do you convert the chemical energy into electrical energy?
4. Suggest any two secondary storage devices for automobiles.
5. What types of cells are used in space applications?
6. Construct the alkaline fuel cell.
7. How do you harvest the energy from tides?
8. What are natural geysers?
9. Differentiate between photo electrochemical and photovoltaic cells.
Apply

1. What are passive solar heat collectors?
2. What are active solar heat collectors?
3. Lithium battery is the cell of future - Justify.
4. Write the anodic reaction and cathodic reactions of NICAD battery.
5. Is the dry cell follows thermodynamic reversibility rule?
6. What types of vehicles typically use methanol?
7. What are the economic impacts of using hybrid electric vehicles?

-


Analyze / Evaluate

1. How does a fuel cell differ from traditional methods of energy generation (like batteries)?
2. What are the feedstocks can be used to make biodiesel?
3. What is DuPonts experience in fuel cells?
4. How the biomass is converted into biofuel?
5. What are the effects of gasoline and ethanol emissions on the environment?
6. What are the effects of diesel and biodiesel emissions on the environment?
7. How do you obtain ethanol from lignocellulosic biomass?
8. What is meant by green technology?
Unit I
Batteries
Characteristics - voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life, energy
efficiency, shelf life. Primary batteries- zinc-carbon, magnesium, alkaline, manganous dioxide, mercuric oxide,
silver oxide batteries-Recycling/Safe disposal of used cells.

Document the various batteries and its characteristics used in mobile phones and lap tops.
9 Hours

Unit II
Batteries for Electric Vehicles
Secondary batteries- Introduction, cell reactions, cell representations and applications- lead acid, nickel-
cadmium and lithium ion batteries - rechargeable zinc alkaline battery. Reserve batteries: Zinc-silver oxide,
lithium anode cell, photogalvanic cells. Battery specifications for cars and automobiles.

Development of batteries for satellites.
9 Hours

Unit III
Types of Fuel Cells
Importance and classification of fuel cells - description, working principle, components, applications and
environmental aspects of the following types of fuel cells: alkaline fuel cells, phosphoric acid, solid oxide,
molten carbonate and direct methanol fuel cells.
Fuel cells for space applications.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Hydrogen as a Fuel
Sources of hydrogen production of hydrogen- electrolysis- photocatalytic water splitting biomass pyrolysis -
gas clean up methods of hydrogen storage- high pressurized gas -liquid hydrogen type -metal hydride
hydrogen as engine fuel features, application of hydrogen technologies in the future- limitations.
Cryogenic fuels.
9 Hours

Unit V
Energy and Environment
Future prospects-renewable energy and efficiency of renewable fuels economy of hydrogen energy life
cycle assessment of fuel cell systems. Solar Cells: Energy conversion devices, photovoltaic and
photoelectrochemical cells photobiochemical conversion cell.
Bio-fuels from natural resources.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbooks

1. M. Aulice Scibioh and B. Viswanathan, Fuel Cells: Principles and Applications, University Press, India,
2006.
2. F. Barbir, PEM fuel cells: Theory and practice,Elsevier, Burlington, MA, 2005.
3. M. R. Dell Ronald and A. J. David, Understanding Batteries, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001.

References

1. M. A. Christopher Brett, Electrochemistry: Principles, Methods and Applications, Oxford University, 2004.
2. J. S. Newman and K. E. Thomas-Alyea, Electrochemical Systems, Wiley, Hoboken, NJ, 2004.
3. G. Hoogers, Fuel Cell Handbook, CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2003.
4. Lindon David, Handbook of Batteries, McGraw Hill, 2002.
5. H. A. Kiehne , Battery Technology Hand Book,. Expert Verlag , Renningen Malsheim, 2003.

11O0YC CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS

3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of nanochemistry including synthesis.
- To make Graduates understand the principles and applications of nanomaterials.
- Knowledge about the characterization and applications of nanomaterials.

Programme Outcome

languages.

Skill Set

1. Understanding the various methods of synthesis and characterization techniques of nanomaterials.
2. Compute new preparation methodologies.
3. Utilization of nanomaterials in various emerging fields.
4. Realize the importance of nanoscience and its applications in day to day life.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. What do you mean by nano?
2. Define nanotechnology.
3. Define nanoscience.
4. Define top down and bottom up approach.
5. Define nanostructured material. Classify nanomaterials and give examples for them.
6. List any four day to day commercial applications of nanotechnology.
7. Write down any four challenges that are faced by researchers in nanotechnology.
8. Define carbon nanotube.
9. Define bucky ball.
10. Define nanocomposite. What are the types of nanocomposites?
11. List any four material characterization techniques.

-

Sl.
No
Blooms
Taxonomy

Test I
-
Test II
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 25 25 15 15
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
4 Analyze 20 20 20 20
5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20
6 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
12. List any four bottom up approaches for the synthesis of nanopowders.
13. What is biomimetic approach?
14. Explain Feynmans statement.
15. What is the dimension of quantum dot?
16. Explain the principle behind lithography.
17. Mention the different types of lithography.
18. What is meant by photolithography?
19. Explain the principle behind vapour phase deposition.
20. What is meant by chemical vapour deposition?
21. Explain sputtering.
22. What is meant by plasma enhanced CVD?
23. What is meant by bubblers?
24. Explain the principle behind MOVPE.
25. What are colloids?
26. What is nanosafety?
27. What is meant by surface induced effect?
28. How are nanomaterials defined?
29. What are the uses of nanoparticles in consumer products?

Understand
1. What is the difference between nanoscience and nanotechnology?
2. When and where Feynman delivered his lecture on nanotechnology and what is the name of his
classical lecture?
3. What are the induced effects due to increase in surface area of nanoparticles?
4. What are the advantages and disadvantages in mechanical synthesis of nanopowders?
5. What are the characteristics of nanoparticles that should be possesed by any fabrication technique?
6. On what principle mechanical milling is based on?
7. How is LPE used to obtain nanowire or nanorods?
8. How is the template used to obtain nanowire or nanorods?
9. What is the role of nanotechnology in water purification?
10. Differentiate self-assembly from self-organisation.
11. How nanoparticles are stored?
12. List the important physical and chemical properties of nanomaterials?
13. How are nanomaterials detected and analysed?
14. How are nanomaterials prepared for biological testing?
15. What are the physical and chemical properties of nanoparticles?
16. How are nanoparticles formed?
17. Discuss the health effects of nanoparticles?

Apply
1. Why do we want nanotechnology in our life?
2. What is the role of nanotechnology in medicinal field?
3. Expand AFM.
4. What is the grain size range of nanostructure materials?
5. Differentiate top-down from bottom-up approach needed for nanosynthesis.
6. Why do nanostructured particles find potential applications?
7. How nanostructured particles are used in health applications?

Analyze/ Evaluate
1. Compare the relative merits of chemical, physical, biological and hybrid methods for the preparation of
nanomaterials.
2. Compare the relative merits of the usage of photons and particles in lithography.
3. Differentiate glow discharge from RF sputtering.
4. How can we reduce/save our energy resources by using nanotechnology?
5. What is the relation between properties and applications of nanoparticles?
6. What is the current status of nanoscience and nanotechnology?
7. What are the potential harmful effects of nanoparticles?
Unit I
Nanoworld
Introduction History of nanomaterials concepts of nanomaterials size and confinement effects
nanoscience nanotechnology Moors law. Properties electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, mechanical
and electrochemical properties. Nanobiotechnology molecular motors optical tweezers.
First industrial revolution to the nano revolution.
9 Hours

Unit II
Synthesis of Nanoparticles
Introduction hydrolysis-oxidation - thermolysis metathesis - solvothermal methods. Sonochemistry:
nanometals - powders of metallic nanoparticles - metallic colloids and alloys - polymer metal composites -
metallic oxides - rare earth oxides - mesoporous materials - mixed oxides. Sono electrochemistry -
nanocrystalline materials. Microwave heating - microwave synthesis of nanometallic particles.
Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials. \
9 Hours

Unit III
Types and Functionalization of Nanomaterials
Polymer nanoparticles, micro, meso and nanoporous materials. Organic inorganic hybrids, zeolites,
nanocomposites, self-assembled monolayers, semiconductor quantum dots, nanofibres, supramolecular
nanostructures. functionalization of nanomaterials stabilization methods. Reactivity of -functional groups on
ligand shells.
Implications of nanoscience and nanotechnology on society.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Physical and Chemical Characterization
Electron microscopes: scanning electron microscope (SEM) transmission electron microscope (TEM)
atomic force microscope (AFM): working principle instrumentation applications. UV-visible spectroscopy:
principle instrumentation (block diagram only) applications. FT-IR spectroscopy: introduction
instrumentation (block diagram only) applications merits and demerits.
Nanoscience and technology research institution.
9 Hours

Unit V
Applications of Nanomaterials
Nanocatalysis, colorants and pigments, self-cleaning lotus effect, anti-reflective coatings, antibacterial
coatings, photocatalysis, nanofilters for air and water purifiers. Thermal insulation aerogels, smart sunglasses
and transparent conducting oxides molecular sieves nanosponges.
Harnessing nanotechnology for economic and social development.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. C N R Rao, Nanoworld An Introduction to Nanoscience and Technology, Jawaharlal Nehru centre
for advanced scientific research, Bangalore, India, 2010.
2. C N R Rao, A Muller and A K Cheetham, The Chemistry of Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and
Applications, Vol. 1 & 2, John-Wiley and Sons, 2005.
3. T Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials, Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, 1
st
Edn., Tata
Mcgraw Hill publishing company, 2007.

References
1. Geoffrey A Ozin, Andr C Arsenault , Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials, Royal
Society of Chemistry, 2009.
2. G B Sergeev, Nanochemistry, 1
st
Edn.,Elsevier, 2006.
3. S Chen, Functional Nanomaterials: A Chemistry and Engineering Perspective (Nanostructure Science
And Technology), Springer,2010.
4. Yury Gogotsi, Nanomaterials Handbook, Taylor and Francis group, USA, 2006.

11O0YD CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

- To impart knowledge about the various types of corrosion and its mechanism.
- To make Graduates understand the various methods of corrosion control, corrosion testing and
monitoring.
- Graduates acquire the basic knowledge about corrosion and its control.

Programme Outcome

languages.
Skill Set

1. Understand why corrosion related problems are complex and interrelated in the engineering field.
2. Compare the mechanism of dry corrosion and electrochemical corrosion to support corrosion
minimizing techniques in metals and its alloys.
3. Characterize and analyze different forms of corrosion and its study techniques.
4. Classify and understand about the relationship between corrosion and its environment.

Assessment Pattern

Remember

1. What is corrosion?
2. What are the types of corrosion?
3. Define dry corrosion. Explain the mechanism.
4. Explain the mechanism of electrochemical corrosion.
5. What are the units to measure corrosion rate?
6. Galvanic corrosion. Discuss.
7. Describe the Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their limitations.
8. List out the different forms of corrosion. Explain.
9. What are inhibitors?
10. Explain the mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation and its types.
11. Write the working principle of Tafel polarization techniques.
12. How polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products?
13. Define cathodic protection. List its types.
14. What are non-electrochemical and electrochemical methods of corrosion testing and monitoring?
15. What is Tafel linear polarization?
Understand

1. Explain why corrosion rate of metal is faster in aqueous solution than atmosphere air?
2. What are the factors influencing the corrosion rate? Explain.
3. Discuss the Pilling-Bedworth rule.
4. Differentiate between electrochemical and dry corrosion.
5. How inhibitors are used to protect the corrosion rate of the metal? Explain.
6. What are consequences of Pilling-Bedworth ratio?
7. List the difference between filliform corrosion and pitting corrosion.

Apply

1. Compare the effects of corrosion products.
2. Why pitting corrosion is localized corrosion? Explain.
3. Describe alternatives to protective coatings.

-

Sl.No
Blooms
Taxonomy

Test I
-
Test II
-

Model
Examination
-

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 25 25 15 15
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
4 Analyze 20 20 20 20
5 Evaluate 10 10 20 20
6 Create - - - -
Total 100 100 100 100
4. Identify different forms of corrosion in the metal surface.
5. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals.
6. What are the measures to be taken to reduce corrosion fatiques?
7. What are the major implications of enhanced techniques of corrosion product analysis?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1. List reasons why it is important to study of corrosion.
2. How Tafel polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products?
3. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals?

Unit I
Introduction to Corrosion
Importance and cost of corrosion spontaneity of corrosion passivation - importance of corrosion prevention
in various industries - the direct and indirect loss of corrosion- galvanic corrosion: area relationship in both
active and passive states of metals - Pilling Bed worth ratio and its consequences - units of corrosion rate - mdd
and mpy - importance of pitting factor - Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their advantages and
disadvantages .
Corrosion of metals by other gases.
9 Hours
Unit II
Forms of Corrosion
Different forms of corrosion - uniform corrosion-galvanic corrosion, crevice corrosion, pitting corrosion,
intergranular corrosion, selective leaching, erosion corrosion, stress corrosion- high temperature oxidation,
kinetics of protective film formation and catastrophic oxidation corrosion.
Industrial boiler corrosion, cathodic and anodic inhibitors
9 Hours

Unit III
Mechanisms of Corrosion
Hydrogen embrittlement- cracking, corrosion fatigue - filliform corrosion, fretting damage and microbes
induced corrosion. Mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation - thick layer and thin layer - insitu
corrosion scale analysis.
Analyze the rust formation in mild steel using weight loss method
9 Hours
Unit IV
Cathodic and Anodic Protection Engineering
Fundamentals of cathodic protection - types of cathodic protection systems and anodes. Life time calculations -
rectifier selection. Stray current corrosion problems and its prevention. Coating for various cathodic protection
system and their assessment- inhibitors - corrosion of steels. Anodic protection-Design for corrosion control.
Role of paints and pigments to protect the corrosive environment
9 Hours

Unit V
Corrosion Testing and Monitoring

Corrosion testing and monitoring - electrochemical methods of polarization- Tafel extrapolation polarization,
linear polarization, impedance techniques-Weight loss method - susceptibility test testing for intergranular
susceptibility and stress corrosion.

Analyze the instruments for monitoring the corrosion.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbooks

1. Zaki Ahmad, Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control, Elsevier Science and
Technology Books, 2006.
2. R. Winstone Revie and Herbert H. Uhlig, Corrosion and Corrosion Control: An Introduction to
Corrosion Science and Engineering, John Wiley & Science, 2008.
3. Mars G. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2008.

References

1. ASM Hand Book, Vol. 13, Corrosion, ASM International, 2005.
2. Pierre R. Roberge, Hand Book of Corrosion Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 2000.
3. Denny A. Jones, Principles and Prevention of Corrosion, Prentice Hall Inc., 2004.
4. A.W. Peabody, Control of Pipeline Corrosion, NACE International, Houston, 2001.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP ELECTIVES
$

11O001 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT I
3 0 0 3.0
Objective

- To gain knowledge on basics of Entrepreneurship
- To gain knowledge of business entity, source of capital and financially evaluate the project
- To gain knowledge on production and manufacturing system.

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set

1. Entrepreneurial thinking
2. Innovation techniques in developing business
3. Legal aspects of a business
4. Skills on finance and cash flow
5. Skills on planning operations

Assessment Pattern

Sl.
No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
4 Analyze 10 10 10 10
5 Evaluate 20 20 20 20
6 Create 10 10 10 10
Total 100 100 100 100

Remember
1. What is entrepreneurship?
2. What are the factors that motivate people to go into business?
3. Define a small-scale industry.
4. Define tiny industry.
5. Who is an intrapreneur?
6. State functions of SISI.
7. What is serial entrepreneur?
8. What is Technopreneurship?

__________________
-


9. What is reversal method?
10. What is brainstorming?
11. What do you mean by term business idea?
12. Mention any two schemes Indian government provides to the development of entrepreneurship.
13. What is a project report?
14. What is project scheduling?
15. Mention any four techniques available for project scheduling.
16. What is contract act?
17. Define MOU.
18. What are al the types of sources of finance for an entrepreneur?
19. Mention any five external sources of finance to an entrepreneur.
20. Classify the financial needs of an organization.
21. What is short term finance?
22. What is return on capital?
23. What is capital budgeting?
24. What is product design?
25. What is quality council?
26. What is inventory?
27. What is lean manufacturing?

Understand

1. Why is entrepreneurship important of growth of a nation?
2. Mention the essential quality required for someone to be an entrepreneur.
3. Why is motivational theories important for an entrepreneur?
4. How is network analysis helpful to the development of an entrepreneur?
5. Mention the essential requirements for a virtual capital.
6. How under-capitalization affects an entrepreneur.
7. Differentiate proprietorship and partnership.
8. Mention the causes of dissolution of a firm.
9. How important is the support of IDBI to an entrepreneur?
10. What are the salient features of New Small Enterprise Policy, 1991?
11. Why scheduling is very important for a production design?

Apply / Evaluate

1. If you want to become as an entrepreneur, what will be your idea?
2. Select any one of the creative idea generation method and suggest an innovation that you can
implement in your business.
3. Write short notes on various legal aspects that you have to consider to run you business.
4. How will you generate you capital and other financial supports?
5. In case of getting enough financial support, plan your business and plot the various stages using any of
the tools or techniques.
Create

1. Draft a sample project report for your business.
2. Do a network analysis using PERT and CPM for your business plan.
3. Write a brief report to apply to a financial organization for seeking financial support to your business.

Unit I
Basics of Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship Competence, Entrepreneurship as a career, Intrapreneurship, Social entrepreneurship, Serial
entrepreneurship (Cases), Technopreneurship.

Entrepreneurial Motivation
6 Hours

Unit II
Generation of Ideas
Creativity and Innovation (Cases), Lateral thinking, Generation of alternatives (Cases), Fractionation, Reversal
Method, Brain storming

Utilization of Patent Databases
8 Hours
Unit III
Legal Aspects of Business
Contract Act, Sale of Goods Act, Negotiable Instruments Promissory Note, Bills and Cheques, Partnership,
Limited Liability Partnership (LLP), Companies Act Kinds, Formation, Memorandum of Association, Articles
of Association (Cases).

Business Plan Writing
10 Hours
Unit IV
Business Finance
Project evaluation and investment criteria (Cases), Sources of finance, Financial statements, Break even
analysis, Cash flow analysis.

Calculation of Return on Investment
11 Hours
Unit V
Operations Management
Importance Functions Deciding on the production system Facility decisions: Plant location, Plant Layout
(Cases), Capacity requirement planning Inventory management (Cases) Lean manufacturing.

Project Planning
10 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Textbook

1. Donald F. kuratko, Entrepreneurship Theory, Process & Practice, South western cengage learnng,
USA, 2009.

References

1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Prasanna Chandra, Projects Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Reviews, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
4. Norman Gaither and Greg Frazier, Operations Management, Thomson Learning Inc, 2007.
5. Edward De Bono, Lateral Thinking, Penguin Books, 1990.

11O002 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT II
3 0 0 3.0
Objectives

The Graduates on completion of the course will be able to
- Evolve the marketing mix for promoting the product / services
- Handle the human resources and taxation
- Understand Government industrial policies / support provided and prepare a business plan.

Programme Outcomes


Skill Set

1. Increase in awareness of the entrepreneurship Development for engineering decisions.
Assessment Pattern

Sl.
No.
Blooms Taxonomy

Test I
Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination
1 Remember 30 30 30 30
3 Apply 20 20 20 20
4 Analyze 10 10 10 10
5 Evaluate 10 10 10 10
6 Create -- -- 05 05
Total 100 100 100 100

6
Remember

1. Who are Fabian Entrepreneur?
2. Explain the Views on Schumpeter on Entrepreneurship?
3. Mention the three functions of NSIC?
4. Narrate the role of IDBI in the development of Entrepreneurship?
5. What are Project Objectives?
6. What are the stages in a Project Lifecycle?
7. Give the meaning of Feasibility Report?
8. Explain the objective of Entrepreneurial Training?
9. What is Motivating Training?
10. Who is a Small Scale Entrepreneur?
11. How to develop Rural Entrepreneur?
12. What are the Social Problems of Women Entrepreneur?
13. Differentiate between entrepreneur and entrepreneurship.
14. What are the types of entrepreneurs?
15. Explain the various qualities of entrepreneur.
16. Briefly explain the different merchant castes in India.
17. What is entrepreneurship training?
18. Discuss any three programmes supporting women entrepreneurs.
19. Write a note on the role of NISIET.
20. What are the challenges and opportunities available in SSI's?

Understand

1. Narrate any six differences between a Manager and an Entrepreneur?
2. Explain briefly various types of Entrepreneur?
3. What are the elements of EDP?
4. What is the role played the commercial banks in the development of Entrepreneur?
5. How would you Classify Projects?
6. What are the stages in project Formulation?
7. What are the target groups of EDP?
8. What are the major problems faced by Small Entrepreneur?
9. What are the problems & prospects for women entrepreneur in India?

Apply/Evaluate

1. Describe the various functions performed by Entrepreneurs?
2. Explain the role of different agencies in the development of Entrepreneur?
3. Discuss the criteria for selecting a particular project?
4. Describe the role of Entrepreneur in the Development of Country?
5. Define business idea. Elaborate the problems and opportunities for an entrepreneur.

*
The marks secured Test I and Test II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.

6. Elaborate the schemes offered by Commercial banks for development of entrepreneurship.
7. Explain the significant role played by DIC & SISI for the development of entrepreneurship.
8. Design a short Entrepreneurship development programme for farmer
9. Discuss the role and importance of the following institutions in promoting, training and developing
entrepreneurs in India:

Create

1. All economy is the effect for which entrepreneurship is the cause"-Discuss.
2. Review the entrepreneurial growth by the communities of south India.
3. What are the problems of Women entrepreneurs and discuss the ways to overcome these
barriers?
4. Discuss the importance of small scale industries in India.
5. Critically examine the growth and development of ancillarisation in India.
6. Discuss the various sources and collection of credit information of entrepreneurs.
7. Briefly explain the recommendation and policy implication for survival of SME's.
8. Discuss the role of the Government both at the Central and State level in motivating and developing
entrepreneurship in India.
9. Developing countries like India need imitative entrepreneurs rather than innovative entrepreneurs.
Do you agree? Justify your answer with examples.
10. What are the reasons of very few women becoming entrepreneurs in a developing country like India?
Whether Indian women entrepreneurs have now made an impact and shown that they too can
contribute in economic development of the country? Discuss with examples.
11. Discuss the Culture of Entrepreneurship and its role in economic development of a nation. What
factors contribute to nurturing such a culture?

Unit I
Marketing Management
Formulating Marketing strategies, The marketing plan, Deciding on the marketing mix (Cases), Interactive
marketing, Marketing through social networks, Below the line marketing, International marketing - Modes of
Entry, Strategies (Cases).

Five P's of marketing, SSI Policy Statement
10 Hours
Unit II
Human Resource Management
Human Resource Planning (Cases), Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, HRIS, Factories Act
1948 (an over view)

Global Trends in Human Resource Management
10 Hours

Unit III
Business Taxation
Direct taxation Income tax, Corporate tax, MAT, Tax holidays, Wealth tax, Professional tax (Cases).
Indirect taxation Excise duty, Customs, Sales and Service tax, VAT, Octroi, GST(Cases)

Recent Trends for a Troubled Tax, professional tax slab
8 Hours
Unit IV
Government Support
Industrial policy of Central and State Government, National Institute and Agencies, State Level Institutions,
Financial Institution

Global Entrepreneurship Monitor, Excise Exemption Scheme
7 Hours

Unit V
Business Plan Preparation
Purpose of writing a business plan, Capital outlay, Technical feasibility, Production plan, HR plan, Market
survey and Marketing plan, Financial plan and Viability, Government approvals, SWOT analysis.

Small Industry Cluster Development Programme, National Equity Fund Scheme
10 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

S. S. Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand & Co, New Delhi, 2010

References

1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
3. K. Aswathappa, Human Resource and Personnel Management Text and Cases, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2007.
4. P. C. Jain, Handbook for New Entrepreneurs, EDII, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.

ONE CREDIT ELECTIVES

11I0XA GOOGLE APPENGINE
- - - 1
Course Objectives
- To introduce the fundamentals of cloud computing and Appengine
- To introduce the Google Cloud Platform and its various features
- To introduce Google Apps Scripts

Introduction to Google Cloud Platform

Introduction to Cloud Computing, Trends of Computing, Distributed Computing and Google Search,
Cloud Computing IaaS, PaaS & SaaS. Introduction to Google Cloud Platform, Infrastructure, Google
Compute Engine, Google Cloud Storage, Introduction to Google App Engine, Data Store and Cloud SQL,
Advanced Level Google Bigquery, App Engine 101.
Lab Session: Setting up the SDK, Hello World application
Deep dive in to Google App Engine:
GAE admin console, Understanding the Java webapp environment in GAE Servlets, JPA, Forms, Users
Service,Datastore Overview, API, Queries, Transactions, Blobstore Deep dive in to Google Cloud SQL and
Storage Google API console, Using Google Cloud SQL with app engine, Managing the instances, Tools
Command line, Squirrel, Using with app engine. Google Cloud Storage, Overview, API Authorization, using
client libraries, Using with app engine, A static website with Google Cloud Storage
15 Hours
References
1. https://cloud.google.com/
2. https://developers.google.com/appengine/
3. https://developers.google.com/cloud-sql/
4. https://cloud.google.com/products/cloud-storage

11I0XB BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND REPORTING
- - - 1

Introduction to Business Intellegence, Introduction to BIRT, The Anatomy of a BIRT Report
BIRT Integration, Integration with a J2EE server like TOMCAT & working with database like MySQL, BIRT
Designer integrated with Eclipse, Developing in BIRT, Extensibility of BIRT.
15 Hours
References
1. Diana Peh, Alethea Hannemann, Nola Hague, "BIRT: A Field Guide to Reporting", Addision Wesley,
2011.
2. Jason Weathersby, Tom Bondur, Iana Chatalbasheva, "Integrating and Extending BIRT, Addision
Wesley, 2011.

11I0XC PHP MYSQL
- - - 1
Course Objective
- This course will teach everything needed to design professional web database applications in PHP and
MySQL.
- Create and populate your own MySQL database tables, and work with data stored in files
- Perform sophisticated MySQL queries with joins, and refine your results with LIMIT and ORDER BY
- Use cookies and sessions to track visitors' login information and personalize the site for users
Introduction
HTML / CSS / Javascript- HTML Basics- Editors- Attributes- HTML / CSS2 / CSS3/ Div based layout-
HTML Lists/ HTML Blocks- CSS Properity / HTML5 Introduction- Convert psd to HTML / CSS Layout

3 Hours
Javascript Introduction
Variables- Data types- Validation- Events- Numbers- String- Arrays- Functions- DOM- Changing HTML
style- Why jQuery is popular in current industry? Why not flash?- jQuery effects- jQuery HTML- JQuery
methods- Slider- Dialog- Box- Tooltip- Popup
3 Hours
Hands on Session
Div based layout design using CSS property- How to create a static site using HTML / CSS Layout- Check
browser compatibility- How to make each layout- Div based layout design using CSS property with javascript
functionality- How to validate form using JavaScript events, jQuery Popup, Accordion, Validation, Animation
6 Hours
PHP / MYSql/ Introduction
How to get alues from HTML forms / PHP form validation- PHP Basic- PHP Installation and Basic- PHP
Advanced- Some of Indian Payment Gateway- CCAvenue- EBS- PayU India- Job Portal- How to make job
career portal website like http://www.naukri.com-Farmework PHP discussion (Advanced level)- Wordpress
( how to create blog in wordpress)
3 Hours
Total: 15 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Luke Welling and Laura Thomson, PHP and MySQL, Sams Publishing, 2007.
2. Steven Holzner , PHP: The Complete Reference, TataMcGrawhill 2007.
3. Vikram Vaswani, MySQL(TM): The Complete Reference, TataMcGrawhill 2004.
Web Reference(s)
1. http://www.w3cschools.com/php
2. http://php.net/manual/en/tutorial
11I0XD PERL
- - - 1
Course Objectives
- Use perl for text and file processing.
- Execute programs from perl environment and process their result.
- Design more complex, maintainable perl programs.

PERL
Brush-Up - Comparison with C, C++, PHP - Comparison with JSP, ASP

Introduction
PERL-Introduction - Why PERL? - PERL Environment - Programs vs. Scripts - variables - and Data Types -
Introduction to Data Structures - Scalar Variables - Lists and Arrays - Hashes - Operators and its Usages -
Conditionals Statements - Looping Statements - Subroutines - Creating Subroutines - Manipulating Subroutines
- Prototypes - Recursion - Creating Context-sensitive Subroutines
PACKAGES
Introduction - Creating Packages - Modifying Packages - Package Referencing - Package Constructors - Lexical
Binding and Dynamic Binding - References - Creating References
Pass By Reference
OOPS Programming
Classes and Objects - Encapsulation - Visibility Modifiers - Inheritance Types - Abstraction - Polymorphism -
Overloading - Overriding - Dynamic Binding - Final and Static Keywords - Interfaces Basics - Abstract classes
Vs Interface - Exception Handling Techniques - File Handling Process - Reading a File - Writing and
Appending a File - Deleting Files - Random Access Files - Directory Traversal Functions - Regular -
Expressions - Introduction - Building a Pattern - Metacharacters - Quantifiers - Character Classes -
Backtracking - Regular Expression Operators - Constructing Complex Reg. - Expressions - Error Handling
Techniques
CGI Programming
Introduction - Static and Dynamic Content - GET Vs POST - File Uploading - HTTP Headers
15 Hours

11I0XE HTML 5.0
- - - 1

Course Objectives

- Provides more understanding for development of web content and web apps for mobile.
- Understand to embed video directly in to web pages, without using a plugin like Flash

Introduction

HTML5 Elements- Canvas- SVG- Drag/Drop Geolocation- Video- Audio- Input Types- Form Elements-
Form Attributes- Web Storage- App Cache- Web Workers- SSE.
7.5 Hours

HTML 5 Tools

Modernizr- Validation- Online Editor-Color Code Builder- Tags Reference - Deprecated Tags- New Tags -
Microdata- MathML - Web Storage- Web SQL - Server-Sent Events.

6 Hours
HTML5 - New Features- Examples

1.5 Hours

Total: 15 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Bruce Lawson, Remy Sharp, Introducing HTML 5, New Riders, Second Edition, 2011.
2. Ian Devlin, HTML 5: Multimedia, Peachpit Press, 2011.


11I0XF ANDROID
- - - 1

Course Objectives

- Delves into the Android framework, focusing on user interface and graphics class hierarchies,
concurrency, and databases
- To provide a solid foundation for understanding of how the most important parts of an Android
application work.
- Features code skeletons and patterns for accelerating the development of apps that use web data and
Android 4 user interface conventions and APIs.

Introduction

Android architecture- Pillars (Activity, Intent, Services and Broadcast receivers)- Setting up android
development- Hello Android (Understanding Hello World Program!!)- MVC Pattern- Creating screens and
navigation.
4 Hours
Hands on Session

Working with Android UI elements- multiple resolution- Motion sensor- Camera- Multimedia files- Database-
Files- GPS hardware- Map Control- Webkit- Webservice.
10 Hours
Application Development

Android UI patterns- Publishing App to Google Play
1 Hour

Total: 15 Hours
Textbooks
1. Mike Wolfson, Mastering the Android Developer Tools, O'Reilly Media, March 2013
2. Jonathan Stark, Brian Jepson, Building Android Apps with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript, 2nd Edition,
O'Reilly Media, January 2012

SPECIAL COURSES

11I0RA SEMANTIC WEB
- - - 3
Objectives
- To provide practical information in modeling data to fit the requirements of the Semantic Web.
- To Learn the major advance in the Web 3.0
- To study the real-world problems and technologies that forms the semantic Web.

Program Outcome

languages.

Semantic Web and Ontologies

Defining the Semantic Web - Semantic Web Roadblocks Components Types- Major Programming
Components-Impacts-Establishing a Web DataCentric Perspective-Expressing Semantic Data-
Avoiding the Roadblocks, Myths, and Hype Ontological Commitments Categories Philosophical
Background - Knowledge Representation Ontologies Top Level Linguistic Domain Semantic
Web Need Foundation Layers Architecture - Web Documents in XML RDF - Schema Web
Resource Description using RDFRDF Properties Topic Maps and RDF Overview Syntax
Structure Semantics Pragmatics - Traditional Ontology Languages LOOM- OKBC OCML
Flogic Ontology Markup Languages SHOE OIL - DAML + OIL- OWL - Taxonomy for Ontology
Learning Layered Approach Phases of Ontology Learning Importing and Processing Ontologies
and Documents Ontology Learning Algorithms Evaluation- Overview need for management
development process target ontology ontologymapping skills management system ontological
class constraints issues.Evolution Development of Tools and Tool Suites Ontology Merge
Tools Ontologybased Annotation Tools - Web Services Semantic Web Services - Case Study for
specific domain Security issues current trends.

Journals

- Journal of web semantic: Science,Services and Agents on World Wide Web, New Delhi, Elsevier
- International Journal on semantic web and Information system

11I0RB SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION
- - - 3
Objectives

- To increasing the ranking of a website on a search engine
- To increase the knowledge of search engine
- To increase product sales or enquiries

Programme Outcome

analyze problems.

Building Search Engine and Tools

Search engine Basics-Surveying The SE Landscape-SE-Friendly web site Makeover-Making Useful-
Picking Powerful Keywords - Creating Pages-Avoiding things-Dirty deeds-Bulking up your site
- Adding Site to the indexes & Directories - Getting your pages into the SE-Submitting the directories-
Buried Treasure - Using Link Popularity to Boost Yor Position-Finding sites to link to yours-
Using the shopping Directories-Pay per click - The Part of tens:Way to Keep Up-to-Date and
Track Down the hills-Myths& Mistakes - Useful Tools for Search SEO, Case study.

Journals

Search Engine Journal

11I0RC J2ME
- - - 3
Objectives

- Understand J2ME Architecture
- Be familiar with J2ME user Interface
- Be familiar with J2ME Data management

Programme Outcome

languages.

J2ME Architecture and Development Environment, Interface, Data Management and Networking and
Web Services

Java 2 Micro Edition and the World of Java - J2ME and Wireless Devices- Wireless Technology -
Radio Transmission - Limitations of Radio Transmissions - Radio Data Networks -Data Packets - Cell
Phones and Text Input Personal Digital Assistants - Mobile Power - Set-Top Boxes - Inside Look at
a Set-Top Box - Smart Cards - J2ME Architecture - Small Computing Device Requirements - Run-
Time Environment - Inside the Java Archive File - Inside the Java Application Descriptor File -
MIDlet Programming - Event Handling - User Interfaces - Device Data - Java Language for J2ME -
J2ME Software Development Kits - Multiple MIDlets in a MIDlet Suite - J2ME Wireless Toolkit -
Building and Running a Project - MIDlets on the Internet. WSDL and SOAP - Commands, Items, and
Event Processing - J2ME User Interfaces - Display Class - The Palm OS Emulator - Command Class -
CommandListener - Item Class - Item Listener - Exception Handling - Throwing a
MIDletStateChangeException. High-Level Display: Screens - Screen Class Choice Group Class -
DateField Class - Gauge Class - StringItem Class - TextField Class - ImageItem Class - List Class -
Creating an Instance of a List Class - TextBox Class - Creating an Instance of a TextBox Class -
Record Management System - Record Storage - The Record Store - Record Store Scope - Setting Up
a Record Store - Writing and Reading Records - Creating a New Record and Reading an Existing
Record - Writing and Reading Mixed Data Types - Record Enumeration - Reading a Record of a
Simple Data Type into a Record Enumeration -Reading a Mixed Data Type Record into a Record
Enumeration - Sorting Records - Sorting Single Data Type Records in a Record Enumeration - Sorting
Mixed Data Type Records in a Record Enumeration - Searching Records - Hypertext Transfer Protocol
- Communication Management Using HTTP Commands - Session Management - Web Services - J2EE
Multi-Tier Web Services Architecture - J2ME MIDlets and Web Services - WSDL and SOAP.

Journals

Search J2ME Journal.

*
Entrepreneurship development electives will be offered only during V and VI Semesters

2011 Syllabi New 22.08.2013

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2011 Syllabi New 22.08.2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Department of Information Technology, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.

, a > 0 and hence find Fourier transform of

< < < <

You might also like